# admin Analytics - Full Documentation # About Conversational Analytics in Tableau Agent Tableau Agent with the Data Analysis subagent is a deeply integrated, intelligent layer for conversational analytics, built to meet business users where they work, across Tableau Next, Salesforce, and Slack. Ask Tableau Agent freeform questions about your data, and get answers in the form of rich text and visualizations, grounded in your organization's semantics and business logic. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Starting in July '26, Agentforce for Analytics is now Tableau Agent in Tableau Next and Concierge: Analytics Q&A is now conversational analytics. As we transition to these new terms, you may see a mix of the new and old terms in our documentation. When you have access to a Tableau Agent that has been set up for data analysis, you can explore data through natural conversation in the Agentforce panel. Ask questions about your data to get answers in the form of insights and relevant visualizations. For transparency, responses from the agent include the sources and reasoning used for analysis. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Analysts and Administrators: For information on how to plan, enable, and implement Tableau Agent with conversational analytics capabilities, see [Set Up Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_agentforce_templates.htm&type=5&language=en_US) , [Create a Tableau Agent for Conversational Analytics in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_data_analysis_subagent.htm&type=5&language=en_US), and [Plan Your Tableau Agent Implementation in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_ai_concierge_plan.htm&language=en_US). When Agentforce isn't enabled, the metric details page uses the default insight exploration experience without the use of generative AI. Conversational analytics are enabled in Tableau Agent through the Analytics and Visualization V2 template in Agentforce. This template includes the pre-built Data Analysis subagent with the default Analyze Data action to craft rich-text, natural language responses that directly answer your questions about data. When Tableau Agent is enabled in Slack, you can use it to ask questions about shared Tableau Next metrics and dashboard data in that context. For more information, see [Ask Questions About Shared Metrics and Dashboards in Slack Using Tableua Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_slack.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When an agent based on the Analytics and Visualization template is installed and enabled in Slack, you can use Tableau Agent to ask questions and dive deeper into your shared Tableau Next metric and dashboard data."). Tableau Agent requires that any semantic model it queries is enabled for use in Tableau Next. A Tableau Next user who has Semantic Model editing permission must enable the semantic model in the Analytics Agent Readiness dialog box. For more information, see [Enable Analytics Agent Readiness](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_agent_readiness_enable.htm&language=en_US) in Data 360 help. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Tableau Agent and the Agentforce platform are built on top of the [Einstein Trust Layer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_trust_layer.htm&language=en_US) and inherit all of its security, governance, and trust capabilities. As you and other users interact with the analytics agent created for your Tableau Next org, no data or conversations are saved to the Large Language Model (LLM), and no customer data is ever used to train the model. Trust is built into the experience by inviting thumbs-up or thumbs-down ratings and open feedback. These responses are used to improve the conversational experience. For more information, see [Trust and Agentforce](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.copilot_trust.htm&language=en_US). . ## Capabilities of Tableau Agent with Data Analysis Conversational analytics in Tableau Agent provide advanced reasoning and a broad range of deep analysis. - **Answer consistency and accuracy.** Agents produce reliable and reasonable responses across a variety of question types. In addition the agent enforces adherence to business context and guidance. - **Advanced reasoning and narrative generation**. The agent provides informative narratives and rationale behind its conclusions to help you understand the reasoning behind an answer. Responses include useful observations and high-level insights in addition to answers to questions. As the agent thinks about your question, it provides transparent updates about its reasoning process. - **Deep context and memory for multi-turn conversations**. Refine questions, refer to previous questions and answers in a session, or ask natural follow-up questions without having to remind the agent of the context. Conversations with the agent are accurate and effective because the agent remembers you asked and manages context in back-and-forth conversation. - **Guided alternatives**. When the agent can't answer a question directly, it suggests alternative questions or directions to support further exploration. - **Metadata awareness and discoverability**. Users can ask the agent "What questions can you answer?" or "How is the ACV metric defined?" to better understand what data is available and how to query it. Users can ask the agent what data objects, fields, metrics, dimensions, and semantic definitions are available in the data. - **Support for multiple visualization types**. In addition to bar charts, line charts, and table charts, the agent supports donut charts, scatter plots, and heatmaps. Users can ask to change an existing visualization type for quick exploration of the same data through different perspectives without needing to re-ask a question. - **Support for a variety of question types**. The agent seamlessly handles advanced queries, including period-over-period, trend analysis, top drivers, and distribution and statistical correlation. For a full list of the types of questions you can ask Tableau Agent with Data Analysis, see [Supported Questions and Surfaces for Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_surfaces_questions.htm&language=en_US). ## How Tableau Agent Queries Data Tableau Agent uses a single semantic query path for questions. Semantic queries interact with the underlying semantic model dynamically, allowing for custom breakdowns, entity comparisons, and deeper exploration. Tableau Agent generates and runs a semantic query against the underlying semantic model of an associated metric or dashboard. It synthesizes the query output data to create a textual answer and creates a visualization based on the semantic query. Tableau Agent with the Data Analysis subagent: - Answers questions in a session using the underlying data from the semantic model as a grounded source to query against and analyze. - Clarifies intent when it encounters complexity or ambiguity in a question to provide a better, more accurate response. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Admins can create fallback lists of semantic models per agent for scenarios where the semantic context isn't clear. For more information, see [Set Up Agent Scoping in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_agent_scoping.htm&language=en_US) - **[Plan Your Tableau Agent Implementation for Conversational Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_ai_concierge_plan.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** As an analyst implementing Tableau Agent in Tableau Next, you play an integral role in getting the agent to work well for your organization. Successfully enabling conversational analytics in Tableau Next includes five major phases. - **[Ask Questions with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When Tableau Agent with Data Analysis is enabled in Tableau Next, you can ask questions to explore your data. When Tableau Agent is enabled in Slack, you can use it to ask questions about shared Tableau Next metric and dashboard data in that context. - **[Supported Questions and Surfaces for Tableau Agent with Data Analysis](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_surfaces_questions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can use Tableau Agent to ask questions about your data across Tableau Next, Salesforce, and Slack. This topic lists the types of questions, surfaces, and contexts where Tableau Agent with Data Analysis is currently supported. - **[Limitations for Conversational Analytics in Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_limitations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** In Tableau Next, agents enabled for conversational analytics have the following limitations related to questions and responses. Conversational analytics are available in agents based on the Analytics and Visualization template with the Data Analysis subagent in Tableau Next. - **[Tips for Improving Performance in Tableau Agent with Data Analysis](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_bp.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Multiple factors can affect performance in Tableau Agent in Tableau Next. This topic lists tips for improving query performance when asking questions in Tableau Agent with Data Analysis. - **[Create a Tableau Agent for Conversational Analytics in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_data_analysis_subagent.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Analytics and Visualization V2 template and its Data Analysis subagent enables conversational analytics in Tableau Agent. #### See Also - [Plan Your Tableau Agent Implementation for Conversational Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_ai_concierge_plan.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "As an analyst implementing Tableau Agent in Tableau Next, you play an integral role in getting the agent to work well for your organization. Successfully enabling conversational analytics in Tableau Next includes five major phases.") - [Set Up Tableau Agent in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_agentforce_templates.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Configure users, turn on organization features, and create and activate an agent for analytics and visualizations in Tableau Next.") - [Enable Tableau Agent in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_conciergeqa_slack.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When enabled, your users can open Tableau Agent in Slack. They can then ask questions in context about metrics and dashboards that have been shared to Slack from Tableau Next. The agent runs a query allowed based on the user's permissions, and analyzes questions based on the data for the metric and the semantic model enabled for the agent in Tableau Next.") - [Ask Questions About Shared Metrics and Dashboards in Slack Using Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_slack.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When an agent based on the Analytics and Visualization template is installed and enabled in Slack, you can use Tableau Agent to ask questions and dive deeper into your shared Tableau Next metric and dashboard data.") - [Billing Considerations for Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_usage_types.htm&language=en_US) - [Einstein Trust Layer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_trust_layer.htm&language=en_US) # About CSI Score Transform fragmented data into executive clarity with CSI Score, a unified intelligence standard that consolidates cross-cloud signals into a single, trusted index for proactive decision-making. ## The Problem Statement: Data Fragmentation, Siloed Insights In the modern enterprise, customer signals come from everywhere. Departments across marketing, sales, service, and revenue generate critical insight but these signals frequently remain trapped in functional silos. - Feedback systems isolate survey responses. - Support cases house service metrics. - Financial dashboards lock away revenue health data. - Interaction transcripts bury critical sentiment. - Marketing automation tools silo engagement data. The primary challenge for leaders isn't a lack of data, but the constraints of data fragmentation. When data sits in silos, executives lack a single, trusted north star for customer and company health. This disconnection creates systemic risks that hinder growth and agility.
CrossConflicting NarrativesDisparate data sources create conflicting versions of the truth and cause internal misalignment.
CrossSlower DecisionsLeaders waste valuable time manually reconciling dozens of dashboards before taking strategic action.
CrossBlind SpotsSiloed views obscure high-risk signals by removing them from the context of the total customer relationship.
CrossReactive PostureData fragmentation forces companies to react to churn rather than predict and prevent it.
## The CSI Score Advantage: Unified Signals, Decision Confidence In an era of agentic enterprises and non-linear customer journeys, customer management isn't defined by having more dashboards. It’s about creating a unified intelligence standard with a single normalized scale, a governed data source, and a trusted score. CSI Score transforms fragmented perception, operational, engagement, and revenue signals into a single, structured, and weighted index (0–100). CSI Score is built on five pillars:
CheckmarkUnified Customer SignalsBreak down functional silos to consolidate cross-cloud insights into one intelligence stream.
CheckmarkBalanced Weighted IntelligenceQuantify strategic priorities through logic tailored to your business, moving beyond arbitrary averages.
CheckmarkTransparent Score ConstructionEliminate the closed box with full visibility into every composite score and underlying weight.
CheckmarkKPI Relationships & Impact PathwaysPreserve metric dependencies to reveal the structural drivers and top movers behind score changes.
CheckmarkPersonalized Executive FocusSurface role-based insights that highlight the segments, risks, and KPIs that matter most to your specific role.
## The Strategic Urgency: One Number, Total Customer Intelligence. As customer expectations accelerate and journeys become more complex, traditional reporting is no longer enough. While dashboards report on what happened in the past, CSI Score aligns your entire company on what to do next. ![Infographic.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-csi_score-264-0-0-production-enus/5eb470d9-337a-48d8-b35b-1bd7b712912f/csi_score/images/csi_score_about.png) # About Datasets A CRM Analytics _dataset_ is a collection of related data that can be viewed in a tabular format. The data can come from many sources, including Salesforce objects, external data sources, and even other datasets. - **[Columns and Rows in Datasets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_dataset_columns_and_rows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A dataset is analogous to a table in a database. It organizes data by columns and rows. - **[Column Types in Datasets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_dataset_column_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Datasets support the following column types: dates, dimensions, and measures. - **[System Columns in Datasets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_system_columns.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** System columns are dataset columns that don’t appear in the CRM Analytics user interface, such as lenses or Dashboard Designer. For example, to enable dataset security based on the Salesforce role hierarchy, the Flatten transformation generates columns that store the role hierarchy details. To prevent a CRM Analytics user from seeing and querying these columns, flag them as system columns. - **[Denormalized Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_dataset_denormalized.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The data in Salesforce objects is normalized, meaning that it’s stored efficiently in a collection of related tables to minimize redundancy, enhance consistency, and ensure data integrity. In contrast, data in datasets is denormalized, where it’s stored in an optimal format for querying. All the work required to combine the data from multiple sources is done ahead of time. The data is centralized, compressed, and ready to be analyzed. - **[Dataset Security](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_dataset_security.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** For each dataset that you create, you can apply security to restrict access to sensitive rows in the dataset. # About Einstein Discovery Use Einstein Discovery to augment your data analysis by exposing relevant facts, themes, and statistical correlations in your data. Einstein Discovery walks you through what has happened and why, what has changed, what is likely to happen, and what you can do about it. Now anyone can tap into the power of data science and conduct statistical analytics and predictive analytics. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Einstein Discovery stories are now models. We wish we could snap our fingers to update the name everywhere, but you can expect to see the previous name in a few places until we replace it. ## Explain and Predict Outcomes A _model_ helps you explore relationships between a business-relevant outcome (called the _outcome variable_) and the possible factors (called _explanatory variables_) that can potentially influence the outcome. For example, a model can focus on margin as the outcome variable. For explanatory variables, the model can consider business data (such as customer type or campaign) as potential contributing factors to the margin. Based on its understanding of the relationships in your data, Einstein can predict future outcomes and suggests ways in which to improve the probability of even better outcomes. ## Configuration Define the data and analytical settings that Einstein Discovery uses to generate insights and build predictive models. Settings include the outcome variable, whether to maximize or minimize the outcome variable, the data to analyze in a CRM Analytics dataset, and other preferences. The model configuration tells Einstein Discovery how to conduct the analysis and communicate its results. ## Data Insights Explore descriptive and diagnostic analysis Einstein Discovery provides to find answers and explanations about your data as they relate to the outcome you're interested in. Let Einstein Discovery highlight meaningful relationships in your data, then dive deeper to learn more. ## Collaboration Depending on your user permissions, you can create and share models with others. # About Following Metrics in Tableau Next After you follow a metric, the metric appears on the Following page in Tableau Next. While analysts can find Following in the left panel, users with consumer permissions see the Following tab as their home page web experience in the Tableau Next app. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
When you follow two or more metrics, Tableau Next provides a summary to help you quickly see the latest insights across your metrics of interest. When available, this insights summary appears on the Tableau Next Following page. For more information on insight summaries, see [About Insight Summaries in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_insight_summaries.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Tableau Next displays a summary of the insights related to those metrics. Tableau Next creates the insight summary differently, depending on whether Tableau Agent with conversational analytics is enabled or not. When the agent isn't enabled, insight summaries are created based on the metrics you follow (two or more required). When the agent is enabled, Tableau Next creates insight summaries using Agentforce (no followed metrics needed)."). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Tableau AI must be turned on by your Tableau admin for insight summaries to be available. If you unfollow a metric, then it no longer appears on your Tableau Next Following page on web or mobile. - **[Follow a Tableau Next Metric](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_follow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Customize your Tableau Next experience by following the most important metrics you want to see on a regular basis. - **[Add or Remove Tableau Next Metric Followers](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_follow_manage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add or remove individual followers or groups to a Tableau Next metric. - **[View Notifications About Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_follow_notifications.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When a coworker adds or removes you as a follower of a metric, Tableau Next notifies you with the bell icon in the header of the Tableau Next window. # About Metric Insight Summaries Tableau Next displays a summary of the insights related to those metrics. Tableau Next creates the insight summary differently, depending on whether Tableau Agent with conversational analytics is enabled or not. When the agent isn't enabled, insight summaries are created based on the metrics you follow (two or more required). When the agent is enabled, Tableau Next creates insight summaries using Agentforce (no followed metrics needed). ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To explore metrics and insights: Tableau Unmetered Consumer or Tableau Next Consumer or Tableau Unmetered Self-Service Consumer or Tableau Next Self-Service Consumer permission set
When Tableau Agent with conversational analytics is enabled in Tableau Next, metric insight summaries are automatically generated in your preferred language and don't require followed metrics. These insight summaries are available in the metric details page and for the top ranked insight in a metric card. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Insight summaries might consume flex credits when generated using Tableau Agent enabled for conversational analytics. When the agent is turned off, Tableau Next leverages a large language model (LLM) to summarize the most significant changes, considering Period Over Period Change or Unusual Change insights detected by the system. The system prioritizes summarizing metrics with higher-impact insights (for example, metrics with unusual change are ranked higher). The resulting insight summary provides a personalized overview in plain, natural language with rich text reference on the metric names to be found at the top of the Following page. To maximize consistency and performance, insight summaries are generated up to once every 24 hours upon your last homepage visit and cached for subsequent visits within the day. The insights used for summaries are generated using natural language templates with values calculated using deterministic statistics. The prompt used to summarize these factual insights is thoroughly tested and consistently iterated. Metric insight summaries are built on the [Einstein Trust Layer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_trust_layer.htm&language=en_US), enabling trusted, ethical, and open AI-powered experiences without compromising data security and privacy. Like all generative AI features in Salesforce, users can also provide optional feedback on output they find to be biased, inaccurate, or inappropriate to help to improve the experience. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note For metric insight summaries that don't use the analytics agent, administrators need to enable the Metric Insight Summaries org preference and the Follow Tableau Next Metrics user permission, which are included in the Tableau Next platform license and available when enablement steps have been followed for the metric consumption experience. For more information, see [Enable Metric Insight Summaries in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_metric_insight.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Tableau Metric Insight Summaries give users a personalized overview of the most important insights from the metrics that they care about. The Metric Insight Summaries feature is built natively into Tableau Next and is independent of the Agentforce platform. The summary is generated based on the metrics that a user follows and is displayed on the Following page in Tableau Next. Only users with permission can access the metric summaries."). # About Metrics A metric is a business KPI that you can track over time and use to assess performance or business processes. A metric is derived from one or more measures. You can apply a sentiment to a metric (for example, up is good or bad), aggregation (for example, sum, non-cumulative, average, minimum, maximum), and other business contexts. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
In some cases, a metric has a behavior that is applied across all queries. For example, GDP is a metric that can only be calculated on a country level, and it should be calculated this way in different views of data. Sub-metrics are detailed performance indicators that provide additional granularity to a main metric. They allow you to break down primary metrics into more specific, actionable data points, offering deeper insights and more precise analysis. You can store metrics and reuse them across different experiences, while using semantic queries to visualize metrics over time. Metrics can also be created directly in the Semantic Layer tab in Data 360. For more information, see [Create a Metric for a Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_metrics_create.htm&language=en_US). - **[Add a Metric to a Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_add_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Within Tableau Next, create a metric based on a semantic model. - **[Use Metric Templates from Marketplace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_metrics_use_marketplace.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Creating effective metric insights is essential for monitoring performance and driving business decisions. You have two primary options for building these insights, developing custom key performance indicators (KPIs) from scratch or by using a pre-configured metrics template. Tableau Next metric templates offer a significant advantage by decreasing the time required to construct your KPIs. # About Models A _model_ is the sophisticated, custom mathematical construct that Einstein Discovery uses to predict a particular outcome. A model accepts inputs (one or more explanatory variables) and produces outputs (a predicted outcome, top factors, and improvements). Create a model and Einstein Discovery generates the predictive and prescriptive analytics. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Einstein Discovery stories are now models. We wish we could snap our fingers to update the name everywhere, but you can expect to see the previous name in a few places until we replace it. ## Models for Predictive and Prescriptive Analytics Based on data mining, machine learning, and predictive statistical modeling: - _Predictive analytics_ is the practice of predicting future outcomes based on a comprehensive analysis of past outcomes. - _Prescriptive analytics_ is the practice of suggesting ways in which to improve your predicted outcomes (improvements). Einstein Discovery uses the model to generate diagnostic insights, predictions, and improvements. ## Terminology Refer to the following terminology when working with models. | Term | Definition | | --- | --- | | model | The sophisticated, custom equation that Einstein Discovery generates based on a comprehensive, statistical understanding of past outcomes. Einstein Discovery uses models to predict future outcomes. A model accepts the values of one or more predictor variables as input and produces a predicted outcome as output, along with (optionally) top factors and improvements. | | predictor | An explanatory variable that a model accepts as input in order to calculate a prediction. Predictors are also known as predictor variables or independent variables. | | prediction | A derived value, produced by a model, that represents a possible future outcome. You can think of a prediction as the output of a predictive model that is based on the inputs of predictor variables that the model accepts. | | top predictor | A condition that most significantly drives the predicted outcome. A condition is a data value associated with a variable. In Einstein Discovery, a predictor consists of one or two conditions. | | improvement | A suggested action that a user can take to improve the likelihood of a desired outcome. Improvements are associated with actionable variables, which are variables over which users can possibly control or influence, such as the shipping method or a subscriber’s membership level. By taking the actions that Einstein suggests, users can increase their chances of having a more favorable outcome. | | prediction definition | A container object in Einstein Discovery associated with one or more models. If a prediction definition contains multiple models, then each model produces predictions for a different segment of the data. A prediction definition can contain up to ten active models. | | segmentation | Involves deploying models that target different segments (subsets) of your data. For example, suppose your data contains large, medium, and small customers, and your company organization is oriented around customer size to address the specialized needs of each group. You could build and deploy separate models for large, medium, and small customers to address the unique characteristics of each group. You define segments using filters that specify conditions for each group. Segmentation involves prediction definitions with multiple models. | | prediction column | In a CRM Analytics dataset, the column where Einstein Discovery stores prediction values returned from the model. | ## Types of Models Einstein Discovery uses thee types of models. The model type depends on the outcome variable used in your story. | Use Case | Description | | --- | --- | | Numeric Use Case | Numeric fields (measures) can contain many different types of values. Predicting a number field is a _regression problem_ with its own set of metrics to measure model quality. | | Binary Classification Use Case | Categorical (text) fields (classifications) contain only two qualitative values. Examples include variables that are either true or false, public or private, churned or not churned, and so on. These fields separate your data into two distinct groups. Predicting a categorical field is a _binary classification problem_ with its own set of metrics to measure model quality. | | Multiclass Classification Use Case | Categorical (text) fields (classifications) with 3-10 possible classes (outcomes). For example, a manufacturer can predict, based on customer attributes, which of six service contracts a customer is most likely to choose. | ## Considerations When Working With Models in Einstein Discovery - For a numeric variable, if Einstein Discovery finds low cardinality (ten or fewer unique values) during analysis, the data type for this variable in the generated model is text rather than numeric. # About Sales Analytics Learn the benefits of Sales Analytics before you create and use the app to explore your Sales Cloud data. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To use CRM Analytics templated apps: Use CRM Analytics Templated Apps
To use Sales Analytics: Access Sales Cloud Analytics Templates and Apps
To create and manage CRM Analytics apps: Manage CRM Analytics Templated Apps
  Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows
![Sales Analytics leaderboard dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_apps_sales_wave_leaderboard.png) ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important Each CRM Analytics platform license includes a Sales Analytics license. Licenses for individual CRM Analytics apps do not provide the complete capabilities available to CRM Analytics platform license holders. See [Understand Sales Analytics Limitations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_app_sales_wave_limitations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Sales Analytics requires that Sales Cloud include specific data and supports a limited set of Salesforce objects.") for details. Salesforce created Sales Analytics to make it easy to analyze Sales Cloud data. Whether you’re a sales executive or manager, a rep, or on the operations side, Sales Analytics gives you a new level of insight into your Salesforce data. Start with the Sales Analytics Home dashboard to see the latest wins, win rate, average deal amount. Dig in to all the other dashboards from there, which take advantage of Salesforce Forecasting in Sales Cloud to show quotas and help you pinpoint forecasting. - Execs get their own overview highlighting pipeline and sales and service business performance as well as top deals. They can easily jump to dashboards with all the details. - Managers can start with a leaderboard showing team key performance indicators (KPIs) and dive right in to specifics about quota, changes in the pipeline, team trending, and average sales cycle time. They can also focus on the performance of members of their team and take action to accelerate business closings. - Reps can view their own quota attainment, bookings, and pipe activities for a given period. They can also quickly find opportunities for new business to help hit their quotas. - Operations staff can sort through performance by geography, source, and customer to spot trends to help speed new deals. App creation is easy. Sales Analytics runs a compatibility check against your org to be sure it includes all the data to create the app’s datasets and dashboards. If your org doesn’t have the required data, error messages tell you what you need to add before creating the app. When the compatibility check determines that your org is ready, you have two options: - Quickly create the app using standard, default settings as determined by Sales Analytics during the compatibility check. Default settings include forecasting data to show quotas in app dashboards if your org uses the Salesforce Forecasting feature in Sales Cloud. - Use the built-in configuration wizard to choose your own, custom settings to reflect the way you and others on your team want to view data. When you’ve created the app, use its prebuilt dashboards to explore Sales Cloud data from any device that supports CRM Analytics. You get actionable insights fast from your sales data using the intuitive CRM Analytics interface. And you can drill deeper into key aspects of your business by customizing Sales Analytics around your business needs. # About Service Analytics Salesforce created the Service Analytics template to make it easy for service managers and agents to use data to drive the success of your service business. Learn the app’s benefits before you create and use the app to explore your Service Cloud data. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To use CRM Analytics templated apps: Use CRM Analytics Templated Apps
To use Service Analytics: Access Service Cloud Analytics Templates and Apps
To create and manage CRM Analytics apps: Manage CRM Analytics Templated Apps
  Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows
![Service Analytics Home dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_apps_service_wave_home_dashboard.png) Service Analytics dashboards give you best-practice key performance indicators (KPIs) about your Salesforce service data in a single place. We’ve based the app’s dashboards on learnings from many years of helping businesses manage customer relationships. The goal is to provide the right amount of information at the right time to help both managers and agents make the right decision. Service managers get a complete view of service customer data that includes trending as well as historical and peer benchmarks. Agents can quickly view a snapshot of each case and customer to help them make quick decisions about their next customer interactions. We’ve done a lot of the hard work: Our team has built complex queries, formulas, and ratios that draw from your service and sales data and assembled them into easy-to-read visualizations. You create the app: using a built-in configurator, answer a few questions about the data and fields you want to see, and CRM Analytics takes care of the rest. When you’ve created the app, use its prebuilt datasets and dashboards to explore Service Cloud data from any device that supports CRM Analytics. You get actionable insights fast from your data using the intuitive CRM Analytics interface. And you can drill deeper into key aspects of your business by customizing Service Analytics around your needs. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Your organization can use Service Analytics without CRM Analytics platform by purchasing a Service Analytics license. A Service Analytics license is included with the CRM Analytics platform license. # About Tableau Next Learn about Tableau Next editions, limits, guidelines, billable usage types, and terminology. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
- **[Tableau Next Editions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_editions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the user interface and editions that support Tableau Next. - **[Tableau Next Considerations, Guidelines, and Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_limits_and_guidelines.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Considerations are factors to understand before working with Tableau Next. Guidelines define best-practice recommendations to improve your use of Tableau Next for optimal performance. Limits are boundaries beyond which features are unavailable or usage billing charges are applied. - **[Billing Considerations for Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_usage_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Next is built on Data 360 and generative AI services. Usage of certain Tableau Next features impacts credit consumption. Credit consumption can be either Data Services or Flex Credits. In addition, many Tableau Next features are available on an unmetered basis. Unmetered usage does not consume credits. - **[About Unmetered Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_about_unmetered_usage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With the Tableau Next unmetered permission, certain analytics features are available for unmetered usage, including most queries and pre-configured AI agent usage. Unmetered usage doesn’t consume credits. - **[AI and Data Usage in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_ai_and_data_usage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** As a Tableau Next customer, it’s important for you to know what data is being used in the features where you’ve enabled AI. - **[Tableau Next Features on Companion Orgs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_companion_org_analytics_features.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Tableau Next app to access features in your Data Cloud One home org and companion orgs. - **[Tableau Next Glossary](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_glossary.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Familiarize yourself with Tableau Next terminology. - **[Tableau Next Learning Resources](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_learning_resources.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Link from this page to all of the videos, blogs, and other learning resources in Trailhead, the Developer Center, and more. # About Tableau Next Auditing (Beta) Learn how to view auditing data in Tableau Next, which attributes are collected in the AnalyticsUserActivityEvent object, and considerations for using Tableau Next Auditing. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Tableau Next Auditing contains pilot or beta services that are subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of these pilot or beta services is at the Customer's sole discretion. ## View Auditing Data in Tableau Next Audit data is retained for the last 180 days. Collect and store the AnalyticsUserActivityEvent object to create user interaction logs and long term records of Tableau Next usage. These steps are an overview of how to make the auditing data available in Tableau Next. - In Data 360, connect the AnalyticsUserActivityEvent object. - Map the AnalyticsUserActivityEvent object data to DLO and DMO objects. - In Tableau Next, open your DMO and create a semantic model. - Use the semantic model as the basis for creating metrics, visualizations, and dashboards where you can view, filter, and query the audit data for investigations, analytics, compliance, and other requirements. ## AnalyticsUserActivityEvent Attributes These attributes are captured in the audit object.
Attribute Name Type Description Example Value

Id

Lookup

Unique identifier for the record

1mQxx00000003sLEAQ
IsDeleted Checkbox

Indicates if the record has been deleted

false
Name Text (255) Auto-generated unique name for the activity event record X0dbf0d48_f5ab_4349_ad90_3c064ebd8b72
CreatedDate Date/Time Date and time when the record was created 2026-04-23T10:30:25.000+0000
CreatedById Lookup (User) ID of the user who created the record 005xx000001X7p3AAC
LastModifiedDate Date/Time Date and time when the record was last modified 2026-04-23T10:30:25.000+0000
LastModifiedById Lookup (User) ID of the user who last modified the record 005xx000001X7p3AAC
SystemModstamp Date/Time System-generated timestamp of the last update 2026-04-23T10:30:25.000+0000
OperationName Text (40) Name of the operation performed by the user createDashboard
ServiceName Text (40) Name of the service where the activity occurred TableauNext
User Text (40) ID of the user who performed the activity 005xx000001X7p3
OrganizationType Picklist Type of Salesforce org PRODUCTION
EventTimestamp Date/Time Timestamp of when the event actually occurred 2026-04-23T10:30:25.000+0000
AssetAttributes Long Text Area (32000) JSON {"embeddingContext":"studio","assetId":"0Trxx0000004CQmCAM","assetApiName":"dashboardName","assetName":"sed","templateSource":"","statusMessage":"","assetType":"DASHBOARD","status":"Success"}
## Considerations Take into account the following considerations about Tableau Next Auditing. - For each org where you want to capture user interactions, Tableau Next Auditing must be enabled. - Audit data is retained for the last 180 days. - The following interactions are not included in the AnalyticsUserActivityEvent object. - Concierge & Agentforce conversation. - Tracking of Slack collaboration interaction. - Auditing data of personal orgs. - Semantic model interactions. - All permission changes, role assignments, and access-level modifications. Admin changes can be tracked using an [Audit Trail](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.admin_monitorsetup.htm&type=5&language=en_US). #### See Also - [Enable Tableau Next Auditing (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_auditing.htm&language=en_US) # About Tableau Semantics With Tableau Semantics, you can create and manage your semantic models. Before you start using Tableau Semantics, review requirements and other introductory information. - **[Tableau Semantics Licenses and Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_licenses_and_permissions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Semantics is available in several standard Salesforce editions and may require a license depending on your use. - **[Billing Considerations for Semantic Layer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_billing_considerations_for_semantic_layer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use of the semantic layer impacts the consumption of credits used for billing in these usage types. - **[Data Governance in Tableau Semantics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_data_governance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Data governance in Tableau Semantics ensures that you see and work with only the authorized data. Governance combines dataspace permissions with Data 360 security policies. These policies determine who can view semantic models and what data is available during model design and when running queries in Tableau. - **[Explore the Tableau Semantics Interface](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_explore.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can create and define semantic models in the Semantic Layer in Data 360. Here you can see all the semantic models that exist in your org. You can create new semantic models, edit them, and even clone them directly from here. - **[Accessibility Support in Tableau Semantics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_accessibility_support.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use keyboard shortcuts in the semantic model editor to improve productivity. Navigate between different panels, perform actions on the canvas, and manage objects using only your keyboard. # About the Field Service Analytics App Learn the benefits of Field Service Analytics before you create and use the app to help manage field service operations. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To use CRM Analytics templated apps: Use CRM Analytics Templated Apps
To use Field Service Analytics: Access Service Cloud Analytics Templates and Apps
To create and manage CRM Analytics apps: Manage CRM Analytics Templated Apps
![Field Service Analytics Work Order dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_apps_field_service_wave_dashboard.png) Salesforce created the Field Service Analytics app to help service managers analyze customer service data their teams generate when they use Field Service. The app is bundled with the Service Analytics. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important Your org must be enabled to use Field Service. CRM Analytics datasets are based on Field Service’s new object model. We’ve designed Field Service Analytics to give you just-in-time analytics to optimize the outcome of your field service business. Service managers get a new level of insight into their field service data that they can use to maximize the efficiency of their technical service agents. Using the app, service managers can access insights to improve every on-site service visit. You gain visibility into mobile workforce utilization, first-time-fix rate, and travel time. Problem detection lets you optimize field technician agent productivity. Performance analysis visualizations help your team prioritize and resolve work orders faster to improve customer satisfaction. Armed with actionable analytics, your agents can deliver personalized, effective customer service. CRM Analytics automatically creates the app for you based on your Field Service data. Select the Field Service Analytics template, click Create, and CRM Analytics does the rest. You get actionable insights fast from your field service data using the intuitive CRM Analytics interface. And you can drill deeper into key aspects of service engagements and technician performance by customizing Field Service Analytics around your business needs. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Your organization can use Field Service Analytics with or without the CRM Analytics platform by purchasing a Service Analytics license. Each Salesforce Analytics license includes a Service Analytics license. # About the Salesforce Tableau Semantics Extension Retrieve, build, edit, test, and deploy semantic models from your Data 360 org as code, without leaving VS Code. Use the Salesforce Tableau Semantics extension for VS Code to retrieve and build semantic models from your Data 360 org, edit them locally as JSON files, and deploy changes back to your org without leaving your editor. The extension provides interactive entity relationship diagrams, query testing, and version control integration. With this extension, you can: - Authorize your data org directly from VS Code - Retrieve semantic models from your org as structured JSON files - Edit data objects, relationships, and calculated fields locally with autocomplete, formatting, and validation - Visualize model structure with interactive entity-relationship diagrams - Test semantic queries by using local definitions before deploying - Compare local changes with remote versions to review differences - Validate models against server rules to catch errors early - Deploy changes back to your org with payload review - Track version history and compare commits by using Git # About Unmetered Tableau Next With the Tableau Next unmetered permission, certain analytics features are available for unmetered usage, including most queries and pre-configured AI agent usage. Unmetered usage doesn’t consume credits. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
Data Queries, Data Transforms, and Analytics Actions of Agentforce initiated from Tableau Next are unmetered when the interacting user has the **Access includes unmetered Analytics Insights and Agentic Analytics workloads** permission. To classify a Tableau Next interaction as unmetered usage, these conditions must be met. - The session must be tied to an identifiable user session or user action. - The user account must have the **Access includes unmetered Analytics Insights and Agentic Analytics workloads** permission. - For Data 360 queries and zero-copy services, users must have Data 360 Flex Credits. For more information, see [Billing Considerations for Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_usage_types.htm&language=en_US). ## Unmetered Usage With the unmetered Creator, Consumer, and Unmetered User Based Access Tableau Next licenses, these categories of services and features are available for unmetered usage. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note With Limited Consumer and Included App licenses, usage is unmetered only for viewing and exploration of analytics assets in Tableau Next Apps for Salesforce.
Tableau Next Functional Area Available Unmetered Service or Feature
Intelligent Apps Installation Automated Salesforce setup and app installation for most Tableau Next Apps for Salesforce.
Batch Data Transforms

In the home org only: Transform operations on Data 360 data used by Tableau Next, initiated from Data 360 or Tableau Next. Within their contexts, users can connect and preview data tables.

Note: Batch Data Transforms are unmetered for all users in an unmetered org.

Tableau Next Authoring

Semantic queries: This covers semantic queries generated through pre-built apps or cloud-built Lightning Web Components, for example, Marketing Cloud via Connect API.

Semantic layer authoring: Analysts can run queries as part of authoring semantic models within Data 360 or Tableau Next.

Developer experiences: Developers can use the Tableau Next Embedding SDK and semantic queries via the Tableau Next REST Connect API.

Data Lens: Users can open a Data Lens within Tableau Next and explore it with queries run within their contexts.

Query services: Direct-access query services within Home, Data Cloud One, or Personal Org. Users can run dashboards, metrics, insights, and data lens queries on objects in a home or production org.

Note: Uploading CSV or Excel files to a Tableau Next workspace isn’t unmetered.

Analytics Content from Tableau Next

Pre-Built Tableau Next Assets: Users can view dashboards, visualizations, metrics, and insights for analytics embedded in Salesforce Clouds.

Custom Tableau Next Assets: Analysts can create and edit dashboards, visualizations, and metrics in Tableau Next. Assets created in Tableau Next can be viewed and consumed anywhere in Salesforce or externally.

Business User Home: Explore metrics, insights, and Insight Summary in the Tableau Next business user Home. Metrics and Insight service generate queries in user context, both within Tableau Next or anywhere in Salesforce via Tab.

In-the-Flow of Work: Explore dashboards, visualizations, metrics, insights, and Insight Summary in the Tableau Next business user Home, and in Salesforce, Slack, Microsoft Teams, or any web page.

Mobile: Access insights, metrics, and dashboards in the Salesforce1 Mobile App.

PDS integration: Tableau Next users can query published data sources (PDS) in Tableau Cloud.

Note: Unmetered use of embedded assets is available when the user has the unmetered permission.

Tableau Agent in Tableau Next

Tableau Next users can work with the Analytics and Visualization template with these pre-configured subagents:

Data Analysis: Converse with the agent about your data.

Data Alert Management: Set proactive alerts to get notified when thresholds are met.

Data Pro - Preparation and Modeling: Get assistance with Tableau Semantics, including semantic model optimization, semantic descriptions, related fields, calculated fields, etc.

Actionability Take action from Tableau Next assets with Lightning Flows via use of semantic queries in Lightning Flow Builder.
## Metered Usage These categories of services and features aren’t available for unmetered usage. | Data 360 Functional Area | Not Available for Unmetered Usage | | --- | --- | | Data 360 Operations initiated outside of Tableau Next | Segmentation, Unstructured Data, Einstein for Data Cloud, Query Editor, Data Explorer, Data Lens, Calculated Insights creation, Data Cloud Agents | | Analytics outside of Tableau Next | Tableau Classic and CRM Analytics calls to Data 360 and Tableau Semantics, Data Cloud Reports and Dashboards, Query Service Direct Access and Connect APIs run in a Data 360 context, for example, connectors | | Workflow and Automation | Consent Jobs, Flow Builder enabled use of Data 360 Query APIs, Semantic Layer Query API outside of first party apps | #### See Also - [Assign Unmetered Tableau Next Licenses and Permission Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_unmetered.htm&language=en_US) - [Billing Considerations for Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_usage_types.htm&language=en_US) # abs Function Calculates the absolute value of a number. The absolute value of a number is the number without its positive or negative sign. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
## Syntax `abs(number)` ## Arguments | Argument | Description | | --- | --- | | number | Literal value or measure field of which you want to determine the absolute value. | # Accelerate Semantic Model Creation with Marketplace Templates When developing semantic models to unify and make sense of your enterprise data, you can build a model entirely from scratch or use a pre-configured template. Tableau Next Marketplace semantic model templates are designed to accelerate your development process. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
These out-of-the-box templates are designed to decrease the time you spend on foundational data architecture and complex data mapping. They provide a comprehensive, ready-to-use structure that includes: - Pre-Mapped Data— mapping of essential data fields to common business concepts, eliminating the tedious and error-prone process of manual mapping. - Defined Data Model Objects (DMOs)— establishing key objects, like Customer, Account, and Order, with best-practice attributes. - Established Relationships— pre-configuring the logical connections and dependencies between these data model objects, ensuring data integrity and correct aggregation paths. - Pre-Built Metrics— defining and calculating commonly required business metrics, like Total Sales, Service Case Count, and Customer Lifetime Value. - Calculated Fields— essential computed fields necessary for deeper analysis, saving you the effort of scripting formulas. With Tableau Next Marketplace templates, you can bypass the heavy lifting of initial setup and data structuring. Analysts, data architects, and business users can focus immediately on higher-value tasks, like analysis, customization, and deriving insights. These templates focus on high-priority areas such as Customer 360 data for a complete view of your customer, or specialized data for sales and service performance monitoring. Access your org’s Marketplace from the Tableau Next home page or from any workspace when you add a new semantic model. The Marketplace contains prebuilt semantic model templates that install semantic models, metrics, calculated fields, and other data assets. - **[Configure the C360 Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_c360_sdm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Tableau Next C360 semantic model template offers a unified perspective of your data by consolidating metrics from various Customer 360 features, such as Sales, Service, Marketing, and Commerce. The template installs the semantic model and more than 40 pre-configured metrics, including open pipeline, open and closed cases, email delivery and open rates. These detailed insights are designed to support program managers and stakeholders. By providing a clear breakdown of performance across multiple dimensions, the template allows effective progress monitoring, the identification of areas needing improvement, and the execution of data-driven decision-making. - **[Configure the Sales Insights Semantic Model and Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_sales_insights_sdm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Tableau Next Sales Insights Model and Metrics template offers comprehensive visibility into your sales data. It includes key metrics for analyzing sales, team performance, leaderboards, stage progression, conversion rates, and sales lead analysis. This template installs the semantic model along with 15 pre-configured metrics and over 70 calculated fields. Designed for sales managers and key stakeholders, these insights provide a detailed breakdown of performance and forecasting across multiple dimensions, empowering them to monitor sales progress, pinpoint areas for improvement, and make data-driven decisions. - **[Configure the Service Insights Semantic Model and Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_service_insights_sdm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Tableau Next Service Insights Model and Metrics template offers a comprehensive look at your service data with metrics for cases, customer satisfaction, Omni-Channel, service agents, and knowledge. Designed for service managers and stakeholders, this template delivers detailed breakdowns of CSAT and case escalation across various dimensions. By installing the semantic model, you immediately gain access to over 25 pre-configured metrics and more than 100 calculated fields. These insights are essential for continuous service progress monitoring, identifying areas that need improvement, and driving data-informed decisions. - **[Configure the Service Agent Analytics Semantic Model and Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_service_agent_analytics_sdm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Tableau Next Service Agent Model and Metrics template is designed to enhance service agent performance and conversation metric tracking. It helps you optimize agents by providing a tailored set of data. The template installs the semantic model, 14 pre-configured metrics, and over 30 calculated fields. These insights offer a detailed analysis of agent sessions across various dimensions, enabling data-driven decisions, improving agent quality, and identifying specific areas for agent improvement. # Access Assistance When and Where You Need It In-app assistance includes the welcome mat, help menus, point-in-time videos, and widget-specific learning resources. Once you’re up and running with CRM Analytics, in-app resources support you along the way. First thing you’ll notice after login to CRM Analytics Studio is the welcome mat. We’ve packed it with videos, trails, and documentation to get you started. If you click out of it, you can always get it back from the help menu. ![The welcome mat has five clickable tiles in its righthand pane](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_welcome_mat.png) In-app video icons (![Video player icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_inapp_video_player_icon.png)) throughout CRM Analytics launch a video or video series that teaches about the feature you're working with. Videos play in a draggable, resizable frame. Put the frame wherever you want so the video never blocks the product screen while you watch. You can even interact with the product as you follow along step-by-step tutorials. If your dashboard is configured with the **Learn** option, select it to open the draggable, resizable frame loaded with customized, widget-specific content. ![Widget with open menu in its upper right corner; menu includes the Learn action](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_learn.png) When you have at least one widget with the **Learn** option, the Learning Resources icon appears. Click the icon to open and close the Learning Resources panel. When the panel is open, hover on a learning resource to highlight the chart that goes with it. Each learning resource is numbered and the numbers appear on the charts for easy reference. ![Dashboard with Learning Resources panel open and resource and its corresponding chart both highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_learning_resources_panel2.png) #### See Also - [Customize Onboarding with In-Dashboard Instructional Content](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_onboarding_custom_dashboard_videos.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Drive adoption and engagement with specialized educational resources right where users work. With the widget-specific Learn option, you can provide videos and webpages that help users get the most out of each dashboard and its charts.") # Access Batch Data Transforms Access the existing batch data transforms from your Tableau workspaces. 1. On your Tableau Next home page, go to one of your Tableau workspaces. 2. View the existing data transforms from the Data Transforms section. ![Access Batch Data Transforms](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_transform_access.png) You can also find batch data transforms across your org by searching for them from the Tableau Next home page. # Access Dashboards from a Record with Actions, Buttons, and Links Use actions, buttons, and links on records to give your users quick access to a dashboard with filters already applied. When you add an action, button, or link from a record to a dashboard, users tap the action, button, or link (1) to go directly to the dashboard (2). ![Screenshots showing link and button, and an open dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_dashboard_actions_links_buttons.png) Create custom URLs so your users can open a dashboard with relevant filters already applied. 1. To create a custom URL to a dashboard so it opens in a specific state, use the **Share** (3) and **GET URL** (4) option in CRM Analytics. ![Screenshot showing how to get URL from dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_dashboard_actions_links_buttons_url.png) 2. Add the dashboardState parameter to the URL to pass the record ID and other filters to the dashboard. Use this syntax for the custom link URL. ``` https://domain.my.salesforce.com/analytics/wave/dashboard?assetId={dashboardID}&orgId={orgID}&loginHost={loginHost}&urlType=sharing&dashboardState={URL-encoded dashboard state} ``` To learn more about dashboard URL syntax, see [Launch CRM Analytics Assets with URLs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_analytics_launch_from_ios.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The CRM Analytics mobile app supports deep linking URL schemes, which allow a user to launch the app from a third-party or web application."). 3. In Setup, add the custom link URL to a record page in the Object Manager. For example, create an Account Insights (5) link so account owners can launch a sales metrics dashboard with relevant filters applied directly from a record. #### See Also - [Custom Buttons and Links](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_enterprise.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Perform Actions on a Salesforce Record from CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboards_actions_configure.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "As you gain insights into your business from CRM Analytics, you sometimes perform actions on an underlying Salesforce record. No need to exit CRM Analytics. You can invoke a Salesforce action on the record directly from CRM Analytics. You can also open web pages, such as search the web for the company name listed in a CRM Analytics lens or dashboard.") # Access Dashboards Instantly as Navigation Items Add a dashboard to your users’ navigation so they can interact with it in any context. When you make your dashboard into a navigation item, your users tap (1) and start interacting with the dashboard without waiting for it to launch. ![Web tab example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_dashboard_web_tab_example.png) 1. To turn your dashboard into a navigation item, create a Lightning web tab, add your dashboard URL, and then add the tab to your users’ navigation. 2. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Tabs, then select **Tabs**. Create and customize a web tab. For example, create a Sales Insights tab so your Sales team can access your interactive sales opportunity dashboard. ![Creating a web tab](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_dashboard_web_tab_create.png) 3. Add your dashboard URL to the web tab. To get the dashboard URL, open it in desktop, select **Share**, and then select **GET URL.** 4. Paste the URL into your web tab, and then change analyticsContext from analyticsTab to webtab (2). ![Change URL context](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_dashboard_web_tab_context.png) 5. Add the tab to your users’ navigation in Lightning App Builder. Now your users can instantly interact with the dashboard. #### See Also - [Create Web Tabs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.creating_web_tabs.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Lightning App Navigation Bar Items](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_lex_nav_menus_create.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Access Dashboards on a Lightning Page Add your dashboard to a Lightning page, along with other relevant components, so your users can access it from outside the Salesforce record context. To add a dashboard to a Lightning page, first create a dashboard layout that’s optimized for your device. To learn more about layouts, see [Generate Unique CRM Analytics Dashboard Layouts for Different Devices](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_layout_select_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "After you add widgets to a dashboard, optimize it for viewing on smaller screens. For example, remove widgets from a layout for on-the-go mobile users, and rearrange widgets for users with tablet-sized screens."). When you add a dashboard to a Lightning page (1), users tap on the dashboard (2) to open it. When the dashboard opens (3), users can interact. To learn more, see [Lightning Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_page_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US). ![Screenshots showing dashboard on Lightning page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_dashboard_on_lightning_page.png) #### See Also - [Create an App Page With the Lightning App Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_app_builder_create_app_page.htm&language=en_US) # Access Dashboards on Record Layouts Embed a dashboard on a record layout when you want to show an important insight every time your users open a record. When you embed a dashboard on a record page (1), users tap to open the dashboard (2). When the dashboard opens (3), users can interact. ![Screenshots showing app builder and dashboard behavior](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_dashboard_on_record.png) To learn more about adding dashboards to record pages, see [Embed Dashboards in Lightning Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_embed_lightning.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add LWC or Aura CRM Analytics dashboards to Lightning home pages, record pages, and app home pages to provide interactive visualizations of your data. Users can drill down and explore the dashboard within a Lightning page."). To add a dashboard to a record without showing it every time your users open the record, add it to a record page tab. To learn more, see [Access Dashboards on Record Page Tabs](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_dashboard_embed_record_tab.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed a dashboard on a record page tab when it’s an optional part of your users’ workflow."). #### See Also - [Create Page Layouts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_layoutcreate.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [User Interface Elements for the Enhanced Page Layout Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_layoutcustomize_pd_elements.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Access Dashboards on Record Page Tabs Embed a dashboard on a record page tab when it’s an optional part of your users’ workflow. When you embed a dashboard on a record page tab, users tap on the tab (1), and then tap to open the dashboard (2). When the dashboard opens (3), users can interact. ![Screenshots showing record tab and dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_dashboard_on_record_tab.png) To learn more, see [Build a Custom Record Page for Lightning Experience and the Salesforce Mobile App](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/lightning_app_builder/lightning_app_builder_recordpage). #### See Also - [Create Page Layouts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_layoutcreate.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [User Interface Elements for the Enhanced Page Layout Editor](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_layoutcustomize_pd_elements.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Access Data When You’re Offline View and analyze data on your mobile device when internet access isn’t available. ### Required Editions
Available in: Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip Control whether offline access is available to mobile users. From Setup, enter Analytics in the Quick Find box, then select **Settings**. Select or deselect **Enable Mobile Offline**, and then click **Save**. When you have internet access, set up Mobile Offline. Tap the three dots next to the name of a dashboard, lens, or dataset to view its details panel. Then tap **Make Available Offline** (1). When the asset finishes downloading (2), you’re ready to take data analysis anywhere you want to go. ![Details panel showing how to download and refresh data](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_offline_download.png) Analytics uses live data whenever you have internet access. Also, offline assets aren’t automatically updated when internet access is available. Keep your offline data fresh by tapping **Refresh Offline Data** (3) when internet access is available. To see all assets available for offline access, tap the filter icon (4), and then select **Offline** (5). ![Selecting the filter icon and Offline](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_offline_browse.png) To remove offline access for a specific asset, open the details panel, and then tap the check mark above Available Offline (6). To remove all offline access, go to **Settings**, tap **Offline**, and then tap **Remove all offline data** (7). ![Remove an asset or all assets](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_mobile_offline_remove.png) Keep these considerations in mind when using Mobile Offline. - To save on mobile data costs, offline data is downloaded using Wi-Fi only. To download data using both Wi-Fi and cellular networks, go to **Settings**, tap **Offline,** and then turn off **Wi-Fi Only**. - Dashboards with datasets exceeding 200 million rows aren’t available for offline access. - If assets exceed 750 MB or the storage capacity of the device, they aren’t available for offline access. - Mobile Offline settings apply to individual mobile devices and aren’t synced across multiple devices. - When removing offline data, all data used by an asset is removed unless another offline asset uses the same data. - All offline data is removed from the device when you log out or uninstall the app. - Offline-enabled assets are stored on the device using Salesforce encryption standards for mobile devices. Unencrypted data is never stored on a device at any time. - Some features aren’t supported for offline dashboards and lenses. - Custom maps - Linking - Personal views - Save, Save As - Post to Chatter, Share via Email - APEX, SOQL # Access Insights from the Analytics Mobile App Analytics on mobile gives you a fast, fluid way to discover the compelling insights within your data and to share the right visuals wherever you are. This page has resources for Analytics in the Salesforce app and Analytics for iOS and Android. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The Analytics Mobile App isn’t available on the App Store in mainland China. - **[Which Analytics Mobile Experience Do I Use?](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_experience_guide.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** CRM Analytics gives you multiple ways to get insights on the go: CRM Analytics in the Salesforce app and CRM Analytics for iOS and Android. Find out which mobile experience is right for you. - **[CRM Analytics Mobile Features](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_feature_comparison.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** CRM Analytics is available as a downloadable app on iOS and Android devices. This table details supported CRM Analytics features in the mobile apps. - **[Download CRM Analytics for Mobile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_download.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Click the link to download CRM Analytics in the Salesforce app, or CRM Analytics for iOS and Android. - **[Integrate Dashboards Into Your Mobile Users’ Workflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_dashboard_embed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** CRM Analytics in the Salesforce mobile app gives you several ways to access and interact with dashboards. - **[Learn How to Use CRM Analytics for iOS](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_ios_online_help_landing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Access your data anywhere with the CRM Analytics for iOS mobile app. - **[Learn How to Use CRM Analytics for Android](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_android_online_help_landing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Access your data anywhere with the CRM Analytics for Android mobile app. - **[Set Up and Manage CRM Analytics on Mobile](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_admin_landing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Optimize dashboard layouts for mobile devices, and administer CRM Analytics for mobile. - **[Limitations of CRM Analytics on iPhone and iPad](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_limits_ios_help.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Be aware of these mobile-specific limitations. - **[Limitations of CRM Analytics on Android Devices](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_limits_android_help.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Be aware of these mobile-specific limitations. # Access Levels for Report and Dashboard Folders Each user, group, or role can have its own level of access to a report and dashboard folder. Viewers can see the data. Editors can determine what data is shown. Managers can control access. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
Available in: Enhanced Folder Sharing
![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_tip.png) Tip If you’re not ready to share a report or dashboard, keep it in a personal folder that only you can access. The My Personal Custom Reports folder and the My Personal Dashboards folder are already set up for you. Create more folders if you need them. When you create a folder, it is accessible only to you and to users with administrative permissions, until you share it. 1. **[Viewer Access to Report and Dashboard Folders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_folder_viewer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Viewer access allows you to view the reports or dashboards in a folder, but doesn't determine access to folder contents. Permissions set for the reports and dashboards themselves determine your access to the contents. For example, if you have Viewer access to a reports folder and Create and Customize Reports permission to a report in the folder, you can rename or delete the report. 2. **[Editor Access to Report and Dashboard Folders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_folder_editor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Editor access allows you to view and save the reports or dashboards in a folder, but doesn't determine access to folder contents. Permissions set for the reports and dashboards themselves determine your access to the folder contents. For example, if you have Editor access to a folder and Run Reports permission to a report in the folder, you can run the report but not make changes. 3. **[Manager Access to Report and Dashboard Folders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_folder_manager.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Manager access allows you to view, share, save, rename, and delete the reports or dashboards in a folder, but does not determine access to folder contents. Permissions set for the reports and dashboards themselves determine your access to the folder contents. For example, if you have Manager access to a folder and Run Reports permission to a report in the folder, you can run the report, but not edit or delete it. 4. **[Compare Access Levels for Report and Dashboard Folders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_folder_access_chart.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use this chart for a quick view of what Viewer, Editor, and Manager access enables users to do with enhanced folder sharing for report and dashboard folders. 5. **[Enhanced Folder Sharing for Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_sharing_enable.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enhanced folder sharing introduces new user permissions and changes each user’s access to existing reports and dashboards. 6. **[Access to Dashboard Folders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.access_dashboard_folders.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Permissions control folder access. Users must have certain permissions to access public, hidden, or shared dashboard folders. 7. **[Access to Report Folders](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.access_report_folders.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Folder access is controlled by permissions. Users must have certain permissions to access public, hidden, or shared report folders. 8. **[User Permissions for Sharing Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_sharing_permissions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Each level of access to a report or dashboard folder consists of a combination of user permissions. As an administrator, you can further fine-tune users’ access to dashboards and reports by assigning or removing one or more permissions. # Access to Dashboard Folders Permissions control folder access. Users must have certain permissions to access public, hidden, or shared dashboard folders. ### Required Editions
Available in: both Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience

Available in: all editions except Database.com

Report folders not available in: Contact Manager, Essentials, Group, and Personal Editions

Public Folders The following permissions apply to folders with these visibility settings: - This folder is accessible by all users, including portal users - This folder is accessible by all users, except for portal users
Access Level Permissions Needed to Access Read-Only Folders Permissions Needed to Access Read/Write Folders
Read Run Reports Run Reports
Write New

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data

Both of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
Modify/Delete

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data
Hidden Folders The following permissions apply to folders that have this visibility setting: - This folder is hidden from all users
Access Level Permissions Needed to Access Read-Only Folders Permissions Needed to Access Read/Write Folders
Read

Both of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • View All Data

Both of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • View All Data
Write New

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data
Modify/Delete

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data
Shared Folders
Access Level Permissions Needed to Access Read-Only Folders Permissions Needed to Access Read/Write Folders
Read Run Reports Run Reports
Write New

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data

Both of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
Modify/Delete

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data

All of the following:

  • Run Reports
  • Manage Dashboards
  • View All Data
# Access to Report Folders Folder access is controlled by permissions. Users must have certain permissions to access public, hidden, or shared report folders. ### Required Editions
Available in: both Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience

Available in: all editions except Database.com

Report folders not available in: Contact Manager, Essentials, Group, and Personal Editions

The following tables show the permissions that users must have to access the three different types of report folders: public, hidden, and shared. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note The “View Reports in Public Folders” permission is available only in organizations with enhanced sharing for reports and dashboards. Organizations without enhanced sharing for reports and dashboards use “View All Data.” Public Folders The following permissions apply to folders with these visibility settings: - This folder is accessible by all users, including portal users - This folder is accessible by all users, except for portal users
Access Level Permissions to Access Read-Only Folders Permissions to Access Read/Write Folders
Read

Any of the following:

  • “View Reports in Public Folders”
  • “Run Reports”
  • “Manage Public Reports”
  • “View All Data”

Any of the following:

  • “Run Reports”
  • “Manage Public Reports”
  • “View All Data”
Write New “Manage Public Reports” “Create and Customize Reports”
Modify/Delete “Manage Public Reports” “Manage Public Reports”
Hidden Folders The following permissions apply to folders that have this visibility setting: - This folder is hidden from all users
Access Level Permissions to Access Read-Only Folders Permissions to Access Read/Write Folders
Read

Any of the following:

  • “View Reports in Public Folders”
  • “View All Data”
“View All Data”
Write New “Manage Public Reports” “Manage Public Reports”
Modify/Delete “Manage Public Reports” “Manage Public Reports”
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note The Hidden Folders setting is available only in organizations without enhanced sharing for reports and dashboards. The equivalent for organizations with enhanced sharing for reports and dashboards is a folder with no sharing settings set, that is, a folder that’s not explicitly shared with anyone. Shared Folders
Access Level Permissions to Access Read-Only Folders Permissions to Access Read/Write Folders
Read

Any of the following:

  • “View Reports in Public Folders”
  • “Run Reports” (for shared users)
  • “Manage Public Reports”
  • “View All Data”

Any of the following:

  • “Run Reports” (for shared users)
  • “Manage Public Reports” (for shared users)
  • “View All Data”
Write New “Manage Public Reports” “Create and Customize Reports” (for shared users)
Modify/Delete “Manage Public Reports” “Manage Public Reports”
#### See Also - [Enhanced Folder Sharing for Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_sharing_enable.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enhanced folder sharing introduces new user permissions and changes each user’s access to existing reports and dashboards.") # Access Your Exploratory Org You can easily switch from your production environment to your Exploratory org, even though it's a separate environment, without needing to log in again. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
1. If you’re not in Tableau Next, find and select **Tableau Next** from the App Launcher. 2. Click the org picker or dropdown menu. ![Tableau Next org picker.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_home_workspace_personal_org_open.png) 3. Select your assigned org from the list. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note To switch between Personal orgs, return to the production org first. From there, you can select a different Exploratory org, as direct navigation between Exploratory orgs isn’t available. # Accessibility Support in Tableau Semantics Use keyboard shortcuts in the semantic model editor to improve productivity. Navigate between different panels, perform actions on the canvas, and manage objects using only your keyboard. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note - The **Option** key is used on macOS. On Windows, use the **Alt** key instead. - You must focus on the appropriate section (canvas or panel) for shortcuts to take effect. ## Global Shortcuts Use these shortcuts to move between the main parts of the Semantic Model interface or to perform key actions at the model level. | ACTION | DESCRIPTION | Shortcut | | --- | --- | --- | | Open Help menu | Displays the shortcut help overlay with a list of available key commands. | Option + Shift + H | | Focus on canvas | Moves focus to the canvas area so you can navigate and interact with tables. | Option + Shift + C | | Focus on left panel | Moves focus to the list of model objects on the left side of the screen. | Option + Shift + L | | Return to Semantic Layer list | Returns to the main list of semantic models, closing the current editor view. | Option + Shift + B | | Edit model name | Places the model name in edit mode so you can rename it using the keyboard. | Option + Shift + N | ## Canvas Shortcuts These shortcuts help you zoom in and out of the model canvas or add relationships between objects. | ACTION | DESCRIPTION | Shortcut | | --- | --- | --- | | Open the Add Relationship dropdown | Opens the relationship creation menu to connect tables using defined keys. | Option + Plus (+) | | Zoom in | Increases the zoom level to get a closer view of the canvas. | Shift + Plus (+) | | Zoom out | Decreases the zoom level to view more of the model layout. | Shift + Minus (-) | | Zoom to fit screen | Resets the zoom level to fit the entire canvas within your visible screen. | Shift + Zero (0) | ## Left Panel Shortcuts Use these shortcuts to navigate and manage the objects listed in the left panel of the semantic model editor. | ACTION | DESCRIPTION | Shortcut | | --- | --- | --- | | Move down the list of objects | Moves selection down to the next item in the list. | Down Arrow | | Move up the list of objects | Moves selection up to the previous item in the list. | Up Arrow | | Expand object | Expands the selected object to show its fields, dimensions, or sub-elements. | Right Arrow | | Collapse object | Collapses the selected object to hide its details. | Left Arrow | # Account and Contact Reports Use account and contact reports to learn about active, neglected, or new accounts, as well as accounts by account owner or partner. The two standard contact reports let you create a mailing list of contacts or track opportunities by contact role. Standard Report: Field History If your organization tracks field history on accounts or contacts, you can report on that information using the account history or contact history report. Standard Report: Person Accounts If your organization uses person accounts, fields specific to person accounts are available and prefixed with Person Account: in account reports. In addition, you can include the Is Person Account field in both account and contact reports. Your administrator may have given a different label to Person Account. Mass Mail Merge You can also create a report of your contact information, export that data to Microsoft® Excel®, and then do a mass mail merge using Microsoft® Word®. View Filter for Account Reports The standard View filter for account reports allows you to limit your account data according to the following options. These options vary depending on your organization’s edition and setup. - My accounts: Shows accounts that you own. - My account team accounts: Shows accounts where you are on the account team. - My account team and my accounts: Shows accounts you own and those where you are on the account team. - My team’s accounts: Shows your accounts and accounts owned by all of your subordinates in the role hierarchy. - My territories: For organizations that use territory management, this option shows accounts that belong to the territories to which you are assigned. - My territory team’s accounts: For organizations that use territory management, this option shows accounts that belong to your territories and your territories’ descendants. - My team’s account team and their own accounts: For users who report to you in the role hierarchy, shows accounts they own or for which they are on the account team. - All visible accounts: Shows all accounts that you can view, as determined by your sharing model. - Customer Portal: If your organization uses a Salesforce Customer Portal, add the Customer Portal Account field to your account reports to view which accounts have contacts enabled to use the portal. #### See Also - [Limit Report Results](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_limiting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set limits to the scope of your report to avoid processing too many records. The built-in choices for limiting your results vary according to the object you’re reporting on.") # Account Insights The Account Insights dashboard answers questions such as how many deals are being managed in a given account space? What are your customer interactions and profitability? And what meetings are scheduled with deal parties? ## Use the Accounts Insights Dashboard Use the Accounts Insights dashboard drill down into account details. ![Select the areas of Total Received Fee, Total #Interaction, Open Deals for details in these areas.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_template_CIB_Accounts.png) Click the fields on the left to populate the charts on the right. Click (1) **Total Received Fee** to understand what is the overall revenue generated from this account. Click (2) **Total # Interactions** to understand overall client engagement. Click (3) **Open Deals** to see how is overall client engagement. ## KPI Calculations -Total Received Fee - Received Fee: Sum of Received Fee for the Account. - Received Fee Donut: Received Fee/ TotalExpectedFee for the Account. - Total Expense: Sum of Total Expense for the Account. - TotalExpense Donut: Sum of TotalExpense where Status is Open / sum of TotalExpense where Status is Closed. - TransactionValue: Sum of TransactionValue where Status is Open. - TransactionValue: Sum of TransactionValue where Status is Open / sum of TransactionValue where Status is Closed. - Timelime Chart: ReceivedFee, Transaction Value, and TotalExpenses over time. ## KPI Calculations - Total # Interactions - Total # Interactions: Count of rows from Interaction Object. - Total # Interaction Attendees: Unique count of Ids from InteractionAttendee object. - Total # Participants: Count of rows from InteractionParticipant object. - Interactions over time: Count of interactions for each Financial Deal by Interaction Start Date. ## KPI Calculations - Open Deals - Open Deals: Sum of TransactionValue where status= Open. - Open Pipeline: Sum of TransactionValue where status= Open in YTD (SnapshotDate). - Open Pipeline Last Year: Percent change of TransactionValue where status = 'Open' this year compared with Last year. - On Hold: Sum of TransactionValue where status= 'On Hold' in YTD (SnapshotDate). - On Hold Last Year: Percent change of TransactionValue where status = 'On Hold' this year compared with Last year. - Open Deals by Stage: Sum of Transaction Value for Open Deals by Stage. # Account Insights Embedded Dashboard The Account Insights embedded dashboard allows you to embed your account information anywhere so that it’s accessible at-a-glance. This dashboard provides information about opportunities, quotes, and orders for an account so you can optimize selling. ### Required Editions
Available in: Developer edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
## Embed the Account Insights Dashboard You can embed and access the Account Insights dashboard in Lightning Experience pages and Salesforce Classic experiences. The Account Insights dashboard requires filters to be added when embedding it. Use the following syntax: `{"datasets":{"Quote":[{"fields":["AccountId"],"filter":{"operator":"in","values":["$Id"]},"locked":true,"hidden":true}],"Order":[{"fields":["AccountId"],"filter":{"operator":"in","values":["$Id"]},"locked":true,"hidden":true}],"Opportunity":[{"fields":["AccountId"],"filter":{"operator":"in","values":["$Id"]},"locked":true,"hidden":true}]}}` For general instructions on embedding dashboards, see [Embed Dashboards Everywhere](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_embed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed CRM Analytics dashboards in every Salesforce experience.") in Salesforce Help. For instructions on filtering embedded dashboards, see [Filter and Selection Syntax for Embedded Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_embed_filters.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To specify filters or dashboard selections that require JSON strings, use the Filter attribute of the LWC CRM Analytics Dashboard component or the Filter String attribute of the embedded CRM Analytics Dashboard Aura component.") in Salesforce Help. ## Understand Your Account Opportunities ![The CRM Analytics for Communications for Business - Account Insights Embedded Dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_templates_comms_account1.png) | Section | Description | | --- | --- | | ( 1.) Avg Margin | The average margin for current quotes. | | ( 2.) vs last week | This week’s average margin vs. last week’s average margin. Use this metric to see if your margins are trending up or down. | | ( 3.) | Quotes over time with the margin for each quote. Hover over points on the graph to see the details for each quote’s creation date and average quote margin total. | | ( 4.) ![The Navigation button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_templates_comms_nav.png) | See more details about quotes and orders by navigating left or right. | | ( 5.) Opportunities (Price Quote Stage) | The total opportunity. To see what percentage of the total opportunity has quotes, hover over the bar graph. | | ( 6.) # w/o quotes created | The number of opportunities without quotes created. To see a detailed chart that includes the name of the opportunity and the amount (in dollars), hover over the number. | | ( 7.) # of Quotes Denied | The number of quotes denied. To see the percent of quotes denied, hover over the bar graph. To see a detailed list of the denied quotes, hover over the number. | | ( 8.) # presented for acceptance | The number of quotes presented for acceptance. To see a detailed table of quotes presented for acceptance, including the quote margin total and the effective quote total, hover over the number. | ## KPI Calculations - Average Margin %: Avg of vlocity\_cmt\_\_QuoteMarginTotal\_\_c. - Margin trending Chart: Avg of vlocity\_cmt\_\_QuoteMarginTotal\_\_c by CreatedDate. - % Opp with Quotes: Sum of OppsWithQuotes / TotalOpps as %. - $ Opportunities (Price Quote Stage): Sum of Amount. - \# w/out quote created: Count of Rows. - % of quotes denied: Sum of QuotesDenied / TotalQuotes as %. - \# of quotes denied: Count of rows. - \# presented for acceptance: Count of rows. ## Understand Your Account Quotes ![The CRM Analytics for Communications for Business - Account Insights Embedded Dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_templates_comms_account2.png)
Section Description
( 1.) The navigation button To see more details about the account opportunities and orders, navigate left or right.
( 2.) To see the percent of quotes in draft, hover over the bar graph.
( 3.) #Draft Quotes Quotes that have been accepted and are ready to submit. To see the list of quotes, including the days to quote and effective quote total, hover over the number.
( 4.)

The chart shows the number of quotes in the following states:

  • Approved. The quote was approved and is ready to present to the customer.
  • Accepted: The customer accepted the quote.
  • Denied: The customer denied the quote.
  • Draft: The draft was created.
  • In review: The quote was submitted for review, but not yet approved.
  • Presented: The quote was presented to the customer, and not yet accepted or denied.
( 5.) To see the percent of orders in draft, hover over the bar graph.
( 6.) # Ready to submit orders To see the order number and amounts, hover over the number.
( 7.)

The chart shows the number of orders in the following states:

  • Activated
  • In progress
  • Queued
  • Ready to submit
## KPI Calculations - % of quotes in draft: Sum of DraftQuotes / TotalQuotes as %. - \# Draft Quotes: Count of rows. - Quotes by status chart: Quotes by Status. - % orders in draft: Sum of DraftOrders / TotalOrders as %. - \# Ready to Submit Orders: Count of rows. - Orders by status chart: Count of Orders by vlocity\_cmt\_\_OrderStatus\_\_c. ## Understand Your Account Orders ![The CRM Analytics for Communications for Business - Account Insights Embedded Dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_templates_comms_account3.png) | Section | Description | | --- | --- | | ( 1.)![The navigation button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_templates_comms_nav.png) | To see more details about the account opportunities and quotes, navigate left or right. | | ( 2.) # Orders Submitted | To see the percentage of orders submitted, hover over the bar graph. Use this metric to determine which orders to follow up on. | | ( 3.) | To see a table of the submitted orders, hover over the number. | | ( 4.) | View the states of your orders using this bar graph. You can see the number of orders in different states. | | ( 5.) | To see the percent of orders pending fulfillment, hover over the bar graph. You can view the average in minutes or hours. | | ( 6.) # orders pending fulfillment | The number of orders pending fulfillment. You can see the orders that need follow-up to determine why they aren’t yet fulfilled. To display the list of orders pending fulfillment, hover over the number. | ## KPI Calculations - % orders submitted: Sum of OrderSubmitted / TotalOrders as %. - \# orders submitted: Count of rows. - orders by order status chart: Count of Orders by vlocity\_cmt\_\_OrderStatus\_\_c. - % orders pending fulfillment: Sum of OrdersPendingFulfillment / Total Orders as %. - Avg Hours/Minutes to fulfill order: ActivatedDate - vlocity\_cmt\_\_SubmittedToOmDate\_\_c. - \# orders pending fulfillment: Count of rows. # Activity Reports Activity reports are useful for gathering information about open activities, completed activities, multi-person events, or pending approval requests for which you're a delegated approver. Standard activity reports allow you to select the date range and status of the activities you want included. The standard activity reports list your tasks and appointments for a selected date range or events with all invitees. You can also create custom reports for activities by clicking the Reports tab, **New Report**, and choosing **Activities** as the type of data on which to report. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note Click **Show Hierarchy** to see your org’s role hierarchy above the report results. You can use the role hierarchy to share report data with people at different levels in the hierarchy. For example, if you see **CEO > VP of Global Sales > Sales Operations Director**, you’re viewing data for the Sales Operations Director role. Click any role name to see and share the data that’s visible to people in that role. ## Special Features of Activity Reports Consider the following when running activity reports: Standard Reports - Choose the HTML Email Status report if you have HTML email tracking enabled. This report covers anything in the HTML Email Status related list of the leads and contacts that you sent. - Choose the Events with Invitees report to include only multi-person events in your report. The standard filters for events with invitees are: - Assigned to...—Shows only multi-person events that you own. - Assigned to the team of...—Shows multi-person events that anyone in your team owns. - Invitee is...—Shows only multi-person events that list you as an invitee. - Invitee is in the team of...—Shows the multi-person events that show anyone on your team as an invitee. - The My Delegated Approval Requests report lists all the approval requests for which you're the approval proxy. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note The All Pending Approval Requests report is listed in the Activity Reports folder. - In Professional, Enterprise, Unlimited, Performance, and Developer Edition organizations, to show the activities for users who report to you, use the **Hierarchy** links in the Tasks and Appointments report. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note You can view only your own activities and activities owned by users below you in the role hierarchy. - If your organization uses Shared Activities, reports (including custom report types and Tasks and Events reports) display different results depending on your permissions. Say you’re reporting on events, and your report results include an event that is related to two or more contacts and also has invitees. If you're an administrator, your report results show an event for the primary contact plus a separate event for each invitee. If you're not an administrator, your report results show just one event, for the primary contact. A user can access an activity’s child event when one of the following guidelines is met: - The user is the owner of the activity or higher up in the hierarchy than the owner. - The user can access the who (parent record or contact) and the who count is one. - When you create a report using the Tasks & Events report type and group by the Due Time field, the report only considers the due time of task records and ignores the due time of Event records. As a result, all records are grouped under the due time of Task records, regardless of the actual due time of Event records. This behavior occurs because Tasks and Events, although both part of the Activities object, are treated independently rather than having a primary-secondary relationship. Therefore, the report doesn't create separate groups for the due time values of Event records, and the data can be inaccurate. Preferably, the report should group records by the due time values of both Task and Event records. To achieve accurate grouping, consider creating separate reports for Tasks and Events or using custom report types with cross filters. Report Types - Using report builder, you can create activity reports that show activities related to another type of record. For example, a custom Activity with Leads report shows activities associated with leads. - Activities with Leads reports don't display data for the Address Line 1, Address Line 2, and Address Line 3 fields. - Custom report types for Activities don’t include user-specific fields such as Address, Title, or custom User fields from the Assigned To lookup. - The Assigned To field is a polymorphic lookup that can reference a User, Calendar, or Group record. To ensure report stability, only fields common to all three objects are available for selection in the report type. - When shared activities is enabled, custom reports created using Activities—such as Activities with Contact—don’t show child event records because the report considers who relations only. Reports such as Tasks and Events return both parent and child event records because the report considers all records, including child events. Tips for Activity Reports - Set a search criteria of “Event Invitation equals 0” to filter out events that are meeting invites sent to users for a multi-person event. - Archived activities aren’t included in reports. Events and closed tasks older than a year are archived. However, open tasks aren’t archived. You can still see archived activities for a record by selecting **View All** in the Activity History section of a record’s detail page. - Activities for private contacts are displayed only in reports for the contact owner. - The standard filters for activity reports allow you to limit your report results using the following options. Some of these options aren’t visible, depending on your edition. - My Activities—Shows activities that you own. - My Delegated Activities—Shows activities that you created but that someone else owns. That owner is in the same role as you, or below, in the role hierarchy. - My Team's Activities—Shows activities owned by users who report to you in the role hierarchy. - All Activities—Shows all activities that you can view, as determined by your sharing model. - If you receive an error message that your activity report has too many results, customize the report to include a filter on a picklist, text, or date field. Alternatively, rerun the report using a different activity data type such as “Activities with Accounts” or “Activities with Opportunities.” #### See Also - [Limit Report Results](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_limiting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set limits to the scope of your report to avoid processing too many records. The built-in choices for limiting your results vary according to the object you’re reporting on.") # Add a Analytics Dashboard to a Visualforce Page By embedding a Analytics dashboard into a Visualforce page, you can provide an interactive presentation of your data. Users can drill in and explore the dashboard within the frame on the Visualforce page or in a new window in Analytics. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To view embedded Analytics dashboards: Analytics Growth permission set license with Use Analytics permission OR Analytics for Communities permission set license with View Analytics on Experience Cloud pages permission
To add a dashboard to your Visualforce page, configure the Aura component. You can add one dashboard per Visualforce page. However, the dashboard can include links to other dashboards or CRM Analytics assets. `` Here are two examples. In these examples, the dashboard is identified by the `dashboardId`, which is an 18-character code beginning with 0FK. You can find the `dashboardId` at the end of the URL when viewing a dashboard. An alternative way to identify the dashboard is by its `developerName`, which can be requested through the API. ```markup ``` ```markup ``` - The `showTitle` attribute gives you control over the visibility of the dashboard title. If set to true, the dashboard’s title is included above the dashboard. If set to false, the dashboard appears without a title. The default is true. - The `showSharing` attribute lets you include the Share icon on the dashboard. If the icon is present, users can click to open the Share dialog, where they can post to Chatter and download images and data. If set to true, and the dashboard is sharable, then the dashboard shows the Share icon. If set to false, the dashboard doesn't show the Share icon. The default is false. To show the Share icon, the minimum dashboard height is 612 pixels. - The `showHeader` attribute lets you control the visibility of the dashboard header. If set to true, the dashboard is displayed with a header bar. The header bar includes the open dashboard icon, the date and time that the dashboard’s data was updated, and the dashboard views menu. If set to false, the dashboard appears without a header bar. The default is true. The header bar automatically appears when either `showSharing` or `showTitle` is true. - The `openLocation` attribute lets you control where the open icon on the dashboard header opens the dashboard. The default value is `OPEN_IN_STUDIO`, which opens the dashboard in the Analytics Studio. The other options are `OPEN_IN_TAB`, which opens the dashboard in the Salesforce Lightning Analytics tab and `HIDE`, which disables the open icon. - With the `openLinksInNewWindow` attribute, you can specify where links from the dashboard to other assets are opened. If set to true, links open in new windows. If set to false, links to other assets open in the same window. The default is true. - The `hideOnError` attribute gives you control over whether a Analytics asset appears if there is an error (such as the user doesn't have access to the dashboard or it has been deleted). When set to true, if the dashboard has an error, it won’t appear on the page. When set to false, the dashboard appears but doesn’t show any data. The default is false. - The `enableNotifications` attribute lets users with permission to set conditions and get notified about updates to dashboard widgets. When `showHeader` is true, this option also surfaces the notifications icon in the dashboard header which opens the notifications management panel for editing and deleting notifications. If you enable Show Header, it’s recommended that the dashboard is at least 400 pixels in width to accommodate the management panel. The default is false. - The `enableSubscriptions` attribute lets users with permission to subscribe for periodic email updates on dashboard widgets. When Show Header is true, this option also surfaces the subscriptions icon in the dashboard header which opens the subscriptions management panel for editing and deleting subscriptions. If you enable Show Header, it’s recommended that the dashboard is at least 400 pixels in width to accommodate the management panel. The default is false. - The `pageId` attribute lets you specify which page of the dashboard to load on render. If not specified, the default page of the dashboard loads on render. - The `width` attribute specifies the width of the dashboard, in pixels or percent. Pixel values are simply the number of pixels, for example, 500. Percentage values specify the width of the containing HTML element and must include the percent sign, for example, 20%. If the specified width is too large for the device, the maximum device width is used. - With the `filter` attribute, you can either select or filter on dataset fields at run time. For example, this attribute can be used to set up the embedded dashboard to show only the data that’s relevant for the record being viewed by linking data fields in the dashboard to an object’s fields. Filters are configured with JSON strings. Use this syntax for filtering on dimensions. ```markup filter="{'datasets' : {'dataset1': [ {'fields': ['field1'], 'selection': ['!value1', '!value2']}, {'fields': ['field2'], 'filter': { 'operator': 'operator1', 'values': ['!value3', '!value4']}}]}}" ``` Use this syntax for filtering on measures. ```markup filter="{'datasets' : {'dataset1': [ {'fields': ['field1'], 'selection': ['!value1', '!value2']}, {'fields': ['field2'], 'filter': { 'operator': 'operator1', 'values': [[value3]]}}]}}" ``` For example: ```markup filter="{'datasets' : {'Sales': [ {'fields':['Region', 'Stage'], 'selection': [ ['West', 'Prospecting'], ['North', 'Qualification'] ]}]}}" ``` Refer to the table to understand the notation for the `filter` attribute. ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip This is a new syntax as of Spring ‘17. The previous syntax, noted [here](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_embed_vf.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5), is still supported.
Notation Description Notes
datasets CRM Analytics dataset Where to find it: On the CRM Analytics home page, select Edit on the dataset. The System Name is in the left panel of the edit page for the dataset. (If your org has namespaces, include the namespace prefix and two underscores before the dataset system name.)
fields Dimension or Measure in the CRM Analytics dataset Where to find it: Click the Explore icon to open the widget. Then select Show SAQL from the Options menu. For dimension names, look for “group by” statements. For measure names, look for statements with functions such as “sum” or “stddev.”
values Field in the Salesforce object, or a specific value Where to find it: In Setup, find the object you want, and select Fields. Use the Field Name (also known as the API Name). For custom fields, use the name with “__c” at the end.
selection With the selection option, the dashboard is shown with all its data, and the specified dimension values are highlighted The selection option can be used alone or with the filter option. Selection takes dimension values only. To use this option, the dashboard must include a list, date, or toggle widget that groups by the specified dimension. If a selection specifies a value that doesn't exist, or the dashboard doesn’t include a list, date, or toggle widget that groups by the specified dimension, then the selection input is ignored and the dashboard appears with all its data and no selection.
filter With the filter option, the dashboard is shown with only filtered data The filter option can be used alone or with the selection option. Filter takes dimension or measure values.
operator Use with the filter option

Supported operators for dimensions: in, not in, matches

Supported operators for measures: ==; !=; >= ; > ; <= ; <

![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note In Visualforce, values must have the format object.field. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To filter on a field that contains special characters, use Visualforce's JSENCODE function in the filter to replace special characters with encoded values. For example, this syntax applies the name of the account in the Visualforce page as a selection on the dashboard: ```markup filter="{'datasets': {'Account':[{'fields':['Name'], 'selection':['{!Account.Name}']}]}}" ``` This example syntax applies the name of the account in the Visualforce page as a filter so that the dashboard shows only the filtered data: ```markup filter="{'datasets': {'Account': [{'fields':['Name'], 'filter':{'operator': 'matches', 'values':['{!Account.Name}']}}]}}" ``` ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The preceding syntax is new in Spring ‘17. The previous syntax continues to be supported, and it works the same as the new selection option. For reference, here’s the previous syntax: ```markup filter="{ 'datasetSystemName1': {'field1': ['!value1']}, 'datasetSystemName2': {'field1': ['!value1', '!value2'],'field2': ['!value3']} }" ``` For example: ```markup filter="{'opportunity': {'Id': ['{!Opportunity.Id}']}}" ``` and ```markup filter="{'ServiceCase4': {'Id': ['{!case.Id}'], 'OwnerId' : ['{!case.OwnerId}'], 'Product__c' : ['{!case.Product__c}'], 'Reason' : ['{!case.Reason}']}}" ``` For more information about embedding Analytics, see the [Visualforce Developer Guide Standard Component Reference](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.pages.meta/pages/pages_compref_wave_dashboard.htm/docs/atlas.en-us.pages.meta/pages/pages_compref.htm). # Add a Batch Data Transform Create a batch data transform with data objects by using the in-app builder. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To create batch data transforms

Permission set:

  • Data Cloud Architect
1. On your Tableau Next home page, click **Add**, and then select **Data Transform**. 2. Select an existing workspace or create a workspace. 3. Click **Continue**. 4. Add an existing transform or create a transform on the data objects. - To start with an existing transform, select the transform, click **Add**, and then go to the **Data Transforms** section to open the added data transform in the canvas. - To start with a data object, select the data object and the specific columns that you want to include. Click **Add** to open the canvas. 5. When the canvas is open, click **Add Data** to add more input data objects. 6. Add a node to the batch data transform by clicking the Add Node button (![Add Node button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_button_add_node.png)) between two nodes or at the end of the batch data transform. Then, select the node type. To show the Add Node button between two nodes, hover on the connecting line. 7. Preview the results of each node and transformation that you added by selecting the node or transformation in the canvas. To edit or delete a node, select the node, click the ![Open Node Actions button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_button_openNodeActions.png), and then select the appropriate action. To edit or delete a transformation in a transform node, select the transform node, click the ![Open Node Actions button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_button_openNodeActions.png), and then select the appropriate action. 8. To connect, join, or append nodes in the canvas, drag the Add Node button (![Add Node button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_button_add_node.png)) next to a node or Branch button (![Branch Recipe icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_button_branchRecipe.png)) on top of another node in the canvas. Select one of the Connect Nodes options. ![Add a Batch Data Transform](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_add_batch_data_transform.png) 9. End the data transform with 1 or more output nodes. 10. Select either **Replace** or **Upsert** for the output Write Mode. Upsert loads all input data in every run, merging it into the output. Replace attempts incremental transforms, loading only changes from previous runs into the output. For more information, see [Write the Batch Data Transform Results to a Data Lake Object Output Node](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_transform_output_node_dlo.htm&language=en_US) and [Write the Batch Data Transform Results to a Data Model Object Output Node](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_transform_output_node_dmo.htm&language=en_US). 11. Select an existing data lake or data model object to write the results to, or create a new object, and then click **Apply**. 12. On the Batch Transform canvas, click **Save**. 13. Enter a descriptive name that indicates the specific manipulation or operation being performed on the data. A definition name is auto-populated in the Definition Name field. 14. **Save** your work. # Add a Block Adding blocks to joined reports lets you create multiple views of the data included in a single report. ### Required Editions
Available in: both Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
Available in: Enhanced Folder Sharing
User Permissions Needed
To create, edit, and delete reports:
Enhanced Folder Sharing
Create and Customize Reports

AND

Report Builder

Add a block to a joined report in Lightning Experience 1. Create or edit a joined report. 2. Click **![the add block icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_icon_add_block.png) Add Block**. 3. Choose a report type. 4. If you'd like to include standard columns for this report type, leave **Include default columns** checked. If you'd like to add an empty block, uncheck **Include default columns**. In either case, you can customize the block after adding it by adding or removing columns. 5. Click **Add Block**. 6. Click **Save**. Add a block to a joined report in Salesforce Classic 1. Click and hold a field from the Fields pane, then drag it to the empty area of the Preview pane. 2. When you’ve added the block, notice that standard and field filters for the additional block are added to the Filters pane (1). Also, the new block appears in the Preview pane (2). ![Dropping the field to create the block in Salesforce Classic](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/new_block_step_2.png) 3. Click **Save**. To delete a block, click ![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/file_actions_arrow.png) in the block header, then click **Remove Block**. #### See Also - [Add a Report Type to a Joined Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_adding_report_types.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Delete a Block](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_deleting_blocks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When you no longer need a block, delete it.") - [Add a Summary Formula to a Joined Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_joined_custom_summary_formulas.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Summary formulas in joined reports are just like summary formulas in standard reports, except they can apply to multiple blocks or just one. When you add a summary formula to a block, you specify whether it applies across blocks or only to that block.") - [Work with Blocks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_working_with_blocks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Blocks let you create different views of the information contained in a joined report.") - [Combine Different Types of Information in a Joined Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_working_with_joined.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The joined report format lets you view different types of information in a single report. A joined report can contain data from multiple standard or custom report types. You can turn any existing report into a joined report using the report builder.") # Add a Bucket Column Create a bucket column while editing a report. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
Available in: Enhanced Folder Sharing
User Permissions Needed
To add, edit, or delete a bucket column in private reports:
Enhanced Folder Sharing
Create and Customize Reports
To add, edit, or delete a bucket column in public and private reports:
Enhanced Folder Sharing

Report Builder OR Report Builder (Lightning Experience)

1. Edit a report. 2. Find the column you want to bucket in the report preview, then click **![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Bucket This Column**. Alternatively, from the Columns section, click **![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Add Bucket Column**. The Edit Bucket Column menu opens. 3. From **Field**, choose a field from the report type. The bucket column is based on the field you choose. If you started bucketing a column in the report preview, then the field is already set. 4. From **Bucket Name**, enter a name for the bucket column. 5. Add buckets and choose values for each bucket. Depending on the data type of the column you’re bucketing, you see different bucket options in the Edit Bucket Column menu. You can bucket 3 data types: numeric, picklist, and text.
Numeric A numeric bucket helps you sort data that can be described in terms of numbers. Numeric buckets include columns with field types like currency (Amount), number (Number of Employees), and percent (Probability), but not necessarily mixed alphanumeric field types like auto number. Alphanumeric values don’t reside on the number line, which means they can’t get numerically evaluated, which prevents them from getting bucketed in a numeric bucket. Alphanumeric values can be included in text buckets.

Each numeric bucket includes a range and a name.

To gain insight into your deals, use bucketing to group by deal size instead of looking at individual deals. For example, create 3 buckets based on deal size: Small, Medium, and Large. Small holds deals worth $1,000 or less. Medium holds deals worth between $1,000 and $25,000 dollars. Large holds deals worth more than $25,000.

Picklist

A picklist bucket contains items that can be selected from a list.

To get a generalized view of your accounts, bucket them by industry. Create buckets with industry names like Manufacturing, Technology, and Media. Then, add accounts into the bucket that best represents their operation.

Text

At first glance, text buckets seem to have the same options as picklist buckets. Values of the text column appear as though they were values in a picklist, and you can add them into buckets in much the same way.

Unlike picklist fields, text fields feature the Enter Values button. If you know which value you want to bucket, you can use the Enter Values function to quickly bucket it without searching. Entering values is useful if your report has a large number (such as millions) of values and searching for a value is slow. You can also use this method to enter and bucket values that appear in the report later.

6. To create a numeric or picklist bucket, follow the instructions in [Create a Numeric Bucket](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_bucketing_adding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5) and [Create a Picklist Bucket](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_bucketing_adding.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5). To create a text bucket, use the **Enter Values** button. 7. Click **Apply**. 8. Click **Save**. The bucket column appears in the report preview and in the Columns section. Like any other column in the report, you can sort, filter, and group by the bucket column. To edit the bucket column, find the column in the report preview and click **![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Edit Bucket Column**. To delete the bucket column, click **![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Delete Bucket Column**. As you prepare to add bucket columns to your report, take note of these limitations: - Each report can include up to 5 bucket fields. - Each bucket field can contain up to 20 buckets. - Each bucket can contain up to 20 values. - Bucket columns are available for use only in the report where they’re generated. To use a bucket in multiple reports, create the bucket column for each report. Or create a separate formula field for the object that’s dependent on the bucket. - Buckets and bucket fields aren’t available for reports that include external objects. - If a bucket column’s source column has a custom index, and you filter by the bucket column, then the custom index performance gains are lost. - If a bucket column has a filter on it, modifying the values in the buckets removes any filters that refer to the bucket column. - Bucket columns don’t support picklist values that contain a tab character. ## Create a Numeric Bucket 1. To create a numeric bucket, click **Add**. Each numeric bucket consists of a range and a name. 2. From **RANGE**, enter the lower-bound and upper-bound breakpoints for ranges. The first number entered buckets values equal to or less than the number you enter. Each subsequent number you enter buckets values greater than the prior number you enter. The last number entered buckets values greater than the number you enter. 3. From **BUCKET**, enter a name for the bucket. 4. Optionally, to move all empty or null values to the bucket that contains the value zero, select **Treat empty values in the report as zeroes**. If deselected, unbucketed values appear as a dash (-). ## Create a Picklist Bucket 1. To create a picklist bucket, click **Add Bucket**. Then, give the new bucket a name. 2. To put values in a bucket, select the values you want to move, then click **Move To** and select bucket you want to move them into. To move values into a new bucket, click **Move To** | **New Bucket**, enter a name for the new bucket. 3. To take values out of a bucket, click **Move To** | **Unbucketed Values**. Unbucketed values appear in the bucket column as they would in a normal report column. You can put them all into a bucket named Other by enabling **Bucket remaining values as Other**. 4. To rename a bucket, click **![the pencil icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/pencil_lex.png)**. To delete a bucket, click **![the delete icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_button_remove.png)**. # Add a Calculated Field to Your Data Sometimes, analyzing your data source requires adding a calculated field based on your existing fields. For example, you want to review the cost for each product that you sell. ‌You can either create a calculated field manually, or you can use Semantics AI and let Einstein draft one for you. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To add calculated fields: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. From the workspace, open the visualization. 2. From the semantic model’s context menu, select **Created Calculated Field**. 3. In the New Calculated Field dialog box, enter the formula that you want to apply. For more information, see [Build a Formula in a Calculated Field](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_calc_fields_formula_build.htm&language=en_US). To use Semantics AI (Beta), under Draft with Einstein, explain the measure you want to create in the text box and then click **Draft with Einstein**. Einstein suggests a formula and fills out all of the fields accordingly. ![New Calculated Field window](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_viz_calculated_field.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Semantics AI must be enabled in order to use it. For more information, see [Enable Semantics AI in Tableau Next (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_semantics_ai.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Semantics AI to generate calculated fields and to suggest relationships."). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Semantics AI is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. 4. Click **Validate**. 5. Save the formula. # Add a Chart to a Report Add a chart to give users a visual way to understand the data in your report. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
Available in: Enhanced Folder Sharing
User Permissions Needed
To create, edit, and delete reports:
Enhanced Folder Sharing
Create and Customize Reports

AND

Report Builder

![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note You can add a chart to any report that’s grouped by rows (summary report) or rows and columns (matrix report). In Lightning Experience, add or edit a chart from the report builder or the report run page. 1. To show or hide the chart, click **![the chart icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_chart_toggle.png)**. 2. To edit the chart, click **![the gear icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/gear.png)**. From the chart editor, change the chart type, give the chart a title, change axes, show or hide a reference line, and show or hide chart values. #### See Also - [Chart Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.chart_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You can show data in reports and dashboards in the form of bars, columns, lines, shapes, or other elements. Which is right depends on what the data is about and what you want to show with it.") - [Present Data Effectively with Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_builder_chart_tips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Report chart appearance depends on the chart type. For example, donut and funnel charts don't render negative values. Chart appearance can also be affected by very large or small numbers, custom summary formulas, and field-level security. Chart appearance can change when you switch the report format or change groupings and blocks.") - [Build a Report in Salesforce Classic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_builder_editing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Report Builder is a drag-and-drop tool for accessing your data quickly and comprehensively. Use it to set up new reports and edit existing ones.") # Add a Container Widget to Create Sections in the Dashboard Use a container in a CRM Analytics dashboard to group related widgets. For example, you can use a container widget to create a filter panel on the left side of the dashboard to store all selection-based filter widgets. To distinguish the filter panel from the rest of the dashboard, you can apply a background color and border to the container. When you move this widget, the contained widgets also move while maintaining their spacing and alignment. You can place any widget inside a container widget, except another container widget. 1. Drag the container widget to the dashboard canvas. An empty container appears. 2. To change the widget properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. ![Dashboard with a container widget. The widget properties show in the panel on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_container_in_dashboard2.png) 3. To customize the appearance of the widget, set the widget properties. For example, apply a background color or image. 4. Drag other widgets inside the container. You can increase the size of the container to fit more widgets. 5. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. 6. Save the dashboard. #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") # Add a Customer Insights Dashboard to a Page Get the insights that you use most by embedding a Customer Insights dashboard in a page. ### Required Editions
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition. Requires a CRM Analytics Growth or CRM Analytics Plus license.
Permission Sets Needed
To create and manage the app: Manage CRM Analytics Templated Apps
To use CRM Analytics template apps: Use CRM Analytics Templated Apps
## Embed the Accounts Dashboard 1. On the Accounts tab, click the Setup icon, and select **Edit Page**. 2. From the Components menu on the left, select the CRM Analytics dashboard and drag it onto your dashboard. 3. In the right panel, select the Accounts Embedded dashboard. 4. Change the height to an appropriate size. A height of 620 is recommended. 5. Click **Add Dashboard Filter.** 6. Add the Case, Opportunity, and Activity datasets. 1. For each dataset, select **Account ID Embed**. 2. For the operator, select **Equals**. 3. Click **Select**, to open Select Object Field, and select **Account ID**. 4. Click **Done**, and then click **OK**. 7. Deselect **Show Title** and **Show Header**. 8. Save your changes. ## Embed the Case Dashboard 1. On the Cases tab, click the Setup icon, and select **Edit Page**. 2. From the Components menu on the left, select the CRM Analytics dashboard and drag it onto your dashboard. 3. In the right panel, select the Case Embedded dashboard. 4. Change the height to an appropriate size. A height of 240 is recommended. 5. Click **Add Dashboard Filter.** 6. Add the Account, Case, CaseHistory, and Opportunity datasets. 1. For the Account, Case, and Opportunity dataset, select **Account ID** and for CaseHistory select **CaseID**. 2. For the operator, select **Equals**. 3. Click **Select**, to open Select Object Field, and select **Account ID**. 4. Click **Done**, and then click **OK**. 7. Deselect **Show Title** and **Show Header**. 8. Save your changes. ## Embed the Opportunity Dashboard 1. On the Opportunities tab, click the Setup icon, and select **Edit Page**. 2. From the Components menu on the left, select the CRM Analytics dashboard and drag it onto your dashboard. 3. In the right panel, select the Opportunity Embedded dashboard. 4. Change the height to an appropriate size. A height of 85 is recommended. 5. Click **Add Dashboard Filter**. 6. Add the Case, Opportunity, OpportunityHistory, and Activity datasets. 1. For - Case select **Account ID Embed** - Opportunity select **Opportunity ID Embed** - OpportunityHistory select **Opportunity ID Embed** - Activity select **OppID\_Embed** 2. For the operator, select **Equals**. 3. Click **Select**, to open Select Object Field, and for - Case select **Account ID** - Opportunity select **Opportunity ID** - OpportunityHistory select **Opportunity ID** - Activity select **Opportunity ID** 4. Click **Done**, and then click **OK**. 7. Deselect **Show Title** and **Show Header**. 8. Save your changes. # Add a Dashboard Component in Salesforce Classic Add components by dragging a component type onto the dashboard, then dropping a data source (report, s-control, or Visualforce page) onto it. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic
Available in: Group (View Only), Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To create dashboards: Run Reports AND Create and Customize Dashboards
To edit and delete dashboards that you created: Run Reports AND Create and Customize Dashboards
To edit and delete dashboards that you created in public folders: Edit My Dashboards
To edit and delete dashboards that you didn’t create in public folders: Manage Dashboards in Public Folders
To create, edit, and delete dynamic dashboards: Manage Dynamic Dashboards
1. On the dashboard where you want to add a component, click **Edit**. You can continue to edit the dashboard while components and data sources are loading. 2. Drag the component type you want from the Components tab onto your dashboard. You can also drop the data source first, then drop a component type onto it. To select the kind of component you need, consider the type of data you’re showing and the uses it serves.
Pie chart component icon Use a chart when you want to show data graphically. You can choose from a variety of chart types.
Gauge component icon Use a gauge when you have a single value that you want to show within a range of custom values
Metric component icon

Use a metric when you have one key value to display.

  • Enter metric labels directly on components by clicking the empty text field next to the grand total.
  • Metric components placed directly above and below each other in a dashboard column are displayed together as a single component.
Table component icon Use a table to show a set of report data in column form.
Visualforce Page

Use a Visualforce page when you want to create a custom component or show information not available in another component type.

Visualforce pages are available only in Salesforce Classic and aren’t available when third-party cookies are disabled. See Visualforce Limitations in Salesforce Classic When Third-Party Cookies are Blocked.

Custom S-Control

Custom s-controls can contain any type of content that you can display in a browser. Examples: a Java applet, an Active-X control, an Excel file, or a custom HTML Web form.

Custom S-Controls are only available in Salesforce Classic.

3. Drag a report from the Data Sources tab onto the component you just dropped on the dashboard. - You can show a joined report that includes a chart on a dashboard. Edit the joined report dashboard component and select **Use chart as defined in the source report**. - If the dashboard has a filter, the data source must contain the filter field or an equivalent. If it doesn't, it’s possible for the filter not to work. - Some custom forecast and lead reports aren't available for dashboards. - For Visualforce components, the data source must be a Visualforce page. Each folder can contain up to 200 data sources. To focus on the right data source quickly, try Quick Find or the **Recent**, **My**, and **All** filters. 4. Click ![Edit component](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/wrench.png) on your dashboard component. 5. On the Component Data tab, choose which summary fields and groupings in the underlying report you want to display in your component. Make more fields available for a dashboard component by adding them to the source report chart. For example, create a combination chart on the report using vertical columns and lines. The additional groupings in the report chart are available to use in dashboard components. 6. On the Formatting tab, specify how your component shows its data. Your formatting choices depend on the component type you choose. For Visualforce pages and s-controls, set the Height. 7. Click **OK**. 8. Drop and click to rearrange components on the dashboard. - Grab components by the header bar and drag them to the right location on the dashboard. - Click![Remove icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/remove12.gif)for a data source to remove it from the component. - Click![Remove icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/remove12.gif) for a component to remove it from the dashboard. - Click component header, title, and footer fields to edit them. - Change colors for picklist values displayed in dashboard components. You need the “Customize Application” permission to update picklists. - Optionally, for filtered dashboards, choose a different field in the Filtered By dropdown. # Add a Dashboard Filter To create a dashboard filter, select a field that contains the information that you want to filter, then specify the values that you want your filter to match. ### Required Editions
Available in: both Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group (View Only), Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To add filters to dashboards that you created: Run Reports AND Create and Customize Dashboards
To add filters to dashboards that you created in public folders: Edit My Dashboards OR Manage Dashboards in Public Folders
To add filters to dashboards that you didn’t create: Manage Dashboards in Public Folders
To add filters to dynamic dashboards: Manage Dynamic Dashboards
In Salesforce Classic, widgets are called components. For flexibility in dashboard filtering, Salesforce uses equivalent fields, which are fields taken from the same underlying object. For example, Account Owner in the Accounts object and Case Last Modified By in the Cases object are equivalent because they both draw their values from the same field in the Users object. Equivalent fields allow you to filter on fields that are similar but not the same, and to change the equivalent field selection for individual widgets. 1. Edit a dashboard, and then click **\+ Filter** in Lightning Experience or **Add Filter** in Salesforce Classic. 2. From the Field dropdown, select a field to filter on. The dropdown shows fields that can be used to filter all the dashboard’s widgets. If there are equivalent fields for your selection, hover over (![the info icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_icon_info.png)) to see them. 3. Give the filter a display name or label to identify it. If the filter has many equivalent fields, consider using a name that works for all widgets. 4. Assign values to the filter. In Lightning Experience, click **Add Filter Value**, choose an operator, and set a value. Optionally, modify the custom display text. Then click **Apply**. ![Adding a dashboard filter in Lightning Experience](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_dashboard_filter_example_stage_lex.png) In Salesforce Classic, under Filter Options, select an operator and provide one or more values to filter by. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note If you create a filter on a text field using the equalsoperator, enclose any filter values that include a comma in double quotes. For example, to filter on the Account Name Acme, Inc, enter the filter value "Acme, Inc". 5. In Lightning Experience, click **Add**. In Salesforce Classic, click **OK**. If equivalent fields are available for a widget, you can select which one to use to filter the widget. 6. Save the dashboard and close the dashboard builder. To apply the filter while viewing the dashboard, select a value from the filter’s dropdown list. In Lightning Experience, to modify an existing filter, click ![Edit filter](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/pencil_lex.png). To delete an existing filter, click ![Delete filter](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_button_remove.png). In Salesforce Classic, to modify or delete an existing filter, from the filter dropdown, select **Edit Filter** or **Remove Filter**. - **[Equivalent Fields in Dashboard Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboard_filters_equivalent_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Fields that you select for a dashboard filter often have equivalent fields, which are derived from the same field on the underlying Salesforce object. #### See Also - [Equivalent Fields in Dashboard Filters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboard_filters_equivalent_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Fields that you select for a dashboard filter often have equivalent fields, which are derived from the same field on the underlying Salesforce object.") # Add a Date Widget to Filter Dashboard Results Based on a Date A date filter widget allows dashboard viewers to filter the CRM Analytics dashboard results based on a selected date range. The range can use relative dates based on UTC (like 2 years ago), absolute dates (like 1/15/2016), or presets (like Current Fiscal Year To Date). For example, you can add a date widget to filter support cases, showing only cases that closed this month or last month. The date widget requires a query that has a single grouping based on a date field. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note When filtering by date, avoid mixing Standard Units (year/month/day) with Week-Based Units (weekYear/weekNumber). This is because week numbers can sometimes fall into a different calendar year, potentially leading to errors. Always use matching pairs, such as weekYear with weekNumber, or simply year, month, and day. 1. Drag the date widget to the dashboard canvas. 2. To open the wizard, click the button inside the widget. The Select a Field screen appears, showing a list of all date fields in the specified dataset. ![The modal shows all date fields in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_selection_filter_select_a_field_modal.png) 3. To use a different dataset, click **Change Dataset**. 4. Select the date field that you want to filter on by selecting it from the field list or typing in its API name. 5. Click **Create**. Behind the scenes, CRM Analytics creates a query grouped by the field that you selected. CRM Analytics adds the query to the query panel, but you can’t reuse it in other widgets. CRM Analytics doesn’t apply any selections to the widget, by default. 6. To change the widget and query properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. 7. In the widget properties, specify whether to show absolute, relative, or preset dates, select the default calendar type. 8. Use a List of presets for a fixed interval. 9. Specify whether users can switch calendar types while viewing the dashboard in Default Calendar Type. ![You can specify which types of dates to show in a date widget: absolute, relative, and presets.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_date_widget_configure.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you enable absolute and relative dates, absolute dates show by default. To show relative dates, by default, set an initial selection based on a relative date. 10. To show and set the query properties, click **Query** in the right panel. For example, to enable this widget to filter other faceted widgets, select **Broadcast selections as facets**. 11. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. 12. Select applicable intervals. Use the Custom interval to switch calendar type or apply custom intervals, such as 60 days ago. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note By default, Custom interval converts selected presets, such as Previous Fiscal Year, to a standard calendar date range in the Absolute tab, which may not match your org’s fiscal year setting. To customize a fiscal preset, manually adjust the absolute start and end dates in the Absolute tab or use settings in the Relative tab. 13. Save the dashboard. You can set an initial selection that applies when the dashboard opens. The selected range filters other faceted widgets. While viewing the dashboard, viewers can change the selection to filter the results differently. For information about setting an initial selection, see [Set Initial Selections in the Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_initial_filters_pick.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If the CRM Analytics dashboard contains selection-based widgets (chart, date, list, range, or toggle), you can set initial selections that are applied when the dashboard first opens. For example, you can select a bar in a bar chart and set that as the initial selection. If the underlying query for the bar chart is faceted, other widgets with faceted queries are filtered based on this initial selection. While viewing the dashboard, a user can change the selection in the chart to filter the results differently or remove the selection and filters altogether."). #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") - [Query Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_step_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Query properties define the query that returns results to display in the widget. These properties also specify how the widget behaves and interacts with other widgets in the CRM Analytics dashboard. The properties apply to dashboards created in the dashboard designer only.") - [Manage Queries for Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_steps_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Queries return results that are displayed in widgets. For example, a number widget displays the result of a calculation that is defined in a query. Queries can be built on a data source, like a dataset or a Salesforce object. They can also be “custom queries” created with user-defined values.") # Add a Dynamic Interaction to a Widget You can connect a user action to a dashboard action. For example, when you select a bar in an overview chart, a dashboard page with the details of the selection opens. You can create an interaction for a chart, container, image, number, repeater, table, and text widget. 1. To edit the dashboard, click ![Edit button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_icon_edit_widget.png) and select the widget. 2. In the right panel, click **Interaction**. 3. Click **Create Interaction**. 4. Select the interaction. 5. For Event, select the type of action that triggers the interaction, such as selecting a row or clicking the widget. You can’t create a select event for a container, image, number, or text widget. 6. Click **Add Action**. A widget can have multiple actions. When more than one action exists, the actions are performed sequentially when you click or select the item. 7. From the Action dropdown, select **Navigate to**. ![The Navigate To action settings for the interaction.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_interactions_action_panel.png) 1. For Link To, select the destination to link to, such as a dashboard, lens, or page. A layout page is available only if the dashboard has more than one page. To navigate between dashboard pages, add a Back button on the destination page so that you can return to the overview page. 2. If the destination is a page, select **Go back on deselect**. This setting controls whether navigation takes you back to the original page when the selection is removed. 3. Select the destination. The options are based on your Link To selection. 8. From the Action dropdown, select **Return to Initial View**, and then select **Return to initial view** for Reset. ![The Return to Initial View action settings for the interaction.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_interactions_action_rtiv_panel.png) 9. From the Action dropdown, select **Clear Selections**. ![The Clear Selections action settings for the interaction](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_clear_selection_configure_widget_interaction.png) 1. To clear selections for all queries on the page, select **All**. 2. To clear selections for specific queries only, select **Include**. Choose the queries to clear 3. To exclude query selections from the clear action, select **Exclude**. Choose the queries to exclude. 10. Click **Apply**. 11. To test the interaction, preview the dashboard. Then save the dashboard. # Add a Filter in a Recipe Filter data in a recipe to remove rows that you don’t need in your target dataset. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To create a recipe: Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows OR Edit Dataset Recipes
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To filter rows in a Data Prep recipe, see [Filter Node: Filter Rows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_filter_rows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In CRM Analytics, use a Filter node to remove rows that you don’t need in your target. For example, you can filter case records to focus on escalated cases only. Filter values are case-sensitive. Filter nodes next to a direct data input node speed up recipe runs by reducing the number of records pulled into the recipe."). To do it in a dataflow, see [filter Transformation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_filter_transformation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The filter transformation removes records from an existing dataset. You define a filter condition that specifies which records to retain in the dataset."). 1. On the recipe page, click ![Filter button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_replication_filter_button.png). ![The Filter button appears on the Data Prep screen.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_filterTransformation_button.png) 2. Click **+** and select the column to filter by. ![Click the + button to add a filter condition. You can add multiple filter conditions.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_filterTransformation_add.png) 3. Enter the filter condition. For a dimension column, you can enter your own value instead of selecting an existing column value. ![The filter condition includes the column, operator, and value.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_filterTransformation_condition.png) 4. lick **Apply**. 5. To enter another condition, click ![Add filter condition button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_add_filter_condition_button.png). 6. When you have added all your conditions, click **Save**. The filter appears as a step in the left pane of the recipe. ![Filter step](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_filter_step.png) 7. Save the recipe. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Filters in recipes filter rows that meet all specified conditions. # Add a Formula Field in a Recipe Add a formula field to calculate new values from measures and dimensions in your recipe. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To create a recipe: Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows OR Edit Dataset Recipes
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To create a calculated column based on a formula in a Data Prep recipe, see [Formula Transformation: Create a Calculated Column Based on an Expression](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_transformation_formula.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In CRM Analytics, create a column in a Data Prep recipe that displays values based on a formula calculation. The calculation can include input from other fields in the same row or across rows. For example, you can create a Profit column based on input from Revenue and Cost columns. Enter formulas in EA-SQL format. EA-SQL is a collection of standard and custom functions for numeric, string, and date data."). To do it in a dataflow, see [computeExpression Transformation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_saql_transformation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The computeExpression transformation enables you to add derived fields to a dataset. The values for derived fields aren’t extracted from the input data source. Instead, CRM Analytics generates the values using a SAQL expression, which can be based on one or more fields from the input data or other derived fields. For example, you can use an expression to assign a value to a field, concatenate text fields, or perform mathematical calculations on numeric fields."). A formula field lets you calculate new values based on existing values in fields. To help you, a formula builder suggests fields and functions as you type. 1. To start creating a formula field, choose one of these methods. - To create the formula from scratch, click ![Column menu button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_replication_actions_button.png) on any field column header, and then select **Formula**. The formula builder appears in the Add Transformation panel below the recipe preview. ![Add formula field dialog](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_add_formula_field.png) - To use a suggested function, click the field that you want to use in the recipe preview, and then click a function in the suggestions bar below the preview. ![Suggestions bar showing suggestion available when a measure field is selected in the recipe preview](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_formula_suggestions.png) The formula is started for you, using the field and function that you selected. ![Pre-populated formula in formula field when a suggestion is selected](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_formula_using_suggestions.png) - To select multiple fields for use in your formula, while pressing Shift or Ctrl (Cmd on Mac), click the fields that you want to use in the recipe preview. Then click an function in the suggestions bar below the preview. ![Suggestions bar showing suggestion available when multiple fields are selected in the recipe preview](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_formula_suggestions_multiselect.png) The formula is started for you, using the fields and operator that you selected. ![Pre-populated formula in formula field when multiple fields are selected](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_formula_using_suggestions_ms.png) 2. In the formula builder, enter the formula. If the formula has been started for you, you can edit it here. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Here are some tips for entering or editing your formula. - Just start typing to see matching functions and fields. - To select a match, either click it, or use your cursor up and down keys to select it and then press **Enter** or **Tab**. - Use your keyboard to enter parentheses, arithmetic operators, and numbers as needed. ![Formula builder](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_formula_builder.png) 3. When you have completed the formula, click **Add**. The new formula field appears in the recipe preview. ![Formula field in recipe preview](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_formula_field_result.png) ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip You can bucket a formula field or reference it in other formulas in the recipe. - **[Numeric Functions for Formula Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_formula_field_numericfunctions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use numeric functions to calculate new values from measures in your recipe. For example, you can round, truncate, and determine the absolute value of a number. The arguments in each function can be numbers or measure columns. - **[String Functions for Formula Fields](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_formula_field_stringfunctions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use string functions to create values in a formula field based on one or more dimension columns in your recipe or strings. For example, you can change the casing of text strings, concatenate values from multiple columns, and replace values. # Add a Global Filter Panel Widget to Filter Data from the Dashboard The panel can contain single or multiple global filters. Use a global filter to apply the same filter to multiple queries in the dashboard. For example, a dashboard has two charts comparing two sales reps’ performance. To compare apples to apples, both charts must have the same filters. When possible, use a global filter instead of a selection-based filter to improve dashboard performance. If configured, users can change a global filter while viewing the dashboard. Each global filter must be based on a single measure, dimension, or date field. You can’t create a composite filter based on multiple fields, like Region=“West” and Industry= “CPG.” If multiple datasets are linked using a data source connection, only one of the common fields used in the connection can be included in a global filter. If you include multiple common fields, they can generate redundant, conflicting filters and not work properly. For example, you connect the Opportunity dataset using the Account.Name field to the Account dataset using the corresponding Name field. To filter based on account name, add one global filter based on either Account.Name from the Opportunity dataset or Name from the Account dataset. Because the datasets are connected, the global filter applies to both datasets. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Global filters can’t be used in interactions. Rather, it’s recommended to use a single filter widget in an interaction when you want to filter data in another dataset. Global filters only apply to widgets that accept them. To apply global filters to a widget, select **Apply global filters** in the query properties of the widget. By default, CRM Analytics applies global filters to all widgets that have queries based on the same dataset or connected data sources. 1. Drag the global filter panel widget to the dashboard canvas. An empty panel appears in the designer. ![The empty panel shows the default title "Filters" and has a plus-sign button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_global_filter_panel.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If the dashboard contains a global filter created before Winter ’18, a pop-up message asks if you want CRM Analytics to convert it to the new version. If you agree, CRM Analytics converts all global filters to the new design, showing all global filters in a panel. During the conversion, CRM Analytics doesn’t add unsupported global filters to the new global filter panel widget. Unsupported global filters are composite filters and invalid ones that reference datasets or fields that don’t exist. If you don’t convert to the new design, you can continue to use the legacy global filter, but can’t add global filters to the dashboard. 2. To add a global filter to the panel: 1. In the global filter panel widget, click ![Add Global Filter button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_global_filter_add_button.png). 2. Select a dataset field and click **Create**. To use a different dataset, click **Change Dataset**. 3. Select the filter operator and field values. These filters apply when a user opens the dashboard. ![Global filter settings](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_filter_widget_panel_filter_options.png) 4. To prevent users viewing the dashboard from changing the global filter, select **Locked**. The Locked option also ensures that incoming filters passed from a linked dashboard don’t override the global filter. If the global filter is locked and the incoming filter is defined on the same field, CRM Analytics ignores the incoming filter. If it’s unlocked, the incoming filter overrides the global filter defined in the dashboard. 5. To limit the global filter’s picklist values based on selections in other global filters, select **Dependent**. For example, you select an opportunity in the Opportunity Name global filter. Only products sold in the selected opportunity appear in the Product Name global filter picklist. The Dependent option applies to global filters that use the same dataset or a connected data source. 6. Click **Apply**. 3. To change the widget properties, click the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. 4. To customize the appearance of the widget, set the widget properties. When you set a property, the widget immediately shows the effects of your change. 5. To edit a global filter in the panel, access the global filter panel by clicking the ![Global filter button, appears at the top of all dashboards to access global filter panel.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_external_filters_button.png) icon at the top of the dashboard. For example, you can edit a global filter to change the selections. 6. To delete a global filter from the panel, click ![Delete Global Filter button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_global_filter_delete.png). 7. To delete all global filters from the dashboard, click **Delete All Global Filters** button in the Global Filters panel. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you delete the global filter panel widget, CRM Analytics removes the panel from the dashboard, but the global filters still apply. To delete the global filters later, use the global filter property panel. 8. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. 9. Save the dashboard. #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") - [Query Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_step_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Query properties define the query that returns results to display in the widget. These properties also specify how the widget behaves and interacts with other widgets in the CRM Analytics dashboard. The properties apply to dashboards created in the dashboard designer only.") - [Manage Queries for Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_steps_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Queries return results that are displayed in widgets. For example, a number widget displays the result of a calculation that is defined in a query. Queries can be built on a data source, like a dataset or a Salesforce object. They can also be “custom queries” created with user-defined values.") # Add a Lightning Dashboard to an LWR Experience Cloud Site (Beta) Give your partner users direct access to a Lightning dashboard by embedding it on your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)-based Experience Cloud site. In Experience Builder, add the Lightning Dashboard component to a page, select the dashboard, and publish the site. Lightning dashboards added to an LWR Experience Cloud site are available in view mode only. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To access the Experience Builder and add the Lightning Dashboard component to an LWR site Create and Set Up Experiences
To view the Lightning dashboard on the published LWR site Run Reports and Customize Application
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note Lightning Dashboards in LWR Experience Cloud Sites is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select **Reports and Dashboards Settings**. 2. Select **Show Lightning dashboards in Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)-based Experience Cloud sites (Beta)**. 3. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Digital Experiences, and then select **All Sites**. 4. Click **New** and [create an LWR site in Experience Cloud](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.exp_cloud_lwr.meta/exp_cloud_lwr/get_started_create.htm). 5. Under My Workspaces, click **Builder**. 6. In Experience Builder, from Components, drag the **Lightning Dashboard** component to the desired location on the LWR page. ![Selecting the Lightning Dashboard compoment in LWR Experience Cloud site](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd_embed_dashboard_lwr.png) 7. Select the Lightning dashboard component, and enter the dashboard ID. The dashboard ID is the 18-character code beginning with 0FK that is found in the URL when viewing a dashboard. 8. To publish your LWR site, click **Publish**. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note To view Lightning dashboards on the published site, partner users must have viewer access to the dashboard and report folders. They must also have read access to the objects and fields used by the reports. # Add a Lightning Report to an LWR Experience Cloud Site (Beta) Give your partner users direct access to a Lightning report by embedding it on your Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)-based Experience Cloud site. In Experience Builder, add the Lightning Report component to a page, select the report, and publish the site. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To access Experience Builder and add the Lightning Report component to an LWR site Create and Set Up Experiences
To view the report on the published LWR site Run Reports and Customize Application
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note Lightning Reports in LWR Experience Cloud Sites is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select **Reports and Dashboards Settings**. 2. Select **Show Lightning reports in Lightning Web Runtime (LWR)-based Experience Cloud sites (Beta)**. 3. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Digital Experiences, and then select **All Sites**. 4. Click **New** and [create an LWR site in Experience Cloud](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.exp_cloud_lwr.meta/exp_cloud_lwr/get_started_create.htm). 5. Under My Workspaces, click **Builder**. 6. In Experience Builder, from Components, drag the **Lightning Report** component to the desired location on the LWR page. ![Selecting the Lightning Report compoment in LWR Experience Cloud site](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd_embed_report_lwr.png) 7. Select the Lightning report component and enter the report ID. The report ID is the 18-character code beginning with 00O that is found in the URL when viewing a report. 8. To publish your LWR site, click **Publish**. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note To view report charts and data on the published site, partner users must have viewer access to the report folder. They must also have read access to the objects and fields used by the report. # Add a Link Widget to Link to Other Assets Take dashboard viewers straight to where they need to go with links to specific assets, like dashboards, pages, queries, lenses, and even web pages. You can also use links to create analysis paths for users to follow, helping them navigate your analytics app, or to perform mass quick actions on record lists. In the CRM Analytics Studio, clicking a link widget in a dashboard opens the link in a new tab. In presentation mode and in the Analytics tab (in Lightning Experience or Salesforce Classic), the link opens in the same window. For embedded dashboards, you can set a link to open in the same or new window. 1. Drag the link widget to the dashboard canvas. 2. To change the widget properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. ![Dashboard with a link widget. The widget properties show in the panel on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_link_in_dashboard.png) 3. In the Text field, enter the label that appears on the link widget. 4. In the Link To field, select whether you want to link to a query, lens, dashboard, page, URL, or mass action, and then select the asset. If you link to a dashboard that has multiple pages, you can specify which page to view when the dashboard first opens. 1. To pass global filters and selection-based filters (also called facets) to a linked CRM Analytics asset, select **Apply Selections and Filters**. CRM Analytics passes selections in chart, list, toggle, range, and date widgets as selections in the linked asset if they apply. For example, you select North America in a list widget based on the Region dataset field. CRM Analytics applies that same selection to faceted queries in the linked dashboard that have a grouping based on the Region field in the same dataset. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note A selection is applied to a query in the linked dashboard only if the selected value exists in the initial result set for that query. If your selection isn’t applied, try increasing the limit for the query in the linked dashboard so that the value can be found. CRM Analytics passes global filters as filters to a linked asset as long as the filters apply. CRM Analytics ignores a global filter if the linked asset doesn’t use the dataset that the global filter is defined on. If the global filter is locked and the incoming filter is defined on the same field, CRM Analytics ignores the incoming filter. If it’s unlocked, the incoming filter overrides the global filter defined in the dashboard. When you open a linked dashboard, the passed global filters appear as external filters. To view the external filters, click ![External Filters button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_external_filters_button.png) as highlighted in the screenshot. The External Filters panel shows filters passed from linked dashboards (and filters preconfigured in embedded dashboards). You can remove external filters while viewing the dashboard. ![The filte button is at the top of the page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_global_filters_passed_in_linked_dashboards.png) To pass a filter selection to a linked asset, the asset must contain a query based on the same dataset and grouping used to define the filter. ![The Austraila and Belgium selections in the source dashboard are passed as selections in the target dashboard.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_link_widget_selections_passing.png) To pass a filter selection based on a custom query to a linked asset, the custom query must be linked to the dataset using a data source connection. Also, the linked asset must contain a query based on the same dataset and grouping used to define the data source connection. ![The India and Mexico selections in the source dashboard are passed as selections in the target dashboard.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_link_widget_static_selections_passing.png) 2. If the link is to a URL, enter the following properties. - **Destination**: Enter the full URL. The URL field supports http, https, relative links, and dynamic links with bindings. It doesn’t support passing Salesforce parameters in the URL, like Salesforce object or CRM Analytics dataset fields. - **Link Tooltip**: Enter a description of the link or the URL so users know where the link takes them. ![When you link to a URL, specify the URL, it's tooltip, and the text that appears when you hover over the link.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_link_properties_url.png) To create a relative link, enter a valid URL that starts with a slash. For example, use `/lightning/o/Account/list?filterName=Recent` to open recently viewed accounts in Lightning Experience. To create a dynamic link, click **Advanced Editor** in the link widget properties panel. Edit the JSON to add the `destinationLink` with a `url` parameter that is a binding. The binding must be for an existing step that contains valid URL values. An example binding is `{{cell(step_1.selection, 0, "url").asString()}}`, where `url` is a valid URL. ![To create a dynamic link, specify a valid binding as the destinationLink url value in the Advanced Editor.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_link_widget_dynamic.png) 3. If the link is for a mass action, see [Configure Mass Quick Actions on Multiple Salesforce Records from CRM Analytics Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboards_configure_mass_actions.htm&type=5&language=en_US) for configuration steps. 5. To customize the appearance of the widget, set the widget properties. 6. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. 7. Save the dashboard. #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") # Add a List Widget to Filter Dashboard Results Based on a Dimension A list filter widget allows dashboard viewers to filter the CRM Analytics dashboard results based on a dimension. For example, a list widget can filter results based on a particular case status or region. The list widget requires a query that has a single grouping based on a dimension. The values of the grouping appear as the values in the list. ![The values of the group-by dimension show up as the options in the list widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_list_step_relationship.png) You can also create a custom query to specify a user-defined list of values for the list widget. 1. Drag the list widget to the dashboard canvas. 2. To open the wizard, click the button inside the widget. The Select a Field screen appears, showing a list of all dimension fields in the specified dataset. Select the desired field from the list or locate a field by typing in its API name. ![The screen shows all dimension fields in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_selection_filter_select_a_field_dim.png) 3. To use a different dataset, click **Change Dataset**. 4. Select the date field that you want to filter on. 5. Click **Create**. ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip To create a user-defined list of values instead of using values from a dataset, click **Customize**. Behind the scenes, CRM Analytics creates a query grouped by the field that you selected. CRM Analytics adds the query to the query panel, making it available for use by other widgets in the dashboard. In addition, by default, the list widget is collapsed and CRM Analytics doesn’t apply any selections to the widget. ![List widget is collapsed, only showing the selected value.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_list_collapsed.png) 6. To add an interaction, select **Create Interaction | +Add Action**. ![Creating an interaction for a list widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_widgets_filter_list_add_flex_2.png) 1. Use the menu to set up an action. ![Selecting action settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_widgets_filter_toggle_add_flex_3.png) 7. To expand the list and show more values, increase the size of the widget. ![List widget is expanded, showing multiple values in the list.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_list_expanded.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you don’t expand the list, when a user views the dashboard, they can select the dropdown arrow to see the values in the list. To navigate list filters with a keyboard, use the tab key to select a list filter then press the space bar to expand it. Use the tab key to maneuver around the widget. To view and navigate the list values, press the up and down arrows. 8. To change the widget and query properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. ![Dashboard with a list widget. The widget properties show in the panel on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_list_in_dashboard2.png) 9. To customize the appearance of the widget, set the widget properties. When you set a property, the widget immediately shows the effects of your change. 10. To show and set the query properties, click **Query** in the right panel. For example, to enable this widget to filter other faceted widgets, select **Broadcast selections as facets**. While viewing the dashboard, a user can select a dimension in this widget to filter other faceted widgets. To allow the viewer to make single or multiple selections, configure this widget’s query properties. You can specify whether selections are optional or required. You can also set an initial selection that applies when the dashboard opens. While viewing the dashboard, viewers can undo the selection or change the selection to filter the results differently. For information about setting an initial selection, see [Set Initial Selections in the Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_initial_filters_pick.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If the CRM Analytics dashboard contains selection-based widgets (chart, date, list, range, or toggle), you can set initial selections that are applied when the dashboard first opens. For example, you can select a bar in a bar chart and set that as the initial selection. If the underlying query for the bar chart is faceted, other widgets with faceted queries are filtered based on this initial selection. While viewing the dashboard, a user can change the selection in the chart to filter the results differently or remove the selection and filters altogether."). 11. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. 12. Save the dashboard. #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") - [Query Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_step_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Query properties define the query that returns results to display in the widget. These properties also specify how the widget behaves and interacts with other widgets in the CRM Analytics dashboard. The properties apply to dashboards created in the dashboard designer only.") - [Manage Queries for Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_steps_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Queries return results that are displayed in widgets. For example, a number widget displays the result of a calculation that is defined in a query. Queries can be built on a data source, like a dataset or a Salesforce object. They can also be “custom queries” created with user-defined values.") # Add a Metric to a Semantic Model Within Tableau Next, create a metric based on a semantic model. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To add a metric to a semantic model: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. From your workspace, open the model that you want to use for defining a metric. 2. A new model opens in builder mode. In an existing model, to open builder mode, click **Edit**. ![The semantic model view with the Edit button highlighted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_sdm_new_model.png) 3. To create a metric, from the **New** dropdown, select **Metrics**. ![The New action menu in the semantic model builder view.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_sdm_new_action_menu.png) 4. Define the metric. For more information, see [Create a Metric for a Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_metrics_create.htm&language=en_US). The metric is now available to use in dashboards, to follow, and to embed in web pages. # Add a Navigation Action to a Dashboard Add a Navigate To action to a widget to guide your users to relevant URLs or other Tableau Next dashboards and dashboard pages with detailed information on the selected data. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
![The Navigate to action type with a URL destination.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_action_navigation.png) 1. Select **Navigate To** as the action type. 2. Select the destination, a URL, a dashboard, or a dashboard page. 3. For the destination type, enter a URL string or select an existing dashboard or dashboard page. #### See Also - [Add Single-Click Actions to Your Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_add_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a data journey for your users by turning your static Tableau Next dashboard into an interactive experience with single-click actions that lead to detailed pages or initiate Salesforce Flows. For example, use actions to add dynamic navigation to guide sales managers from a summary dashboard to pipeline details, progressively revealing more detailed information.") - [Add a Salesforce Flow Action to a Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_flow_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add a Salesforce Flow action to a widget to execute flows using the Tableau Next dashboard context. Flows empower your users to seamlessly create follow-up tasks, dispatch reminder emails, or refresh records directly from their dashboard insights. For example, add a flow action that lets sales reps create a follow-up task directly from a dashboard widget showing at-risk opportunities.") # Add a Navigation Action to a Visualization Embed navigation actions into your Tableau Next visualization. The navigate action allows users to navigate to external sites with clickable links directly in a visualization data field. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next visualizations: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. Select **Navigate to** as the action type. 2. Select a data field to add the action to. 3. Use **URL Address** to specify the destination URL. The URL must start with one of the following prefixes: http, https, ftp, mailto, news, gopher, tsc, tsl, sms, or tel. 4. To create a dynamic URL, select data fields from **Insert Fields**. Each data field value is appended to the URL. For example, to take the user to details for a state. 1. Add the action to the State field and enter a URL Address of https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki. 2. Insert the State field from the visualization. 3. When the user clicks on a state field with the value California, the dynamic URL generated is https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/California. 5. To verify the URL works as expected, click **Test URL**. 6. Define the action label the user sees when they click on the field, for example, Open URL. ![The Navigate To configuration panel with URL settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_viz_navigate_action.png) # Add a Navigation Widget to Access Dashboard Pages Give dashboard viewers an easy way to navigate dashboard pages with a navigation widget. Reuse your navigation widget for a consistent look across dashboard pages. For example, here’s a navigation widget that provides access to each of the 5 defined pages. ![When you select an option in the navigation widget, the corresponding page appears.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_pages_collapseSectionsWithNavWidget.gif) 1. Drag the navigation widget to the dashboard canvas. The widget shows all pages in the dashboard. The underlined page in the widget is the one that you’re currently viewing. ![The widget shows all dashboard pages.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_navigation.png) 2. To hide a page while viewing the dashboard, click ![Dropdown arrow](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dropdown_arrow_page_menu.png) and then **Hide from Navigation**. Dashboard viewers see only visible pages. The link to the hidden page remains hidden from the navigation widget until you show it again. ![Hide from Navigation option](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_navigation_hidePage.png) 3. From the same page menu, you can also move, rename, clone, and delete pages. The order of the page tabs determines the order of the page links in the navigation widget. ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip To avoid truncation, keep page names short. 4. To set the widget properties, select the navigation widget. For example, set the styling properties for all page links in the “General” section, except the selected page’s link. Set that under the “Selected Tab Style” section. You can choose different styling for the selected page to indicate which page is selected while viewing the dashboard. ![Set styling for all links in the "General" widget properties, except for the selected page's styling, which you set in the "Selected Tab Style" section.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_navigation_properties.png) 5. To enable navigation from all pages, select the navigation widget that you created on this page and use the **Add to Page** action to add it to other pages. Using **Add to Page** ensures that all of the styling properties are consistent across pages. ![Select Move/Add to access the options to move and add and move the widget to other pages.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_navigation_addToPage.png) 6. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. 7. Save the dashboard. # Add a Personalized View of Metrics That a User Follows with the Tableau Next Following Component See Tableau Next metrics that you follow directly in Salesforce Lightning pages, and view data insights at a glance without switching context. When an admin adds the Tableau Next following component into a Lightning page, users see a personalized view of the Tableau Next metrics that they follow. Admins can also add suggested Tableau Next metrics that they think users might also want to follow. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To create and edit Tableau Next metrics and access Tableau Next components in Lightning App Builder: Tableau Next Analyst permission set
OR  
To create and edit Tableau Next metrics: Tableau Next Analyst permission set
To access Lightning App Builder to embed metrics: Customize Application user permission
1. On the Lightning home or record page that you want to embed the following component in, click the Setup icon (gear). 2. Select **Edit Page**. 3. If you have multiple page layouts, open the Lightning App Builder in Setup to see the list of page layouts. Click Edit for the page layout you want to update. 4. From the Lightning App builder component palette, search for the **Tableau Next Following** component. 5. Click and drag the Tableau Next Following component where you want it to appear on the page. Or select where on the page you want to insert the component, and then choose the Tableau Next Following component. 6. Optionally, you can configure the size and other settings for the component properties panel. 7. Also optionally, add suggested metrics by selecting **Add Metric**. Or add filters by selecting **Add Filter**. After you embed your component, save and activate your Lightning page. For more information on page activation, see [Activate Lightning Experience Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_app_builder_customize_lex_pages_activate.htm&language=en_US). When users open the Lightning page, they see the metrics that they follow. And they see suggested metrics under the **Suggested for you** tab, if you added them. # Add a Predictive Insight to a Semantic Model (Beta) Add a Predictive Insight to surface an AI model's prediction as a field in your semantic model. For each record your model returns, Tableau Semantics passes the mapped field values to the AI model and returns the predicted value in real time. ### Required Editions
Available in: All editions supported by Data 360. See Data 360 edition availability.
User Permissions Needed
To add or edit a Predictive Insight:

Permission set:

  • Data Cloud Architect

AND

Semantic Models object

![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Predictive Insights in Tableau Semantics is a pilot or beta service subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. Before you begin, confirm that: - You have turned on the Predictive Insights in Tableau Semantics feature in any of these locations in your org: - **Data Cloud Setup** > **Feature Manager** - **Data Cloud Setup** > **Tableau Next Features** - Tableau Next workspace settings - You have edit access to the semantic model. - At least one AI model is available in Data 360. Any Data Cloud license includes read access to AI Models. If no models are registered, the **New** > **Predictive Insights** option appears but you can't select a model. See [Using AI Models in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_ai_use_ai_models.htm&type=5&language=en_US). For background on how Predictive Insights work and what they return, see [Predictive Insights in Tableau Semantics (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_predictive_insghts_overview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Predictive Insights adds real-time machine learning predictions to your semantic model as a field you can chart, filter, and reuse. Connect any AI model from Data 360, map your semantic model fields to its inputs, and get a predicted value for every record—no data exports, separate tools, or code needed."). 1. In Tableau Semantics, open the semantic model you want to edit. 2. On the model canvas, select **New**, and then select **Predictive Insights**. ![Select Predictive Insights for Model](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_select_pred_insights.png) 3. In the **Predictive Insights** dialog, select a model from the **Predictive Model** picker. Only predictive models hosted in Data 360 appear in the picker. 4. Under **Map Fields**, map each of the AI model's required input fields to a corresponding field from your semantic model. - Inputs can be dimensions, measures, or calculated fields. Pass a calculation—for example, `SUM([Sales])`—instead of a raw field. - The matching field name from the model is preselected by default. Select a different field to change it. - Map all fields for the most accurate predictions. - Don't use a Predictive Insight field as an input to another Predictive Insight. ![View Predictive Insights](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_view_predictive_insights.png) 5. (Optional) To surface the drivers and suggested actions behind each prediction, under **Options**, set **Number of Top Predictors** and **Number of Recommendations** to a value greater than 0. Higher values increase processing time. Keep these values as low as your use case requires. Leave both at 0 if you don't need explainability. 6. Enter a **Predictive Insight Name** and confirm the auto-generated **Predictive Insight API Name**. Optionally, add a description. ![Predictive Insights Name and API Name](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_pred_insights_name_api.png) 7. Save your changes. ![View Predictive Insights](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_predictive_insights_logical_view.png) The Predictive Insight appears under **Predictive Insights** in the left panel. When top predictors or recommendations are turned on, the field also produces **Insight**, **Insight Type**, and **Impact Score** columns. To edit or remove a predictive insight, expand **Predictive Insights** in the left panel, select the options menu next to the insight, and then select **Edit** or **Remove**. Editing an AI model doesn't break the Predictive Insights that use it. If an edit removes an input field from the AI model, the remaining fields stay mapped and the Predictive Insight continues to work. # Add a Range Widget to Filter Dashboard Results Based on a Measure A range widget allows dashboard viewers to filter the CRM Analytics dashboard results based on a range of values for a measure. For example, a range widget can show only opportunities with amounts between $100,000 and $900,000. The range widget requires a query that has a single measure and no groupings. ![The values of the group-by dimension show up as the options in the list widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_range_step_relationship.png) 1. Drag the range widget to the dashboard canvas. 2. To open the wizard, click the button inside the widget. The Select a Field screen appears, showing a list of all measure fields in the specified dataset. ![The screen shows all dimension fields in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_selection_filter_select_a_field_measure.png) 3. To use a different dataset, click **Change Dataset**. 4. Select the date field that you want to filter on by selecting it from the field list or typing in its API name. 5. Click **Create**. Behind the scenes, CRM Analytics creates a query with the measure that you selected. CRM Analytics adds the query to the query panel, but you can’t reuse it in other widgets. CRM Analytics doesn’t apply any selections to the widget. 6. To change the widget and query properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. ![Dashboard with a range widget. The widget properties show in the panel on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_range_in_dashboard2.png) 7. To customize the appearance of the widget, set the widget properties. When you set a property, the widget immediately shows the effects of your change. 8. To show and set the query properties, click **Query** in the right panel. For example, to enable this widget to filter other faceted widgets, select **Broadcast selections as facets**. 9. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. The default range shown is the minimum to the maximum values of the measure. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The range widget treats all numeric fields as decimal values, regardless of whether the underlying field contains integers or decimals. As a result, a whole-number field such as Age shows decimal values in the range selector (for example, a field with values 6–18 shows decimal steps such as 6.5 or 12.3). The range widget uses decimal precision by design to maintain consistency with Query Mode. The filter selects all records whose values fall within the specified range. 10. Save the dashboard. You can set an initial selection that applies when the dashboard opens. The selected range filters other faceted widgets. While viewing the dashboard, viewers can change the selection to filter the results differently. For information about setting an initial selection, see [Set Initial Selections in the Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_initial_filters_pick.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If the CRM Analytics dashboard contains selection-based widgets (chart, date, list, range, or toggle), you can set initial selections that are applied when the dashboard first opens. For example, you can select a bar in a bar chart and set that as the initial selection. If the underlying query for the bar chart is faceted, other widgets with faceted queries are filtered based on this initial selection. While viewing the dashboard, a user can change the selection in the chart to filter the results differently or remove the selection and filters altogether."). #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") - [Query Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_step_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Query properties define the query that returns results to display in the widget. These properties also specify how the widget behaves and interacts with other widgets in the CRM Analytics dashboard. The properties apply to dashboards created in the dashboard designer only.") - [Manage Queries for Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_steps_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Queries return results that are displayed in widgets. For example, a number widget displays the result of a calculation that is defined in a query. Queries can be built on a data source, like a dataset or a Salesforce object. They can also be “custom queries” created with user-defined values.") # Add a Report Chart to a Page Layout To embed a report chart on object pages, edit the object’s page layout with the enhanced page layout editor, then add the chart. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
Available in: Enhanced Folder Sharing
User Permissions Needed
To create, edit, and delete reports:
Enhanced Folder Sharing
Create and Customize Reports

AND

Report Builder

Before you add a chart, check that: - Its source report is in a folder that’s shared with users who need access. Reports in personal report folders are unavailable to add to a page. - The source report format is summary or matrix. - The source report has a chart. 1. Go to the page layout editor for the object that you’re adding a chart to. 2. Click **Edit** next to the page layout. 3. Click **Report Charts**. ![Adding a report chart using the page layout editor](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/report_chart_add_pagelayouteditor.png) 4. In the Quick Find box, type the name of the report and click ![the quick find icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/report_chartsembed_quickfind_PLE.png) to find and select the report chart. You can browse up to 200 recently viewed reports by chart type in the Report Charts palette. 5. Drag the chart to a new or existing section of the layout. 6. To customize a chart, click the wrench icon on the chart. 7. Click **Save**. The **Preview As** option is unavailable for report charts. #### See Also - [Customizing a Report Chart in a Page Layout](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_embed_chartdialogmap.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "After you add a report chart to a page, you can customize it in the Chart Properties dialog box on the page layout editor.") - [Example of Report Charts on an Account Page](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_embed_example.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In this example, we've embedded two report charts on an important account page that show deals in the pipeline and open support cases for the account. From looking at the charts, the account executive can quickly gauge the account’s activity and health.") - [Limits on Report Charts in Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_embed_limits.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Consider these limits when embedding charts in detail pages.") - [Find Object Management Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.extend_click_find_objectmgmt_parent.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Page Layouts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_layout.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add a Report or Dashboard Folder as a Favorite Add a Lightning report or dashboard folder as a favorite to quickly access the folders you’re interested in. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
On the Analytics, Reports, Dashboards tab, find the folder you want to add as a favorite and select **![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Favorite**. To display a favorite folder, select it from the **Favorites** list on the Analytics tab or the **All Favorites** list on the Reports or Dashboards tab. #### See Also - [Manage Your Reports and Dashboards on Analytics Home](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_home.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Analytics tab provides a modern and cohesive experience for organizing all your analytics content in one place. You can access all your reports and dashboards in a single location, making it easier for you to manage and analyze your data. Some of the enhancements you can experience in the Analytics tab include an improved search experience that helps you find the information you need more efficiently. Another enhancement is the organization of your data with Collections to curate analytics for a project or items that are the most relevant to you.") # Add a Report to a Dashboard from the Report Reading a report that you would like to add to a dashboard? Go from report to dashboard with only a few clicks! ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To add a report to a dashboard: Create and Customize Dashboards
To add a report to a dynamic dashboard: Manage Dynamic Dashboards
1. On the Analytics tab, Reports tab, or report run page, select **![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Add to Dashboard**. 2. Choose whether to add the report to an existing dashboard or create a dashboard from the report. If necessary, name, describe, and choose a folder for the new dashboard. 3. Click **Add**. 4. Customize the dashboard widget. 5. Click **Add**. 6. Optionally, continue customizing the dashboard. 7. Click **Save**. # Add a Report Type to a Joined Report Adding a report type lets you expand the set of data available for analysis in a joined report. ### Required Editions
Available in: both Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
Available in: Enhanced Folder Sharing
User Permissions Needed
To create, edit, and delete joined reports:
Enhanced Folder Sharing
Create and Customize Reports
Add a Report Type in Lightning Experience 1. To add another report type to the joined report, click **![the add block icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_icon_add_block.png) Add block**. 2. Choose a report type. 3. If you'd like to include standard columns for this report type, leave **Include default columns** checked. If you'd like to add an empty block, uncheck **Include default columns**. In either case, you can customize the block after adding it by adding or removing columns. 4. Click **Add Block**. Add a Report Type in Salesforce Classic 1. To add another report type, click **Add Report Type**. 2. Choose a report type. 3. Click **OK**. The additional report type is added. Notice that: - A new block appears in the report. - In Lightning Experience, common fields are marked with ![the common fields icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_icon_common_field.png) in the Fields pane. In Salesforce Classic, The Fields pane updates with a new area that contains fields unique to the report type. Fields common to all report types are in the Common Fields area. To learn more about working with blocks, see [Work with Blocks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_working_with_blocks.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Blocks let you create different views of the information contained in a joined report."). #### See Also - [Add a Summary Formula to a Joined Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_joined_custom_summary_formulas.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Summary formulas in joined reports are just like summary formulas in standard reports, except they can apply to multiple blocks or just one. When you add a summary formula to a block, you specify whether it applies across blocks or only to that block.") - [How Joined Reports Work](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_joined_format_concepts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A joined report can contain data from multiple standard or custom report types. You can add report types to a joined report if they have relationships with the same object or objects. For example, if you have a joined report that contains the Opportunities report type, you can add the Cases report type as well because both have a relationship with the Accounts object.") - [Combine Different Types of Information in a Joined Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_working_with_joined.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The joined report format lets you view different types of information in a single report. A joined report can contain data from multiple standard or custom report types. You can turn any existing report into a joined report using the report builder.") # Add a Salesforce Action to a Visualization Add a Salesforce action to your Tableau Next visualization. Users can invoke these actions to create, update, and interact with Salesforce records. For example, add actions so users can create cases, update accounts, or post to Chatter. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next visualizations: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
For more information on available actions or create your own actions, see [Object-Specific Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.actions_overview_object_specific.htm&language=en_US) and [Global Quick Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.actions_overview_global.htm&language=en_US). 1. Select **Salesforce Action** as the action type. 2. Select a data field to add the action to. 3. Select the record ID to run the action on. This value is the primary ID for the record type. In Spring '25, the record ID must be part of the visualization. 4. Select up to 5 actions to add to the field. These actions appear as menu selections when you select the field. ![The Salesforce Action configuration panel with data and action settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_viz_salesforce_action.png) The Open Record action supports multi-org environments. When records with identical names exist across different data sources, users select the specific record they want, and it opens in its source org. # Add a Salesforce Flow Action to a Dashboard Add a Salesforce Flow action to a widget to execute flows using the Tableau Next dashboard context. Flows empower your users to seamlessly create follow-up tasks, dispatch reminder emails, or refresh records directly from their dashboard insights. For example, add a flow action that lets sales reps create a follow-up task directly from a dashboard widget showing at-risk opportunities. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards and run and manage flows: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Only standard screen and autolaunched flows are supported. For more information, see [Automate Tasks with Flows](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.flow.htm&language=en_US). ![The Salesforce Flow action with a selected flow and inputs for mapping.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_action_flow.png) 1. Select **Salesforce Flow** as the action type. 2. Select a flow. If no flows are listed, verify that the flow you want is active and a supported flow type. 3. To view the flow, click **Open in Flow Editor**. 4. Map the required flow inputs to values in the dashboard. For each flow input, click **Add Mapping**. Each input mapping describes the input type. Select whether to pass the input as a static string or a dynamic data field. 1. Select **Static String** to pass a static string value as the input. Enter a custom input string in the text box. 2. Select **Dynamic Widget Field** to pass a dynamic value as input. Select a widget on the dashboard, a field from the widget, and the interaction type. For interaction type, a selection interaction passes an input value based on a user selection in the widget. A result interaction passes an input value based on the results of a query. 3. Click **Done**. Test your flow action to ensure the input values are passed in as expected. When a flow action is triggered, a confirmation message displays the input values and allows user confirmation before starting the flow. After a flow starts, a confirmation or error message displays to let the user know the status of the flow. #### See Also - [Add Single-Click Actions to Your Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_add_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a data journey for your users by turning your static Tableau Next dashboard into an interactive experience with single-click actions that lead to detailed pages or initiate Salesforce Flows. For example, use actions to add dynamic navigation to guide sales managers from a summary dashboard to pipeline details, progressively revealing more detailed information.") - [Add a Navigation Action to a Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_navigate_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add a Navigate To action to a widget to guide your users to relevant URLs or other Tableau Next dashboards and dashboard pages with detailed information on the selected data.") # Add a Summary Formula Column to a Report Before adding a summary formula to your report, be sure to group report data. Summary formula columns require at least 1 group. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
Available in: Enhanced Folder Sharing
User Permissions Needed
To create, edit, and delete summary formula columns in private reports:
Enhanced Folder Sharing
Create and Customize Reports
To create, edit, and delete summary formula columns in public and private reports:
Enhanced Folder Sharing

Report Builder OR Report Builder (Lightning Experience)

Summary formula columns are available in both Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic. They use the same formula language, so the summary formulas you add in Lightning Experience work in Salesforce Classic, and vice versa. The steps for adding a summary formula column are a little different depending on whether you’re using Lightning Experience or Salesforce Classic. Follow the instructions based on whether you’re using the Lightning Experience or the Salesforce Classic report builder. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note Summary formulas are powerful and complex. For help with building your formula, refer to [Formula Operators and Functions by Context](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.customize_functions.htm&language=en_US) in Salesforce Help. If you apply a summary formula column to a second-level grouping and use it as a measure in a chart, the chart won't show results. The summary formula column appears in your report. #### See Also - [Build a Report in Salesforce Classic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_builder_editing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Report Builder is a drag-and-drop tool for accessing your data quickly and comprehensively. Use it to set up new reports and edit existing ones.") - [Evaluate Groups and Totals with Summary Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_builder_fields_formulas.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Write summary formulas to evaluate a report's group subtotals and grand totals. For example, summary formulas can adjust earnings after tax.") - [Get the Most Out of Summary Formulas: Tips, Limits, and Limitations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_csf_tips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Summary formulas are a powerful reporting technique, but they can be tricky. Here are some tips, limits, and limitations to keep in mind when working with them.") - [Add a Summary Formula to a Joined Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_joined_custom_summary_formulas.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Summary formulas in joined reports are just like summary formulas in standard reports, except they can apply to multiple blocks or just one. When you add a summary formula to a block, you specify whether it applies across blocks or only to that block.") ## Add a Summary Formula Column in Lightning Experience 1. Edit or create a report. 2. If necessary, group report data. From the Groups section, select a field from the **Add group...** lookup menu under GROUP ROWS. 3. From the Columns section, click **![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Add Summary Formula Column**. Alternatively, from the Fields pane, under Summary Formulas, click **\+ Create Formula**. If a summary formula is available, but not yet added as a summary formula column, you can add it from the Fields pane. Under Summary Formulas, click **![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Add** 4. Enter a name for the summary formula column. 5. Choose the Formula Output Type. 6. Enter a summary formula. For example: ``` IF(AMOUNT:SUM < 1000000, AMOUNT:SUM * (1 - 0.15), AMOUNT:SUM * (1 - 0.20)) ``` 7. To see if your formula contains errors, click **Check Syntax**. Resolve any errors. 8. Optionally, enter a description for the formula. 9. If applicable, choose the number of decimal points. 10. Optionally, click **FORMAT** to choose how to format results, how many decimal points to show, and to change where the formula gets applied. 11. Click **Apply**. 12. Click **Save**. ## Add a Summary Formula Column in Salesforce Classic 1. Edit or create a report. 2. If necessary, group report data. Change the format to **Summary**, **Matrix**, or **Joined**, find the field you want to group by, and drop it into the grouping field. 3. From the Fields pane, in the Formulas folder, click **Add Formula**. 4. Enter a name for your formula column. The label must be unique. Optionally, enter a description. 5. From the Format dropdown list, select the appropriate data type for your formula based on the output of your calculation. 6. From the Decimal Places dropdown, select the number of decimal places to display for currency, number, or percent data types. This setting is ignored for currency fields in multicurrency organizations. Instead, the Decimal Places for your currency setting apply. 7. Set the Where will this formula be displayed? option. The formula calculation displays in the report at the level you select. To display the formula calculation at every level, including the Grand Total, select All summary levels. 8. Build your formula. 1. Select one of the fields listed in the **Summary Fields** dropdown list. This field's value is used in your formula. 2. Select a summary type for use in your formula. This option isn't available for Record Count. | Summary Type | Description | | --- | --- | | **Sum** | The summary value of data in a field or grouping of fields. | | **Largest Value** | The largest value of data in a field or grouping of fields. | | **Smallest Value** | The smallest value of data in a field or grouping of fields. | | **Average** | The average of data in a field or grouping of fields. | 3. To add operators (like > or <) to your formula, click **Operators**. 4. Select the function category (All, Logical, Math, or Summary), choose the function you want to use in your formula, and click **Insert**. 5. Repeat these steps as necessary. 9. To see if your formula contains errors, click **Check Syntax**. If there are errors, the cursor highlights them. 10. Click **OK**. 11. Click **Save**. # Add a Summary Formula to a Joined Report Summary formulas in joined reports are just like summary formulas in standard reports, except they can apply to multiple blocks or just one. When you add a summary formula to a block, you specify whether it applies across blocks or only to that block. ### Required Editions
Available in: both Lightning Experience and Salesforce Classic
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
Available in: Enhanced Folder Sharing
User Permissions Needed
To create, edit, and delete joined reports:
Enhanced Folder Sharing
Create and Customize Reports

AND

Report Builder

Add a summary formula to a joined report in Lightning Experience 1. Create or edit a joined report. 2. Ensure that there is at least one grouping on the joined report. If necessary, group data by clicking **Add group...** and selecting a field to group by. 3. From the Columns section of the Outline panel, click **![the more actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/questions_portal_hide_snapshot.png)** adjacent to a block name. 4. To add a summary formula that only evaluates data in one block, click **Add Summary Formula**. To add a cross-block summary formula that evaluates all the data in the joined report, click **Add Cross-Block Summary Formula**. 5. Write the formula. For help with writing the formula, see [Evaluate Groups and Totals with Summary Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_builder_fields_formulas.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Write summary formulas to evaluate a report's group subtotals and grand totals. For example, summary formulas can adjust earnings after tax."). 6. Click **Apply**. Add a custom summary formula to a joined report in Salesforce Classic 1. Create or edit a joined report. 2. Ensure that there is at least one grouping on the joined report. If necessary, group data by dragging and dropping a field onto the area that reads **Drop a field here to group across report blocks**. 3. To add a standard custom summary formula, from the Fields pane, go to the report type category and double-click **Add Formula**. To add a cross-block custom summary formula, from the Fields pane, go to the Common category and double-click **Add Cross Block Formula**. 4. Write the formula. For help with writing the formula, see [Evaluate Groups and Totals with Summary Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_builder_fields_formulas.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Write summary formulas to evaluate a report's group subtotals and grand totals. For example, summary formulas can adjust earnings after tax."). 5. Click **OK**. The summary formula column appears in your report. #### See Also - [Evaluate Groups and Totals with Summary Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_builder_fields_formulas.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Write summary formulas to evaluate a report's group subtotals and grand totals. For example, summary formulas can adjust earnings after tax.") - [Summary Formulas with Joined Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_csf_joined_reports.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Two types of custom summary formulas are available with joined reports: standard and cross-block.") - [Get the Most Out of Summary Formulas: Tips, Limits, and Limitations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_csf_tips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Summary formulas are a powerful reporting technique, but they can be tricky. Here are some tips, limits, and limitations to keep in mind when working with them.") - [Joined Report Examples](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_examples_joined.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Creating a sales rep performance scorecard, reviewing support cases by status, and predicting your opportunity pipeline are some examples of what you can do with joined reports. Here’s how.") # Add a Table Widget to Show Record Details and Create Calculated Columns You can add different types of tables to a CRM Analytics dashboard. To view record-level details, add a values table. A values table can show details like how long a case has been open and who owns it. To create custom columns in a table based on calculations from existing fields, add a compare table. If the underlying query contains at least one grouping, you can create a pivot table. The steps vary depending on the type of table you create. For a values table, choose which dataset fields to show as columns. For a compare table, select which dataset fields to show as columns and define the calculations for custom columns. For a pivot table, define at least one grouping. The values of the last grouping appear as columns. 1. Drag the table widget to the dashboard canvas. 2. To open the wizard, click the button inside the widget. One of the following screens appears. - The Select a data source screen appears, showing the most recently used datasets first. Select the dataset in the Dataset tab or select an existing query. ![Select a data source shows a list of all fields in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_select_a_dataset.png) - The lens appears, showing a bar chart with the Count of Rows measure. CRM Analytics selects the dataset that you used to create the previous query. To use a different dataset or an existing query, click **Back**. ![The explorer shows the default chart, a bar chart that displays the count of rows.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_explorer_default_bar_chart.png) 3. Select ![Table Mode button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_table_mode.png) and then choose the table type. Values table Use to show dataset fields as columns. You can add, remove, or reorder columns. You can quick sort on a column by clicking its field header. You can also add filters. ![Values table](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_step_values_table_config.png) Compare table Use to add calculated columns to the table. By default, the table shows the previously selected measure as the first column. You can add measures and filters, and group by dimensions. To quick sort on a column, click its field header. To add a calculated column, click the down arrow next to a measure, and select **Clone Column** and then edit the new column. ![Compare table](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_step_compare_table_config.png) For more information, see [Creating Calculated Columns Using a Compare Table](https://help.salesforce.com/apex/HTViewHelpDoc?id=bi_explorer_compare_table.htm&language=en_US). Pivot table Use to show groupings on the x- and y-axes. The last grouping determines the columns, and the other groupings determine the rows. The pivot table shows the first specified measure in the table cells. To quick sort on a column, click its field header. ![Pivot table](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_step_pivot_table_config.png) 4. To show totals in a values or compare table, click ![Options button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_explorer_options_button.png) and then select **Show Column Totals**. 5. To increase the number of records that appear in a values table, update the Query Limit value![Query Limit setting](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_query_limit.png) or click ![SAQL Mode button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_saql_mode_button.png) and change the `limit` parameter in the SAQL query. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note By default, the query for a values table widget returns up to 100 results. For more information about the `limit` parameter, see [CRM Analytics SAQL Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/analytics/bi-dev-guide-saql/guide/bi-saql-intro.html). ![The SAQL Editor shows that the limit is "100" for the values table.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_step_values_table_limit.png) When the limit value is increased for a table, pagination is automatically enabled and limits the amount of data loaded up front. As you page through table results, more data loads as needed. To disable table pagination, edit your dashboard and update the widget properties. ![Disable paginated loading setting](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_pagination.png) If the limit value is increased in the query, the limit value isn’t carried over to the Dashboard Inspector or Show Details, which both return up to 200 results. 6. Click **Done**. The widget shows the table and results. CRM Analytics adds the query to the query panel. 7. To customize a table layout, such as freezing or moving columns, hover over a column header and click the drop-down arrow. ![Column action menu to move, hide or freeze columns.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_table_column_menu.png) 8. To adjust column widths directly in the table, position your mouse between two column headers to narrow or expand a column. ![Divider line between two column headers.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_resize_column.png) 9. To change the widget and query properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. ![Dashboard with a table widget. The widget properties show in the panel on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_table_in_dashboard.png) 10. To customize the appearance of the widget, go to the Widget tab. The widget properties vary based on the table type. 11. To add a tooltip to a table column, go to the Column tab and select a column. ![Selecting a table column.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_widgets_table_add_flex.png) 1. Expand the Header section. Click **Custom** and type in a tooltip. ![Addting a custom tooltip.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_widgets_table_add_flex_2.png) 12. To show and set the query properties, click the Query tab. 13. Click the Preview button to see your changes in the dashboard. 14. Save the dashboard. While viewing a dashboard, a table's groupings appear in the left columns (1) and the measures appear in the right ones (2). Although the grouping columns are fixed, if needed, you can scroll across the measures. If your table isn't wide enough to display any measures, you won't see the scrollbar. ![The grouping columns are fixed on the left and the measure columns appear on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_compare_table_scroll_behavior.gif) - **[Subtotal Considerations for Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_table_subtotal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The ability to expand and collapse rows, often seen in table widget types such as compare and pivot, depends on the presence and proper display of subtotals. This means that the ability to expand and collapse rows within these tables is closely linked to how subtotals are configured and rendered. And, if subtotals are turned off in a table widget, hiding the first row or column can make the entire table disappear. - **[Data Visibility Considerations in Pivot and Compare Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_table_data_visibility.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enabling features such as totals, subtotals, row totals, or column totals in pivot or compare tables can alter data display. These added summary rows expand the result set, which can cause certain values to be excluded if the query limit is too low. - **[Pivot Table Functional Constraints and Technical Requirements](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_pivot_constraint.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** While pivot tables are essential for summarizing data, their performance and display are subject to specific technical constraints and configuration requirements. The information in the table defines the availability of certain calculation features and the behavior of interactive elements. Understanding these established boundaries makes sure that the resulting pivot tables remain accurate and functional. #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") - [Query Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_step_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Query properties define the query that returns results to display in the widget. These properties also specify how the widget behaves and interacts with other widgets in the CRM Analytics dashboard. The properties apply to dashboards created in the dashboard designer only.") - [Manage Queries for Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_steps_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Queries return results that are displayed in widgets. For example, a number widget displays the result of a calculation that is defined in a query. Queries can be built on a data source, like a dataset or a Salesforce object. They can also be “custom queries” created with user-defined values.") - [Project the Same Query Results Differently in Charts and Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_projection_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If charts and tables use the same query, each widget can show a different set of fields from the query results. You can also specify a different field order for each widget. For example, to change the measure that appears on each axis in a scatter plot, reorder the measures for that widget.") - [CRM Analytics Quick Sort: Limitations and Guidance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_quick_sort_ltd.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "CRM Analytics offers a powerful quick sort feature, enabling users to sort data directly within table and chart widgets by clicking column headers. However, some query configurations can interfere with this functionality. This document outlines known limitations and provides best practices for effective use of the quick sort feature.") - [Subtotal Considerations for Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_table_subtotal.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The ability to expand and collapse rows, often seen in table widget types such as compare and pivot, depends on the presence and proper display of subtotals. This means that the ability to expand and collapse rows within these tables is closely linked to how subtotals are configured and rendered. And, if subtotals are turned off in a table widget, hiding the first row or column can make the entire table disappear.") - [Data Visibility Considerations in Pivot and Compare Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_table_data_visibility.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Enabling features such as totals, subtotals, row totals, or column totals in pivot or compare tables can alter data display. These added summary rows expand the result set, which can cause certain values to be excluded if the query limit is too low.") # Add a Tableau Next Dashboard to a Lightning Page Integrate your Tableau Next dashboards into Lightning pages to surface key insights into user workflows. To embed a dashboard component in the page, follow these steps. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To access Tableau Next components in Lightning App Builder: Tableau Unmetered Admin or Tableau Next Admin permission set
1. On the Lightning home or record page you want to embed a dashboard in, click the Setup icon and select **Edit Page**. If you have multiple page layouts, open the Lightning App Builder in Setup to see the list of page layouts. Click **Edit** for the page layout you want to update. 2. From the Lightning App Builder component palette, select **Tableau Next Dashboard** and drag the component onto the page. ![Selecting the Tableau Next Dashboard component from the Lightning App Builder component palette.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_embed_dashboard_lab.png) 3. In the component properties panel, configure these properties 1. Use the dashboard dropdown list to select the dashboard to embed. 2. If you don't want the dashboard title and action buttons to show, click **Hide Dashboard Header**. 3. To apply filters to the dashboard, click **Add Filter**. Use the filter builder to select the data model, the field, the filter values, and the operator. You can also select **Record Value** or **Static Value** as the filter value type on a record page. For more information on filter values, see [Filter Values for Embedded Visualizations, Dashboards, and Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_embed_filter_values.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create filters for embedded Tableau Next visualizations, dashboards, and metrics with the filter builder to show relevant embedded content. You can use the builder to set dynamic or static values in the filter when the visualization, dashboard, or metric renders. On a record page, you can also base filter values on the page context, such as account ID, or specify static values so that the embedded content shows only relevant data."). 4. To control the component visibility, add filters in Set Component Visibility. For more information, see [Visibility Rules on Lightning Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_page_components_visibility.htm&language=en_US). After you embed your component, save and activate your Lightning page. For more information on page activation, see [Activate Lightning Experience Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_app_builder_customize_lex_pages_activate.htm&language=en_US). #### See Also - [Create and Configure Lightning Experience Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_app_builder_customize_lex_pages.htm&language=en_US) # Add a Tableau Next Metric to a Lightning Page Integrate your Tableau Next metrics into Lightning pages to bring specific insights directly to your users. To embed a metric component in the page, follow these steps. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To access Tableau Next components in Lightning App Builder: Tableau Unmetered Admin or Tableau Next Admin permission set
1. On the Lightning home or record page you want to embed a metric in, click the Setup icon and select **Edit Page**. If you have multiple page layouts, open the Lightning App Builder in Setup to see the list of page layouts. Click **Edit** for the page layout you want to update. 2. From the Lightning App Builder component palette, select **Tableau Next Metric** and drag the component onto the page. ![The Tableau Next Metric component in the Lightning App Builder component palette.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_embed_metric_lab.png) 3. In the component properties panel, configure these properties 1. Choose the semantic data model to embed a metric from. 2. Use the metric defintion dropdown list to select the metric to embed. 3. Select the attributes you want to display for the metric, including period-over-period change, insight summary, and charts. 4. To apply filters to the metric, click **Add Filter**. Use the filter builder to select the metric dimension, the filter values, and the operator. You can also select **Record Value** or **Static Value** as the filter value type on a record page. For more information on filter values, see [Filter Values for Embedded Visualizations, Dashboards, and Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_embed_filter_values.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create filters for embedded Tableau Next visualizations, dashboards, and metrics with the filter builder to show relevant embedded content. You can use the builder to set dynamic or static values in the filter when the visualization, dashboard, or metric renders. On a record page, you can also base filter values on the page context, such as account ID, or specify static values so that the embedded content shows only relevant data."). 5. To control the component visibility, add filters in Set Component Visibility. For more information, see [Visibility Rules on Lightning Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_page_components_visibility.htm&language=en_US). After you embed your component, save and activate your Lightning page. For more information on page activation, see [Activate Lightning Experience Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_app_builder_customize_lex_pages_activate.htm&language=en_US). #### See Also - [Create and Configure Lightning Experience Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_app_builder_customize_lex_pages.htm&language=en_US) # Add a Tableau Next Visualization to a Lightning Page Integrate Tableau Next visualizations into Lightning pages so users can explore visualizations and identify data trends in their workflows. To embed a visualization component in the page, follow these steps. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To access Tableau Next components in Lightning App Builder: Tableau Unmetered Admin or Tableau Next Admin permission set
1. On the Lightning home or record page you want to embed a visualization in, click the Setup icon and select **Edit Page**. If you have multiple page layouts, open the Lightning App Builder in Setup to see the list of page layouts. Click **Edit** for the page layout you want to update. 2. From the Lightning App Builder component palette, select **Tableau Next Visualization** and drag the component onto the page. ![Selecting the Tableau Next Visualization component from the Lightning App Builder component palette.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_embed_viz.png) 3. In the component properties panel, configure these properties 1. From the visualization dropdown list, choose the visualization to embed. 2. Set the visualization’s height in pixels. 3. To apply filters to the visualization, click **Add Filter**. Use the filter builder to select the data model, the field, the filter values, and the operator. You can also select **Record Value** or **Static Value** as the filter value type on a record page. For more information on filter values, see [Filter Values for Embedded Visualizations, Dashboards, and Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_embed_filter_values.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create filters for embedded Tableau Next visualizations, dashboards, and metrics with the filter builder to show relevant embedded content. You can use the builder to set dynamic or static values in the filter when the visualization, dashboard, or metric renders. On a record page, you can also base filter values on the page context, such as account ID, or specify static values so that the embedded content shows only relevant data."). 4. To control the component visibility, add filters in Set Component Visibility. For more information, see [Visibility Rules on Lightning Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_page_components_visibility.htm&language=en_US). After you embed your component, save and activate your Lightning page. For more information on page activation, see [Activate Lightning Experience Record Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_app_builder_customize_lex_pages_activate.htm&language=en_US). # Add a Toggle Widget to Filter Dashboard Results Based on a Dimension A toggle widget allows dashboard viewers to filter the CRM Analytics dashboard results based on a date or dimension. For example, a toggle widget can show results based on a specific record type. The toggle widget requires a query that has a single grouping based on a dimension. The values of the grouping appear as the toggle options. ![The values of the group-by dimension show up as the options in the list widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_toggle_step_relationship.png) You can also create a custom query to specify a user-defined list of values for the toggle widget. 1. Drag the toggle widget to the dashboard canvas. 2. To open the wizard, click the button inside the widget. The Select a Field screen appears, showing a list of all dimension fields in the specified dataset. ![The screen shows all dimension fields in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_selection_filter_select_a_field_dim.png) 3. To use a different dataset, click **Change Dataset**. 4. Select the dimension field to show each of its values as a toggle option. Field can be selected from the list or by typing in its API name. 5. Click **Create**. Behind the scenes, CRM Analytics creates a query grouped by the field that you selected. CRM Analytics adds the query to the query panel, making it available for use by other widgets in the dashboard. CRM Analytics doesn’t apply any selections to the widget. ![The toggle widget doesn't apply any selections, by default.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_toggle_in_dashboard.png) 6. If needed, increase the size of the widget to show the display names of all toggle options. ![The resized widget shows all toggle options, including the measure.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_toggle_in_dashboard_resized.png) 7. To change the widget and query properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. 8. To customize the appearance of the widget, set the widget properties. For example, you can set the styling properties for all toggle options in the “General” section, except the selected option, which you set under the “Selected Tab Style” section. You might choose different styling for the selected toggle option to indicate which option is selected while viewing the dashboard. ![The styling properties, like Text Color and Display Value and Format, appear under the General section of the widget properties.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_toggle_widget_properties_styling.png) 9. To add an interaction, select **Create Interaction | +Add Action**. ![Creating an interaction for a list widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_widgets_filter_toggle_add_flex_2.png) 1. Use the menu to set up an action. ![Selecting action settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_widgets_filter_toggle_add_flex_3.png) 10. To show and set the query properties, click **Query** in the right panel. For example, to enable this widget to filter other faceted widgets, select **Broadcast selections as facets**. While viewing the dashboard, a user can select a toggle option in this widget to filter other faceted widgets. To allow the viewer to make single or multiple selections, configure this widget’s query properties. You can specify whether selections are optional or required. You can also set an initial selection that applies when the dashboard opens. While viewing the dashboard, viewers can undo the selection or change the selection to filter the results differently. For information about setting an initial selection, see [Set Initial Selections in the Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_initial_filters_pick.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If the CRM Analytics dashboard contains selection-based widgets (chart, date, list, range, or toggle), you can set initial selections that are applied when the dashboard first opens. For example, you can select a bar in a bar chart and set that as the initial selection. If the underlying query for the bar chart is faceted, other widgets with faceted queries are filtered based on this initial selection. While viewing the dashboard, a user can change the selection in the chart to filter the results differently or remove the selection and filters altogether."). 11. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. 12. Save the dashboard. #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") - [Query Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_step_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Query properties define the query that returns results to display in the widget. These properties also specify how the widget behaves and interacts with other widgets in the CRM Analytics dashboard. The properties apply to dashboards created in the dashboard designer only.") - [Manage Queries for Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_steps_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Queries return results that are displayed in widgets. For example, a number widget displays the result of a calculation that is defined in a query. Queries can be built on a data source, like a dataset or a Salesforce object. They can also be “custom queries” created with user-defined values.") # Add Actions to Visualizations Make your Tableau Next visualizations more powerful by adding actions so users can act directly from the data, boosting their productivity. Use actions to add dynamic navigation or create and update records based on their selections. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next visualizations: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
Add URL navigation and Salesforce actions to data fields in your visualzations. 1. In your visualization, click **Toggle Action Panel** in the top menu. 2. In the action panel, click **Add Action**. 3. Select the action type and configure the action. Action types include [Navigate To](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_viz_navigate_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed navigation actions into your Tableau Next visualization. The navigate action allows users to navigate to external sites with clickable links directly in a visualization data field.") and [Salesforce Actions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_viz_salesforce_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add a Salesforce action to your Tableau Next visualization. Users can invoke these actions to create, update, and interact with Salesforce records. For example, add actions so users can create cases, update accounts, or post to Chatter."). 4. Click **Done**. 5. Add more actions or remove actions as needed. 6. Save your changes. When adding actions to your visualizations, remember that not all users have the same access level. Make sure users have permissions to view URL destinations and to execute Salesforce actions. If a visualization is embedded in a Salesforce page, not all actions are available on all pages. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Users see only the Salesforce actions that you add to the visualization and that are available on the source object's Salesforce page layout. - **[Add a Navigation Action to a Visualization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_viz_navigate_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Embed navigation actions into your Tableau Next visualization. The navigate action allows users to navigate to external sites with clickable links directly in a visualization data field. - **[Add a Salesforce Action to a Visualization](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_viz_salesforce_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add a Salesforce action to your Tableau Next visualization. Users can invoke these actions to create, update, and interact with Salesforce records. For example, add actions so users can create cases, update accounts, or post to Chatter. #### See Also - [Take Action on a Record](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_viz_take_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When actions are enabled for a visualization, you can click on a record field to view the available actions.") # Add an AI Sentiment Formula to a Data 360 Report (Beta) Add the `AI_SENTIMENT` function in a Data 360 report to analyze unstructured text fields, such as support tickets, customer reviews, or survey responses, and return a sentiment classification for each record. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note AI Sentiment Function in Data 360 Reports is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer’s sole discretion. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select **Reports and Dashboards Settings**. 2. Select **Enable AI Sentiment Function in Data Cloud reports (Beta)**. 3. Create or open a Data 360 report. 4. From the Columns section of the Outline pane, click the dropdown, and select **Add Row-Level Formula**. You can also add an AI sentiment function to a summary formula. 5. Enter a column name and description for the row-level formula. 6. Set the formula output type to **Text**. 7. From the Fields tab, select the **AI\_SENTIMENT** function and then add it to the formula editor. The AI\_SENTIMENT function performs sentiment analysis on text input, and returns a sentiment label. For more details, see [AI\_SENTIMENT](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/data/data-cloud-query-guide/references/dc-sql-reference/ai-sentiment.html) 8. Enter this formula, replacing text\_field with the name of the text field you want to analyze. ``` AI_SENTIMENT(text_field) ``` `text_field` is a text field or expression containing the unstructured text to analyze. 9. To check the formula for errors, click **Validate**. 10. Save and run the report. The sentiment column displays Positive, Negative, Neutral, Mixed, or Unknown for each row. ![Example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_example.png) Example To triage support tickets by sentiment, add this formula as a calculated column on a report that includes a text field with ticket descriptions: ``` AI_SENTIMENT(Support_Ticket_Text__c) ``` The report shows a sentiment value for each ticket so you can filter or group records by sentiment. # Add an Existing Data Asset to a Tableau Next Workspace You can add existing assets such as data connections, data model objects, dashboards, and semantic models, to new or existing Tableau Next workspace. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To upload data into Tableau Next: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. In a Tableau Next workspace tab, click **Add** and select **Data**. 2. In the Add Data dialog, under Add Existing, select **Data Object** or **Data Connection**. 3. From existing assets select the one you want to add to the workspace. 4. To narrow your search, filter the assets by workspace or type or enter a name in the Search box. 5. Click **Add**. The selected data asset appears on the Workspaces page. A small icon is shown next to the asset in the workspace that signals that the asset is a referenced asset and it lives outside of the workspace shown. # Add an Image Widget to Display Graphics in the Dashboard You can include company logos to brand the CRM Analytics dashboard, icons to categorize results, or graphics to animate the dashboard. ### Required Editions
User Permissions Needed
To add images to CRM Analytics dashboards: Create CRM Analytics Applications
  Create and Edit CRM Analytics Dashboards
To upload image files to CRM Analytics, Chatter must be enabled in the org. You can also add images as backgrounds for container widgets and layouts. CRM Analytics in a web browser supports .svg, .png. jpeg, .jpg, .gif, .bmp. The CRM Analytics mobile app supports all these file types, except .svg. ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip To overlay one image on top of another, place an image widget inside a container widget. To display a background image for the entire dashboard, add a background image in the layout properties. Click ![Show Layout Properties button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_button_gear_showLayoutProperties.png) in the upper left corner to show the layout properties. 1. Drag the image widget to the dashboard canvas. 2. Click **Image** inside the image widget. ![You can select an image from the Gallery tab or upload a new one in the Upload tab.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_image_select.png) 3. To upload a new image, click **Browse Files**. Or, select an uploaded image from the Gallery tab. CRM Analytics uploads images to the gallery for the app displayed at the top-left corner of the screen. Each image file must be no more than 2 GB. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note When moving a dashboard with images to another app with different users and permissions, the images must be uploaded to the new app. 4. To change the widget properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. ![Dashboard with an image widget. The widget properties show in the panel on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_image_in_dashboard.png) 5. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. 6. Save the dashboard. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If the Image widget doesn’t render images, verify that third-party cookies in your browser are enabled. #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") # Add an Organizational Hierarchy to a Semantic Model (Beta) Add an organizational hierarchy to your semantic model to answer hierarchy-related analytics questions across your company's reporting structure such as "What's my team's revenue?" or "How is my region performing?", without requiring separate metric definitions for each level. Before you can use organizational hierarchies in Tableau Semantics, complete these steps: - **Configure hierarchies in Salesforce**: Set up at least one organizational hierarchy (Role or Manager) in your Salesforce org User settings. - Role Hierarchy: See [Create a User Role](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.admin_roles.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Manager Hierarchy: See [Assign Managers for Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.tpm_admin_task_manager_for_payments.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - Set up a Salesforce CRM connector: Before ingesting data, configure a Salesforce CRM connector to connect your Salesforce org to Data 360. For more information, see [Data Governance and Sharing in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_governance.htm&type=5&language=en_US) and [Salesforce CRM Connector.](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_salesforce_crm_connector.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - Ingest hierarchies into Data 360: Configure Data 360 to ingest the organizational hierarchies from your Salesforce org. This populates hierarchy logic in the User and UserRole DMOs. For more information, see [Ingest Hierarchical Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=data.c360_a_ingest_hierarchy_data.htm&type=5). - Confirm the organizational hierarchy option is available: In your semantic model, click **New** and verify that **Organizational Hierarchy** is listed. You can then add it as a logical view object in the semantic model. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Organizational Hierarchies in Tableau Semantics is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. 1. In Tableau Semantics, open the semantic model you want to edit. 2. On the Model canvas, click **New** and select **Organizational Hierarchy**. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Organizational Hierarchy appears as an option only after you've ingested at least one hierarchy into Data 360. If you don't see it, complete the prerequisites first. 3. Choose either **Role** or **Manager** hierarchy from the available options. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note : Only hierarchies configured in your Salesforce org appear in the list. You can add one hierarchy type per semantic model. 4. Review the available fields from the selected hierarchy and select the fields you want to include. ![Select Organizational Hierarchy](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/sl_org_hierarchy_select.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Grayed-out fields are required and cannot be deselected. 5. Click **Next** to add the hierarchy to your model. 6. Enter a name, API name, and an optional description for the new hierarchy. 7. Choose **Save**. ![Newly Created Organizational Hierarchy](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/sl_org_hierarchy_view.png) The organizational hierarchy appears as a new object (logical view) on the model canvas. You can manually create relationships to connect it with other data objects as needed. 8. In the left field panel, expand the **Organizational Hierarchy** object to view the list of fields. ![Organizational Hierarchy Logical View with Object](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/sl_org_hierarchy_view_objects.png) 9. Locate your hierarchy (for example, "Manager") and expand it to view its fields. 10. To add or remove fields, hover over the hierarchy type and click **More options** (). 11. Save the semantic model. After you add an organizational hierarchy, to preview your hierarchy data, click **Test Model**. Verify that level columns and user hierarchy fields are populated correctly. # Add and Configure a Metric Widget Integrate real-time metrics into your Tableau Next dashboard for enhanced, data-backed decision making. Displaying KPIs visually enables users to quickly assess trends and track progress. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. Click **Metric** ![Metric widget](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_metric_2.png) and select an area of the dashboard. 2. Click **Add Metric**. 3. Choose a data source. 1. Available metrics are listed for the data source, along with its attributes. 2. Use the upper search bar to locate a specific data source. Use the lower search bar to locate an attribute. ![List widget](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_metric.png) 4. Click **Select**. 5. Choose a metric and click **Select**. 6. Tableau Next adds your selections to the dashboard. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Reuse Widgets Across Dashboards and Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_reuse.htm&language=en_US) # Add and Configure a Visualization Widget Add visualizations to Tableau Next dashboards to enhance communication and collaboration by presenting data in a clear and intuitive way. Use visualizations to help you effectively act on key issues, such as drivers for sales growth. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Data access for dashboards in Tableau Next is subject to data governance policies that define data ownership, security, and access control. These policies ensure that data is accurate, consistent, and secure, and that users can only view and interact with the data they are authorized to see. For specific details on your access, consult with your Salesforce administrator. 1. Add a Visualization Widget to a Dashboard 1. Click the Visualization ![Visualization widget](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_viz.png) icon and select an area of the dashboard. 2. Click **Add Visualization**. 3. In the Select a Visualization window, choose an available visualization from the workspace. ![Visualization properties](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_viz_2.png) - Data Source is the semantic model used in the visualization. - Fields lists the attributes. - Use the search bar to locate a specific visualization. 4. Click **Select** to add the visualization to the dashboard. 2. Add a Visualization from the Visualization Builder Refer to [Build Insightful Visualizations in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_viz.htm&type=5&language=en_US) for creating and editing visualizations. 1. Create or open a visualization and save your changes. Click **Add to Dashboard** ![Add to Dashboard button in a Tableau Next Visualization.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_viz_4.png) 2. Select a dashboard or use the menu and search to locate one. Click **Select**. ![Add to Dashboard button in a Tableau Next Visualization.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_viz_5.png) 3. To add to a new dashboard, click **Create New Dashboard**. 3. Create a Visualization on the Dashboard Refer to [Build Insightful Visualizations in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_viz.htm&type=5&language=en_US) to set up a new visualization. 1. Click the Visualization icon in the toolbar and select an area of the dashboard. 2. Click **Add Visualization**. 3. Click **Create New Visualization**. 4. Edit a Visualization on the Dashboard 1. Click the Visualization launch button to open the visualization. 2. Click the Model launch button to open the visualization semantic model. 3. Click **Replace** to switch to another visualization. ![Selecting the launch button to edit visualization settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_viz_3.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Reuse Widgets Across Dashboards and Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_reuse.htm&language=en_US) # Add and Delete Data Objects Add Data Model Objects (DMOs), Data Lake Objects (DLOs), and Calculated Insight Objects (CIOs) from your org to a local model. 1. Right-click `dataObjects.json` in your model folder and choose **Add Data Objects**. 2. Browse the available DMOs, DLOs, and CIOs from your org. 3. Select objects to add. 4. Choose which dimensions and measurements to include for each object. The extension appends the selected objects to your local model. ## Remove Data Objects from a Model Remove a data object from a local model and clean up any joins that reference it. 1. Open `dataObjects.json`. 2. Delete the object definition from the `items` array. 3. Save the file. 4. Update `relationships.json` to remove any joins referencing the deleted object. # Add and Deploy Verified Queries with a Tableau Next Data Kit Add verified queries to a Tableau Next data kit, deploy the kit with the semantic model, and confirm each question's status in the target org. ### Required Editions
Available in: Tableau Next
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions
User Permissions Needed
To verify queries and confirm their status in Q&A Calibration: Tableau Admin OR Data Analyst
To create and deploy the data kit: Salesforce Admin OR Tableau Admin
Confirm these items before you add or deploy verified questions. - Each question shows Verified in **Q&A Calibration** in the source. Draft queries and the queries in Needs Validation stay in the source. - The target org, such as a sandbox, has a Tableau Next license. - The semantic model for each verified query already exists in the target org, or that model is in the same data kit. - The verified questions are in the default dataspace. A data kit includes each verified query with the semantic model that the question belongs to. After the data kit deploys, the Tableau Agent in the target org uses that query while the status is Verified. 1. Open the data kit. From **Data Kit Contents**, click **Add Verified Questions**. Verified questions appear as their own component category, along with data models and data streams. 2. Search for the questions and select one or more. Each row shows the question text and its semantic model. 3. Keep the related semantic model in the data kit. Tableau Next selects the semantic model for each query and adds the model to the data kit. Deployment fails when that model is absent from the target org. 4. Save the data kit. 5. Deploy the data kit to a sandbox or to production. See [Deploy Tableau Next Assets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_deploy_sandbox.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Deploy Tableau Next workspaces, visualizations, and dashboards from your sandbox org to other sandbox orgs and your production Data 360 home and companion orgs using change sets. You can also deploy Tableau Next and Data 360 assets from sandbox to production home orgs using data kits. Using sandboxes allows you to develop, test, and train without compromising the data and apps in your production org. Using change sets and data kits for deployments moves the customizations you created and tested in your sandbox directly to your production org.") to complete the packaging and deployment. 6. Open **Q&A Calibration**, select the deployed semantic model, and confirm the status of each query. When the Tableau Agent version and the semantic model match the source, the query stays Verified. When the Tableau Agent version differs, Tableau Next sets the status to Needs Validation. Deployment of a verified query fails in these cases. - The target org doesn’t have a Tableau Next license. - The same verified query already exists in the target org. The data kit leaves that query unchanged. Remove or rename the query in the target org, and deploy the data kit again. - The semantic model is absent from the data kit and from the target org. When you remove the semantic model from the data kit and that model is in the target org, the queries deploy and the status is Needs Validation. When you keep the semantic model in the data kit, Tableau Next compares the Tableau Agent version in the target org with the version in the source org. The comparison sets the status of each query. After a successful deployment, each query has a status in **Q&A Calibration** for that semantic model. Tableau Agent uses the query for grounding while the status is Verified. Tableau Agent skips the query while the status is Needs Validation. Tableau Next sets the status from the Tableau Agent version in the target org. | Scenario | Resulting Status | What It Means | | --- | --- | --- | | The Tableau Agent version in the target org matches the Tableau Agent version in the source org. | Verified | Tableau Agent uses the query for grounding. | | The Tableau Agent version in the target org differs from the Tableau Agent version in the source org. | Needs Validation | Tableau Agent skips the question until you verify the query again. | | The target org has more than one Tableau Agent version active. | Needs Validation | Tableau Agent skips the query, the same as when the Tableau Agent version differs. | ![Example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_example.png) Example A sales semantic model has this verified question: "What was the pipeline by region last quarter?" The question runs the model's pipeline query. After the data kit deploys, the Tableau Agent in the target org uses that question and that same pipeline query while the status is Verified. If the status is Needs Validation, verify the question in **Q&A Calibration**. Tableau Agent uses the queries for grounding after you verify the question. #### See Also - [Deploy Tableau Next Assets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_deploy_sandbox.htm&language=en_US) - [https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua\_deploy\_assets\_datakit.htm](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_deploy_assets_datakit.htm&language=en_US) - Deploy Tableau Next Assets in a Data Kit - [https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua\_data\_sdm\_qa\_calibration.htm](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_qa_calibration.htm&language=en_US) - Use Q&A Calibration to Improve Accuracy in Tableau Agent - [Data Kits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_data_package_kits.htm&language=en_US) # Add and Edit Dashboard Components in Accessibility Mode Use the information in this topic if you are adding dashboard components in accessibility mode. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic
Available in: Group (View Only), Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To create dashboards: Run Reports AND Create and Customize Dashboards
To edit and delete dashboards that you created: Run Reports AND Create and Customize Dashboards
To edit and delete dashboards that you created in public folders: Edit My Dashboards
To edit and delete dashboards that you didn’t create in public folders: Manage Dashboards in Public Folders
To create, edit, and delete dynamic dashboards: Manage Dynamic Dashboards
![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_important.png) Important This topic applies only if you're _not_ using the dashboard builder. Dashboard builder is a drag-and-drop interface for creating and modifying dashboards. A dashboard shows data from source reports as visual components, which can be charts, gauges, tables, metrics, or Visualforce pages. The components provide a snapshot of key metrics and performance indicators for your organization. Each dashboard can have up to 20 components. 1. Edit a dashboard. 2. Click **Add Component** from the top of any column and define component properties. 3. Choose the Custom Report to use for your dashboard. If you chose the Visualforce Page, or Custom S-Control component, select a page or s-control and enter the display height. You can show a joined report that includes a chart on a dashboard. Edit the joined report dashboard component and select **Use chart as defined in the source report.** ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note - Custom forecast and lead reports that you created using a standard report may not be available in the Custom Report list. - To use a tabular report on a dashboard, first limit the row count by setting the Rows to Display option, the sort column, and the order on the Select Criteria page of the report. You can't use gauge or metric widgets on dashboards using tabular reports. 4. Enter the appropriate settings for the component type you selected:Choose settings on the Formatting tab for the component type you selected: - [Formatting Settings for Dashboard Bar Chart Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboards_component_bar_chart_format_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Horizontal bar and vertical column charts are useful for comparing the values of one or more report groupings. Set the scale and sorting to help you make sense of the data you are displaying.") - [Formatting Settings for Dashboard Scatter Chart Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboards_component_scatter_chart_format_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Scatter charts are useful to show one or two groups of report data plus summaries. These settings for the scatter chart are available in the dashboard component editor under Formatting.") - [Formatting Settings for Dashboard Gauge Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboards_component_gauge_format_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set the breakpoints and colors on your gauge component to help users interpret the current value of the field you are tracking.") - [Formatting Settings for Dashboard Metric Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboards_component_metric_format_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A metric component displays one value at a point in time. Use color to help users make sense of the data in the metric component.") - [Formatting Settings for Dashboard Table Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboards_component_table_format_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A table component shows columns of data from a custom report in a dashboard. You can use color and scale to help users interpret the report data the table displays.") 5. Click **Save**. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note Metric components placed directly above and below each other in a dashboard column are displayed together as a single component. #### See Also - [Chart Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.chart_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You can show data in reports and dashboards in the form of bars, columns, lines, shapes, or other elements. Which is right depends on what the data is about and what you want to show with it.") - [Modify a Dashboard Component in Salesforce Classic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboard_builder_component_editor.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A dashboard component is a visual representation of the data in a report. You can change where the component’s data comes from, what the data looks like in the component, and what kind of component it is.") # Add and Remove Local Salesforce Objects and Fields from Data Sync Update data sync to keep up with your changing business by adding local Salesforce objects, removing objects, and managing which fields are synced. Synced data is stored in CRM Analytics as objects that you can use in recipes. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note For help with managing data sync for remote objects, see [Add and Remove Remote Objects and Fields from Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_replicate_connection.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Update data sync for connected external data sources to keep up with your changing business by adding objects, removing objects, and managing which fields are synced. Synced data is stored in CRM Analytics as objects that can be used in recipes."). 1. From Data Manager, click the **Connections** tab. All objects configured to sync are listed under their connection name. The default local connection is SFDC\_LOCAL. 2. To add an object and its fields: 1. Next to a local connection, click ![Actions button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/actions_button.png) and select **Edit Objects**. 2. Find the object to add by scrolling or use the search bar, and select it. 3. Select the fields that you want to sync. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note When importing amount fields containing currencies, if the source currency is different, the imported values are converted to the destination org's default currency (Integration User currency). If the source amount is in the destination org's default currency, no conversion is made. 4. Optionally, edit the field’s attributes or filter the data synced to CRM Analytics from Data Sync Filter. 5. Click **Save**. 3. To add or remove a field from data sync for an object already configured for sync: 1. From the Connections tab, select the connection associated with the object. Use the search bar to find the connection and object if you have many connections. The connection's associated objects are listed. 2. Click the name of the object to see its columns. Fields already included for sync are selected. 3. To add a field, select the checkbox next to the field. To remove a field, deselect the checkbox next to the field. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you delete any sync-enabled field or make any sync-enabled field inaccessible to the Analytics Integration User profile, an object's data sync fails. [Undelete the field](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=fields_managing_deleted_fields.htm&type=5&language=en_US), restore access for the Analytics Integration User profile, or deselect the field from data sync to ensure that sync runs successfully. 4. Click **Save**. 4. To remove, or disconnect, an object from data sync: 1. From the Connections tab, select the connection associated with the object. Use the search bar to find the connection and object if you have many connections. The connection's associated objects are listed. 2. Click the menu ![Actions button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/actions_button.png) to the right of the object that you want to remove. 3. Click **Disconnect Object**. 4. Click **Disconnect**. If the locally synced object is used in one or more recipes, the disconnect fails. If possible, remove the object from any recipes and try again. For a complex recipe, you can download the recipe JSON, delete it, and then create a new recipe and upload the recipe JSON. Now, the disconnected object shows up as an error, but you can switch the input to direct data or a different synced object. Keep in mind that using direct data impacts recipe limits and performance. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The most recently saved local Salesforce object field attributes are applied to the database. Field attributes can be modified in Data Manager or using a dataflow’s SFDCdigest node. If you use dataflows, check both places before saving to avoid overwriting the field metadata. # Add and Remove Remote Objects and Fields from Data Sync Update data sync for connected external data sources to keep up with your changing business by adding objects, removing objects, and managing which fields are synced. Synced data is stored in CRM Analytics as objects that can be used in recipes. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To create a connection: Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note For help with managing data sync for local Salesforce objects, see [Add and Remove Local Salesforce Objects and Fields from Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_salesforce_local_add_remove_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Update data sync to keep up with your changing business by adding local Salesforce objects, removing objects, and managing which fields are synced. Synced data is stored in CRM Analytics as objects that you can use in recipes."). 1. From Data Manager, click the **Connections** tab. All objects configured to sync are listed under their connection name. 2. To add an object and its fields: 1. Click the dropdown ![Actions button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/actions_button.png) next to the connection. An object’s associated connection determines its sync schedule. 2. Select **Edit Objects**. 3. Find the object to add by scrolling or use the search bar. Select the checkbox next to the object. 4. Select the checkbox next to the fields that you want to sync. 5. Optionally, edit the field's attributes with ![Click the field attributes button to see attributes in a replication](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_replication_field_attributes_button.png). To use the field as a primary key for the object, enable the **Is Unique ID** attribute. Using defined primary keys allows updates to massive datasets in minutes by only processing changed records. 6. If you’re using a connector that supports filtering the data synced to CRM Analytics, use the Data Sync Filter. 7. Click **Save**. 3. To add or remove a field from data sync for an object already configured for sync: 1. From the Connections tab, select the connection associated with the object. Use the search bar to find the connection and object if you have more than one connection. The connection's associated objects are listed. 2. Click the name of the object to see its columns. Fields already included for sync are selected. 3. To add a field, select the checkbox next to the field. To remove a field, deselect the checkbox next to the field. 4. Click **Save**. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important Only field names with combinations of alphanumeric, dot, underscore, or dash characters are supported. If a connector includes field names that contain other characters,such as spaces or brackets, the sync fails. 4. To remove, or disconnect, an object from data sync: 1. From the Connections tab, select the connection associated with the object. Use the search bar to find the connection and object if you have more than one connection. The connection's associated objects are listed. 2. Click the menu ![Actions button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/actions_button.png) to the right of the object that you want to remove. 3. Click **Disconnect Object**. 4. Click **Disconnect**. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Remove the object from all recipes before you disconnect. Data sync stops pulling data from the data source to CRM Analytics when you disconnect an object. This impacts recipes and other assets that use this synced data. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note - Only field label changes appear in the preview data. - The default value and precision must be consistent between combined data sources. Review other data sources’ configuration when changing the value and precision. - For existing non-S3 connected objects, you can change measure and date field types to text. If you change a field to text and want to change it back, return to the field selection screen. Deselect the field, and select the field again. The field’s original type is restored when you continue to the preview screen. - For new S3 connected objects, you can change any field type to any other field type. For existing connected S3 objects, you can change field types if you remove the object and fields then recreate them, or transform them after extraction. - If the connection with your remote system times out, no rows load in the data preview. You can continue to edit field attributes and save, or cancel and try again to see if we're able to pull the data. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important Connected objects are synced the next time the sync runs for the connection. To make the data immediately available in a recipe, sync manually. #### See Also - [Configure Incremental Sync for Salesforce Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_extract_data_incrementally_in_replication.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Before you run or schedule data sync, specify whether the sync extracts incremental changes or all records from each Salesforce object. By default, CRM Analytics performs an incremental sync. An incremental sync runs faster because it extracts only the latest changes to the Salesforce object.") - [Schedule, Run, and Monitor Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_schedule_run_monitor_replication.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In CRM Analytics, you can schedule sync to run automatically, manually run a sync, and monitor a sync's progress, all in the data manager.") # Add Business Preferences To add Business Preferences to your semantic model: ### Required Editions
Available in: All editions supported by Data 360. See Data 360 edition availability.
User Permissions Needed
To add a business preference:

Permission set:

  • Data Cloud Architect

AND

Semantic Models object

1. In Data Cloud, on the Semantic Layer tab, select the semantic model to which you want to apply the Business Preferences. 2. To add Business Preferences, click ![The Add Business Preferences button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_Biz_Preferences_btn.png). 3. Enter your Business Preferences as free text. Start each preference on a new line, beginning with #. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Your text should stay within the character limit of 9000 characters, with a maximum of 20 preferences. Exceeding this limit produces an error. ![A screen displaying the Add Business Preferences](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_Biz_Preferences_add.png) 4. Click **Save**. 5. To add more Business Preferences or edit existing ones, repeat the process. # Add Chart Widgets to Visualize Data Charts in a CRM Analytics dashboard allow you to visually summarize and trend your data. For example, a donut chart can show the distribution of opportunities across industry type. CRM Analytics supports multiple chart types. Each type has unique widget properties and query requirements. For details about each chart type, see [Visualizing Data With Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/apex/HTViewHelpDoc?id=bi_visualize.htm&language=en_US). When previewing a dashboard, some charts show values in segments. Values appear as shortened numbers, rounded to the nearest whole number. For example, 1,111,556 appears as 1 M, 999.95 appears as 1 K, and 111,045 appears as 111 K. You can hover over a segment to view the actual value. ![The orgami chart shows total opportunity amount by stage.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_chart_shortened_number.png) Check out the unit symbols for shortened numbers. | Symbol | Unit | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | K | Thousand (10^3) | 4K = 4,000 | | M | Million (10^6) | 4M = 4,000,000 | | B | Billion (10^9) | 4B = 4,000,000,000 | | T | Trillion (10^12) | 4T = 4,000,000,000,000 | | P | Quadrillion (10^15) | 4P = 4,000,000,000,000,000 | | X | Quintillion (10^18) | 4X= 4,000,000,000,000,000,000 | | Z | Sextillion (10^21) | 4Z = 4,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 | | Y | Septillion (10^24) | 4Y = 4,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 | | m | Thousandth (10^-3) | 4m = 0.004 | | μ | Millionth (10^-6) | 4μ = 0.000004 | | n | Billionth (10^-9) | 4n = 0.000000004 | | p | Trillionth (10^-12) | 4p = 0.000000000004 | | f | Quadrillionth (10^-15) | 4f = 0.000000000000004 | | a | Quintillionth (10^-18) | 4a = 0.000000000000000004 | | z | Sextillionth (10^-21) | 4z = 0.000000000000000000004 | | y | Septillionth (10^-24) | 4y = 0.000000000000000000000004 | 1. Drag the chart widget to the dashboard canvas. 2. To open the wizard, click the button inside the widget. One of the following screens appears. - The Choose Data screen appears, showing the most recently used datasets first. Select the dataset in the Create Query tab or select an existing query in the Use Existing Query tab. ![The Select a Dataset screen shows a list of all fields in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_select_a_dataset.png) - The lens appears, showing a bar chart with the Count of Rows measure. CRM Analytics selects the dataset that you used to create the previous query. To use a different dataset or an existing query, click **Back**. ![The explorer shows the default chart, a bar chart that displays the count of rows.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_explorer_default_bar_chart.png) 3. In the lens, click **Untitled Query** and enter the query label. CRM Analytics creates the query ID from the label. After you create the query, you can’t change the query ID. CRM Analytics refers to queries by their ID so dashboards don’t break if you change the labels. 4. To add a measure, click **+** under the Bar Length field. The Count of Rows measure shows, by default. To change a measure, click the measure and then choose a new one. 5. To sort, reorder, or delete a measure, click the down arrow to the right of the measure and select the option. ![The measure options.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_step_measures.png) 6. To group the measures by a date or dimension, click **+** under Bars, and then select the field. You can add multiple groupings. To change a grouping, click the grouping and select a new field. To reorder or delete a grouping, click the down arrow to the right of the grouping and then select the option. 7. To add a filter, select **Filters**, click **+** under Filters, and then select the field to filter by. You can add multiple filters. ![When you add a filter, you must pick the field on which to filter the data.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_step_filters.png) 8. To change the chart type, click ![Chart Mode button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_chart_mode_button.png) and the select the new one. Although CRM Analytics saves the chart type with the query, you can override the chart type at the widget level by specifying a different chart in the widget properties. Setting the chart type at the widget level is useful when you use the same query for multiple widgets, but want to display the results differently in each widget. 9. Click **Done**. CRM Analytics adds the query to the query panel, making it available for use by other widgets in the dashboard. In addition, the widget shows the results in a bar chart. 10. To change the widget and query properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. ![Dashboard with a chart widget. The widget properties show in the panel on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_chart_in_dashboard.png) 11. To customize the appearance of the widget, set the widget properties. For example, add a title in the Title field. 12. To show and set the query properties, click **Query** in the right panel. For example, to enable this widget to filter other faceted widgets, select **Broadcast selections as facets**. While viewing the dashboard, a user can select a segment of a chart to filter the results of other faceted widgets. To allow the viewer to make single or multiple selections, configure this widget’s query properties. You can specify whether selections are optional or required. You can also set an initial selection that applies when the dashboard opens. While viewing the dashboard, viewers can undo the selection or change the selection to filter the results differently. For information about setting an initial selection, see [Set Initial Selections in the Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_initial_filters_pick.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If the CRM Analytics dashboard contains selection-based widgets (chart, date, list, range, or toggle), you can set initial selections that are applied when the dashboard first opens. For example, you can select a bar in a bar chart and set that as the initial selection. If the underlying query for the bar chart is faceted, other widgets with faceted queries are filtered based on this initial selection. While viewing the dashboard, a user can change the selection in the chart to filter the results differently or remove the selection and filters altogether."). 13. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click ![Preview button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_icon_preview_dashboard.png). 14. Save the dashboard. - **[Project the Same Query Results Differently in Charts and Tables](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_projection_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** If charts and tables use the same query, each widget can show a different set of fields from the query results. You can also specify a different field order for each widget. For example, to change the measure that appears on each axis in a scatter plot, reorder the measures for that widget. #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") - [Query Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_step_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Query properties define the query that returns results to display in the widget. These properties also specify how the widget behaves and interacts with other widgets in the CRM Analytics dashboard. The properties apply to dashboards created in the dashboard designer only.") - [Manage Queries for Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_steps_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Queries return results that are displayed in widgets. For example, a number widget displays the result of a calculation that is defined in a query. Queries can be built on a data source, like a dataset or a Salesforce object. They can also be “custom queries” created with user-defined values.") # Add Collections to Lightning Pages Insert and display collections to your Lightning pages using the CRM Analytics Collection component. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer Editions.
Also available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions.
User Permissions Needed
To add a collection to a Lightning page: Use CRM Analytics
1. In the Lightning App Builder, drag the CRM Analytics Collection component to the canvas. 2. Select an available collection from the Collection lookup in the configuration panel. 3. Use the carousel buttons to navigate through the collection. 4. **Save** the page when finished. ![Lightning App Builder with a collection and the collection selector](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_collections_embedded_lab_selection.png) #### See Also - [Create an App Home Page with the Lightning App Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.lightning_app_builder_create_app_page.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Add Custom Disclaimers to Exported Reports Control the legal and compliance language on your exported reports using custom disclaimers. Add a custom disclaimer after the standard Salesforce disclaimer to ensure compliance with corporate policies, regulatory requirements, and international standards. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To export reports: Export Reports
1. In Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Reports and select **Reports and Dashboards Settings**. 2. Select **Use Custom Disclaimer on Exported Reports**. 3. In the text field, add the custom disclaimer after the standard Salesforce disclaimer. The standard Salesforce disclaimer appears first and can’t be removed. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note The text field supports up to 765 bytes. Because characters use 1 to 4 bytes depending on the language and encoding, the number of characters you can enter varies. 4. Click **Save**. The custom disclaimer appears as a footer only in Formatted Report exports (.xlsx). # Add Custom Formulas to Columns Use the column editor to define custom formulas in compare tables or charts. View measures side by side, and perform math across the table’s columns and rows. Use string values to create labels, concatenate dimension values, provide simple buckets, or add image URLs. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To view visualizations: Use CRM Analytics
1. In the lens, click the Table Mode icon and select **Compare Table**. 2. On the Data tab, click ![analytics explorer add button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_add_button_icon.png) under Measures. 3. Add dimensions by clicking ![analytics explorer add button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_add_button_icon.png) in the Group by panel. Null values that occur in the data are displayed as minus signs (-). 4. Change the first measure by clicking the initial selection (Count of Rows). Add more measures by clicking ![analytics explorer add button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_add_button_icon.png) under Measures in the Data tab. ![explorer compare table with measures and dimension groupings](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_compare_table_example.png) 5. To enter a custom formula, click ![analytics explorer add button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_add_button_icon.png) under Measures and click **Add Formula**. ![Add Formula](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_add_formula.png) In the column editor, you can enter text string formulas, SAQL formulas, including math functions, or choose a windowing function to calculate the values in the column. You can also name the column and choose a number format. If a formula contains division by 0, the result is displayed as a minus sign (-). ![Compare Table edit column](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_edit_column_details.png) If you want to preserve an existing column, select **Clone Column** from the original column's action menu. You can edit the cloned column instead of the original. 6. In the Formula field, create formulas using these operators. | **Symbol** | **Examples** | **Calculation** | | --- | --- | --- | | + | A+B, A+100 | Addition, applied per row. | | \- | A-B, A-100 | Subtraction, applied per row. | | / | A/B, A/100 | Division, applied per row. | | \* | A\*B, A\*100 | Multiplication, applied per row. | | ( ) | (B-A)/(A\*100) | Parentheses for grouping operations. | Dimension columns are on the left and measure columns are on the right. The measure columns are identified in formulas as A, B, C, and so on, with A being the far-left measure column. You can also create string formulas. For example, this formula creates simple buckets. ![Column editor showing a formula that creates three simple buckets](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_compare_table_string_formula.png) You can’t use columns based on string formulas as dimensions for grouping in charts, but you can use them to apply conditional formatting in charts. 7. To use SAQL, enter it directly into the formula editor, and click **Apply** to see the result. See the [CRM Analytics SAQL Developer Guide](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/analytics/bi-dev-guide-saql/guide/bi-saql-intro.html) for more information on writing SAQL. Some SAQL functions can’t use letter references for columns, such as A, B, C. The `percentile_desc` and `percentile_cont` functions, for example, require raw field names as arguments. See [Use Raw Field Names in Query Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_explorer_formulas_raw_fields.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When writing compare-table formulas, you can reference measure and group (dimension) columns by name. Referencing measure and group columns by name lets you write more intuitive and easily understandable formulas. Even better, the formula editor includes nifty function and formula pickers that save you time as you enter your SAQL formulas.") for more information. ![Compare Table formula editor SAQL](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_compare_saql.png) 8. To use a function, choose the function editor and then choose a windowing function from the menu. After you configure the function, click **Apply** to see the result. ![Compare Table function editor](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_compare_formula_menu.png) Switch to the formula editor to see the SAQL generated by the chosen function. You can edit the SAQL in the formula editor after generating it with a function as if you’d written it. ![Compare Table function editor SAQL](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_compare_formula.png) Filters on formula columns aren’t supported. 9. To open a column's action menu, click the down arrow. ![Compare Table Menu](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_compare_table_menu.png) 10. To change a column's name or formula, click **Edit this Column**. Numeric formats use the period as a decimal separator and the comma as a grouping symbol. The currency formats are restricted to dollars and cents. # Add Custom Headers and Sorting in the Repeater Widget Add custom headers to the repeater widget and enable sorting to ‌organize data. ### Required Editions
User Permissions Needed
To customize dashboard widgets: Create and Edit Analytics Dashboards
1. Click **Add Header** to add a header above the repeater widget. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The header appears at the top of the widget and can't be repositioned. 2. Drag a text widget to the header row. Use widget properies to label and format the text widget. Resize the widget to the size you want. ![Adding a text widget to the header.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_repeater_widgets_header.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The header only supports text widgets. 3. Click **Done**. 4. Click the **Sorting** dropdown in widget properties and select the header columns to sort widget data. ![Selecting sort fields.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_repeater_widgets_header_2.png) 5. Save your dashboard. Click the dropdown in the repeater widget to sort the data. ![Sorting a repeater widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_dashboard_repeater_widgets_header_3.png) # Add Custom Lightning Web Components to Lightning Dashboards Use custom Lightning Web Components (LWCs) in Lightning dashboards to add meaningful visual context and support new use cases. Custom LWCs provide interactive, real-time data views that go beyond standard dashboard capabilities. For example, you can add an LWC to display a waterfall chart, which isn’t available in standard dashboard components. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To add custom Lightning Web Components in dashboards Run Reports AND Create and Customize Dashboards
1. Click **+Widget** to add a dashboard widget, or edit an existing one by clicking the pencil icon on the widget. 2. Click **Lightning Web Component**. 3. Select the Lightning web component to add to your dashboard. 4. Configure the parameters for the LWC. Optionally, you can set a widget theme for the LWC. 5. Click **Add** to add the LWC to the dashboard. The LWC data is shown based on the permissions of the logged-in user. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note You can add only one custom Lightning Web Component (LWC) to a dashboard. #### See Also - [Lightning Web Components in CRM Analytics Dashboards and Lightning Dashboards](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/analytics/bi-dev-guide-lwc-in-db/guide/bi-lwc-in-db-overview.html) # Add Descriptive Text Using the Text Widget Use text widgets to provide explanations and information to improve user understanding and engagement. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. To insert titles or brief explanations that provide meaning for the data, click the Text widget ![Text widget](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_text_2.png) and add it to the dashboard. 2. Use the available space in the General section to add your text. ![Adding text to the text widget](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_text.png) 3. To add semantic model data, click **Insert Data** and select **SDM Field**. 4. Select a semantic model then one of its fields. 5. Add static text to the **No Filter Text** field if an applied filter doesn't return any data. 6. Add static text to the **No Result Text** field if an interaction doesn't show results. 7. Click **Done**. 8. Type in text with the semantic model field for added context, and use the menu to format the text. ![A semantic model field with a bold format](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_text_3.png) - **[Add Live Metrics to Tableau Next Text Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_text_embed_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enhance your dashboards by embedding live metric attributes directly into text widgets. This capability provides a highly adaptable formatting space that merges live performance metrics with strategic observations. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Reuse Widgets Across Dashboards and Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_reuse.htm&language=en_US) # Add Dimensional Hierarchies to Data 360 Reports Explore data across different levels of granularity by using dimension hierarchy in your Data 360 reports. Drill down or roll up your data structure to uncover the exact insights you need. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Data 360 in Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions
User Permissions Needed
To create, edit, and delete reports in private folders: Create and Customize Reports
To create, edit, and delete reports in public and private folders: Report Builder (Lightning Experience)
1. Create a Data 360 report based on a [semantic model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_data_models_create_new.htm&language=en_US), and open the report in edit mode. 2. In the Fields panel, search for the dimension hierarchy field and drag it into the Group Rows section. 3. To drill down and display the next level in the hierarchy, click **+** next to the dimension hierarchy field, or select **Drill Down** from the column actions menu. For example, you can drill down from year to quarter, quarter to month, and month to day. ![Drill down option in CIO history reports](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_dc_dimensional_hierarchies_drill_down.png) 4. To roll up to the top level of the hierarchy, click **X** next to the to the dimension hierarchy field or select **Remove Group** from the column actions menu. ![Roll up option in CIO history reports](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_dc_dimensional_hierarchies_roll_up.png) # Add Efficiency to Your Dashboard with the Container Widget Make widget tasks easier by adding them to a container widget. You can also configure containers with single-click actions to add interactivity to your dashboard. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. Add a container widget ![Container widget](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_container.png) to the dashboard. 1. Open a dashboard and drag the container widget to the dashboard. 2. Use the widget anchors to resize the container to fit the expected widgets. ![Resizing container widget](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_container_2.png) 3. Drag dashboard widgets into the container and place them where you want them to appear. 2. Explore a container 1. To select a container and its contents, click once anywhere in the container. 2. To select a widget inside of a container, double-click the widget. You can then single-click to switch between widgets in the container. 3. Add actions to containers and buttons Adding single-click actions enhances user engagement and efficiency by making the dashboard more interactive and intuitive. You can add actions to quickly access detailed pages or initiate Salesforce Flows, making it easier for users to find and act on the data they need. See [Add Single-Click Actions to Your Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_add_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a data journey for your users by turning your static Tableau Next dashboard into an interactive experience with single-click actions that lead to detailed pages or initiate Salesforce Flows. For example, use actions to add dynamic navigation to guide sales managers from a summary dashboard to pipeline details, progressively revealing more detailed information."). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note A configured action assigned to a container starts when the container is clicked, including when you click any widget inside of the container. A configured action assigned to a button starts the actions for the button and container when the button is clicked. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Reuse Widgets Across Dashboards and Workspaces](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_reuse.htm&language=en_US) # Add Fields to an Extended Model In an extended model, you can add standard or custom fields that weren’t originally selected in the base model. You can edit these fields only in the extended model. They aren’t included in the base model. ### Required Editions
Available in: All editions supported by Data 360. See Data 360 edition availability.
1. Use the **Select Data Objects for Semantic Model**, or click **Manage Fields** from the left pane for a specific data object. 2. Select the fields that you want to add and confirm. 3. This field is added to the extended model only and can be deleted if needed. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Within the extended model, you can’t delete fields originally defined in the base model. Also, you can’t add a field to a calculated insight defined in the base model. # Add Filter Logic to a Report Filter logic governs how and when filters apply to your report. ### Required Editions
Available in: both Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To create, edit, and delete reports:

Create and Customize Reports

AND

Report Builder

To create custom list views: Read on the type of record included in the list
To create, edit, or delete public list views: Manage Public List Views
After adding a filter to your report, the filter is numbered. Your first filter becomes Filter 1 and your second filter becomes Filter 2. You apply filter logic based on these numbered filters. For example, let’s say you have a report of Accounts with fields like State, Annual Revenue, and Industry. Your report has these filters: - State includes California, Arizona, Nevada - Industry equals Banking - Annual Revenue greater than 1000000 These three filters cause your report to return accounts in California, Arizona, or Nevada in the Banking industry with annual revenue greater than $1,000,000. But what if you want accounts only in California, Arizona, or Nevada AND in the Banking industry, OR with annual revenue greater than $1,000,000.00? Add filter logic to your report. 1. From the Lightning Report Builder, click **![the filter icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_icon_filter.png) Filters** | **![the filter actions icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Add Filter Logic**. From the Salesforce Classic Report Builder, click **Add** | **Filter Logic**. 2. Enter each filter line number, separated by a filter logic operator. For example, `(1 AND 2) OR 3` finds records that match both Filter 1 and Filter 2, or Filter 3. Here’s a complete table of filter logic operators:
Operator Definition
AND

Finds records that match both values.

1 AND 2

OR

Finds records that match either value.

1 OR 2

For example, Filter 1 is Amount is greater than “$50,000”. Filter 2 is Type equals “New Business”. If you set the filter logic as 1 Or 2, the report returns records that are either high value or new opportunities.

NOT

Finds records that exclude values.

For example, Filter 1 is Industry equals “Biotechnology”. If you set the filter logic as Not 1, the report returns records that aren’t equal to Biotechnology.

3. Click **Save**. Now your report shows Banking industry accounts in California, Arizona, and Nevada with any amount of revenue, and any account with annual revenue above $1,000,000.00. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note - You can’t apply filter logic to standard report filters. - You can add up to 20 custom filters. - Filter logic isn't available for all filters. For example, you can’t use a filter for rollup summary fields. - On reports where object A may or may not have object B, you can't use the OR condition to filter across multiple objects. For example, if you select Account Name starts with M OR Contact First Name starts with M, an error message informs you that your filter criteria are incorrect. - If your field filters use these fields, you can’t include filter logic. - Topics - Description - Any Address Line 1, Address Line 2, or Address Line 3 fields - Forecast Category - Campaign: Member Type - User: Profile Name - Login Status - Custom long text area fields - Old Value or New Value fields - Composite fields, such as Full Name #### See Also - [Notes about Filtering on Types of Fields and Values](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.notes_on_entering_filter_criteria.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Keep these tips in mind when filtering on text fields, date fields, numeric values, picklist values, and blank or null values.") # Add Filters to a Calculated Field Filters let you choose which data can be in the formula expression. Filters help you increase the accuracy of your measures. ### Required Editions
Available in: All editions supported by Data 360. See Data 360 edition availability.
User Permissions Needed
To add a filter to a field:

Permission set:

  • Data Cloud Architect

AND

Semantic Models object

1. In Data Cloud, on the Semantic Layer tab, select a data model. 2. Open the **New Calculated Field** window or **Edit Calculated Field** window: 1. From the **New** dropdown, select **Calculated Field**. Or, 2. Select a calculated field in the left pane. 3. In the calculated field window, click **Filters**. The **Add Filter** window appears. ![The Add FIlter window](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_Calc_Field_Add_Filter.png) 4. Select a field. 5. Select an operator. For more information, see [Add Filters to a Calculated Field](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_calc_fields_add_filter.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Filters let you choose which data can be in the formula expression. Filters help you increase the accuracy of your measures."). 6. Enter a value. 7. To add more filters, click **Add Condition**. 1. If you have more than one filter, you can modify the logical expression that defines how the filter conditions are combined. 2. Click the pencil icon under Add Filter Logic and enter an expression. Use numbers, parentheses, AND, OR, and NOT 3. Click **Apply**. ![Defining how and when the filter conditions are applied in Add Filter Logic](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_Calc_Field_Add_Filter_Logic.png) 8. Click **Save** for the filter. 9. Click **Save** for the calculated field. Examples: - 1 AND NOT 2 - (1 OR 2) AND 3 - ((1 AND 2) OR (3 AND 4)) - (1 OR (NOT 2)) AND (3 OR 4) # Add Filters to a Tableau Next Visualization Use filters to focus on a subsection of your data. For example, zero in on sales orders greater than $10,000 in the Central region. You can apply filters to both measures and dimensions. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To apply filters to Tableau Next visualizations: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
To apply a filter to a visualization, open it in the workspace. 1. Drag a measure field to the **Filter** card. 2. In the Filter dialog box, select an aggregation function and click **Next**. 3. Select a value type tab, and specify the parameters. 4. Save the filter. 5. Drag a dimension field to the **Filter** card. ![Add a measure filter to a Tableau Next visualization](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_add_measurefilter.png) 6. Select the parameters you want and save the filter. ![Add a dimenion filter to a Tableau Next visualization](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_add_dimensionfilter.png) # Add Filters to Explore Tableau Views Add filters to explore Tableau content and unlock additional insights. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
1. Select the Tableau view and click the **Parameter** tab. 2. Click **Add Parameter**. 3. Click **Filter Field** and select a Tableau dimension field as the filter. 4. Add a name to **Parameter Name**. 5. Click **Value Type** then specify how to use values for the filter. 1. Select Static to add static values. 2. Select Dynamic to filter values using a CRM Analytics dashboard filter. 6. Click **Save**. ![Example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_example.png) Example Dashboard stakeholders are asking to focus on the metrics for the city of San Diego in a Tableau sales view. Instead of updating in Tableau, you can add a static parameter while in CRM Analytics as a filter. ![Tableau sales overview dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter.png) Follow steps 1 through 4 outlined at the beginning of this document to create the parameter. Select **Static** in the Value Type menu, then type San Diego in the text field. Click **Save**. ![Static parameter values](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_2.png) The view is filtered with the city value San Diego. ![Tableau sales overview filtered by San Diego](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_3.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Only text strings are supported. The values must exist in the Tableau field and follow the field format. To filter an array of values, separate each value with a comma, then click **Use values in an array**. ![Array with San Diego,Los Angeles](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_4.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The first value is used in the filter if Use values in an array isn’t checked. The view is filtered with the city values of San Diego and Los Angeles. ![Tableau sales overview filtered by San Diego and Los Angeles](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_5.png) Dashboard stakeholders are requesting to update the view as needed by customer segment. Add a filter to the CRM Analytics dashboard with customer segment values then set up a dynamic parameter that links the filter to the Tableau view. ![Customer segment in sales overview](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_6.png) Create a custom query filter with display and values for customer segment. ![Customer segment filter](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_7.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Values must exist in the Tableau field and follow the field format. Follow steps 1 through 4 outlined at the beginning of this document to create the parameter. Select **Dynamic** in the Value Type menu, then select the filter query as the Data Source, the filter value as the New Value, and the filter interaction type. Click **Save**. ![Dynamic parameter values](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_8.png) The view now updates by selections from the filter. ![Tableau view filtered by Consumer](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_9.png) To filter as an array, select **Multiple selection** as the dashboard filter’s Selection Type. Click **Include all values** in the parameter. ![Include all values checked](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_10.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The first filter interaction is used if Include all values isn’t checked. The view updates by multiple selections from the filter. ![Tableau sales overview filtered by Consumer and Corporate](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_enable_tableau_views_filter_11.png) #### See Also - [CRM Analytics Dashboard JSON Overview](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/analytics/bi-dev-guide-json/guide/bi-dbjson-intro.html) # Add Hierarchy Filters to Metrics (Beta) After you add an organizational hierarchy to your semantic model, hierarchy levels become available as filter dimensions when you create or edit metrics, letting you scope a metric to specific branches of your organizational structure. - An organizational hierarchy must be added to your semantic model. See [Add an Organizational Hierarchy to a Semantic Model (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_org_hierarchy_add_org_hierarchy_to_sdm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add an organizational hierarchy to your semantic model to answer hierarchy-related analytics questions across your company's reporting structure such as \"What's my team's revenue?\" or \"How is my region performing?\", without requiring separate metric definitions for each level."). - You must have permission to create or edit metrics. For basics on creating metrics, see [Create a Metric for a Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_metrics_create.htm&type=5&language=en_US). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Organizational Hierarchies in Tableau Semantics is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. Using organizational hierarchy in metrics, a single metric definition serves everyone. On the Metric Details page, users can apply hierarchy filters to scope data based on their needs. For example, a manager can filter by "My Team" to see rolled-up totals for their reports, or an individual contributor can filter to see only their own data. 1. Add the organizational hierarchy (Role or Manager) to your semantic model. 2. Choose **New** | **Metric**. 3. Complete the **Details** and **Value** steps as you would for any metric (name, measure, filters, time dimension). 4. On the **Additional Dimensions** step, select the **Select dimensions** field. ![Add Hierarchy Filters to Metrics (Additional Dimensions)](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/sl_add_metrics.png) Your organizational hierarchy appears under an **Organizational Hierarchy** group heading. Select your hierarchy (for example, **Manager**) to add it as a dimension. Note that organizational hierarchy dimensions are not available in the insights step. Insights based on hierarchy data aren't supported. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Only hierarchies configured in your semantic model appear in the list. You can add one hierarchy type per semantic model. You can now filter this metric by the organizational hierarchy on the Metric detail page. For example, you can select a specific manager or "My Team" to see aggregated data for their subordinates. # Add Hierarchy Filters to Sub-Metrics (Beta) Use sub-metrics to provide additional granularity and track more detailed performance indicators scoped to specific teams or reporting lines in your organizational hierarchy. - An organizational hierarchy needs be added to your semantic model. See [Add an Organizational Hierarchy to a Semantic Model (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_org_hierarchy_add_org_hierarchy_to_sdm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add an organizational hierarchy to your semantic model to answer hierarchy-related analytics questions across your company's reporting structure such as \"What's my team's revenue?\" or \"How is my region performing?\", without requiring separate metric definitions for each level."). - The parent metric should exist. See [Add Hierarchy Filters to Metrics (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_org_hierarchy_add_hierarchy_filters_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "After you add an organizational hierarchy to your semantic model, hierarchy levels become available as filter dimensions when you create or edit metrics, letting you scope a metric to specific branches of your organizational structure.") for setup instructions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Organizational Hierarchies in Tableau Semantics is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. A sub-metric breaks down the main metric into more specific, actionable data points. When an organizational hierarchy is present in the semantic model, you can filter sub-metrics by hierarchy level to show insights for specific teams or reporting lines. 1. In Data 360, on the **Semantic Layer** tab, select the **Metrics** tab. 2. Search for the metric that you want to add a sub-metric to. 3. From the options menu, select **Add Sub-Metric**. 4. From the filter options, select a hierarchy. 5. Preview the sub-metric result in the right panel to confirm the scoping. The preview shows the parent metric with the hierarchy filter applied. 6. Save the sub-metric. # Add Icons to CRM Analytics Charts Bar charts (but not stacked bars), dot-plot charts, and line charts can have icons along with dimension values as labels. Polar gauge charts can include icons in their centers. To add icons to a chart, use a dataset with an ungrouped URL dimension whose values are URLs to the icon images. For example, each row in the following dataset has a URL that points to a flag image stored in your org: ``` Country,Country_code,Region,flag_img_url,Accounts,Value Australia,aus,South Pacific,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagaustraliapng,1898,22930651 China,chn,East Asia,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagchinapng,2051,29754009 Europe,eur,Europe,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flageuropepng,4668,61238042 France,fra,Europe,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagfrancepng,2303,28746829 India,ind,Asia,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagindiapng,2721,32037499 Italy,ita,Europe,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagitalypng,1722,26340986 Japan,jpn,East Asia,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagjapanpng,2872,36916012 Russian Federation,rus,East Europe,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagrussiapng,1847,27387456 South Africa,zaf,Africa,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagsouthafricapng,879,9794857 South Korea,kor,East Asia,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagsouthkoreapng,1643,21934785 United States of America,usa,North America,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/file-asset/flagusapng,6527,87044191 ``` After you upload the dataset to CRM Analytics, explore the dataset using _only one_ grouping. Then edit the SAQL query to add the image URLs to the result set. 1. Explore the dataset to visualize the data you want to view in chart mode. ![Analytics bar chart showing account value by country](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/wave_charts_bar_countries2.png) 2. Switch to SAQL mode and edit the query using a non-grouping SAQL function such as `first()`. ![lens with dataset query in saql mode](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/wave_saql_chart_icon_url.png) 3. Return to chart mode, then click the gear menu to open the chart properties. 4. Click **Use Icons**, then select the name of the dimension containing the icon URLs from the **Icon Source** menu. Use the **Fit Mode** and **Shape** menus to adjust the icons’ appearance. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The **Use Icons** menu contains the name of every non-grouped dimension used in your query, even if these dimensions do not contain image URLs. ![chart properties for setting up chart icon labels](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/wave_charts_icons_properties2.png) To use Chatter profile images, use your browser's development tools to find the image's underlying URL. Once you've collected the URLs, add them to a column in your dataset before uploading the dataset to CRM Analytics. ``` name,url_src,num_accts,value_accts,territory astro,https://MyDomainName.file.force.com/profilephoto/7290M000000WJzg/M/1,829,1309742,North America ... ``` # Add Input Data to a Batch Data Transform Create an input node for each dataset that you want to add to the batch data transform. The batch data transform creates an input node when you create a transform by using a data object, but to add more data, you add another node. 1. From the **Data Transforms** section, select the data transform that you want to update. 2. In the canvas, click **\+ Add Data**. 3. Select the input data from the data objects list, and then select the columns to include. The list is automatically filtered to the transform's source workspace. To find a specific data object, you can further filter by dataspace or workspace, or search by name. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note You can't mix Data Lake Objects (DLOs) and Data Model Objects (DMOs) as inputs to the same Data Transform. If you select DMOs, they must all belong to the same dataspace. ![Add an input node to a Batch Data Transform](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_transform_add_input_node_columns.png) 4. Click **Next**. An input node for each input data selection is added to the canvas. # Add Items to a Collection Curate analytics items for your collection. Items can exist simultaneously in multiple collections. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer Editions.
Also available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions.
User Permissions Needed
To manage a collection:
Enhanced Folder Sharing
Run Reports AND Create and Customize Dashboards
To manage a collection with CRM Analytics items: Use CRM Analytics
1. Add items to an empty collection. 1. Click **Search for items** or **Add**. ![Adding item to a colleciton.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_home_collection_add.png) 2. Type in at least two characters in the search bar to locate an item. Filter search results by adding more characters to your search. ![Adding an asset to a collection.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_home_collection_add_2.png) 3. Click the **+** next to the item you want to add to your collection. 4. Click the **Save**. 2. Add items to an existing collection. 1. Open your collection. 2. Click **Add**. 3. Type in at least two characters in the search bar to locate an item. Filter search results by adding more characters to your search. 4. Click the **+** next to the item you want to add to your collection. 5. Click the **Save**. 3. Add items from the home page. 1. Click the action menu next to the item on the home page. ![Adding item to a colleciton.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_home_collection_add_3.png) 2. Click **Add to Collection** then click your collection. 3. You can also click **New Collection** to create a [new collection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_home_collection_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create collections of important items to personalize the home page and have quick access to them.") and add the item there. 4. Add an open dashboard to a collection. 1. Click ![Add to Collection icon.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/add_to_collection.png) while in an open CRM Analytics dashboard. 2. Select the view you want to add to the collection: Default adds the dashboard in its original form to a collection, Current View adds the dashboard view with applied filters and menu selections. ![Adding the default dashboard view to a collection.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_home_collection_views.png) 3. To add the dashboard, select the collection or click **Create Collection** to start a new one. 4. Click **Save**. 5. Add a collection item to another collection. Collection items can exist in multiple collections. 1. Open your collection. 2. Click the action menu next to the item in the collection. ![Adding item to a colleciton.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_home_collection_add_4.png) 1. Click **Add to Collection** then click the collection. You can also click **New Collection** to create a collection and add the item there. #### See Also - [Preserve and Share CRM Analytics Dashboard Views in a Collection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_home_collection_share_views.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create dashboard views with selected filters and options then add them to your collections to share a specific view of the dashboard with others.") # Add Lightning Reports to Your Dashboards with Direct Report Queries Unify your analytics by incorporating tabular, summary, aggregate, and matrix reports in your CRM Analytics dashboards for a single and consistent experience. By adding Lightning reports to your dashboards, you can apply CRM Analytics functionalities to visualize report insights in different ways. You can learn more about [Lightning reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_reports_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US) in Salesforce Help. Add Lightning reports to a CRM Analytics dashboard 1. With a dashboard open in edit mode, click **Create Query**. 2. Click the **Report** tab to see available reports. 3. Choose a report. ![Adding a Lightning report to a dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_components_oa_direct.png) 4. Add a widget to your dashboard, such as a table widget. 5. Drag the Lightning report query you created onto the widget in the dashboard. ![Adding a report query to a widget](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_components_oa_direct_2.png) 6. Select the widget and then click the Query tab to control how report data is displayed in the widget. 7. Choose a view option in the View As dropdown. - Aggregate—Hides details; individual records don’t display in the report. - Grouping—summary formulas, and record counts remain visible (tabular format). - Summary—Shows data in a combined chart and table format. Reports must be grouped by rows (summary report). When you create a CRM Analytics query from a report, the query is created based on the currently saved version of the report. To edit groupings and fields in a report that’s used in a CRM Analytics dashboard, modify the report using report builder, save the report, and then refresh the dashboard in CRM Analytics. # Add Lightning Web Components to the Dashboard Lightning Web Components allow you to create customized reusable extensions for use anywhere in Lightning Experience. Use these same components directly in your dashboards, to create an interactive experience between your custom extensions and your CRM Analytics data. You can add any custom Lightning Web Components you create to your CRM Analytics dashboards to bring in your own custom widgets and extensions. To learn how to create a custom Lightning Web Component, see the [Lightning Web Components in CRM Analytics Dashboards](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/analytics/bi-dev-guide-lwc-in-db/guide/bi-lwc-in-db-overview.html) developer guide. To add your custom Lightning Web Component to a dashboard: 1. Drop a component widget (![Component widget icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_component_widget.png)) onto a dashboard. 2. Select the **Lightning Components** tab. 3. Select the Lightning Web Component that you want from the list of components. If no custom Lightning Web Components are available, the list is empty. 4. Click **Done**. The custom Lightning Web Component can have attributes that must be specified for the component to function as expected. To set the component attributes: 1. Select the component that you want to edit and show **Component Attributes** menu in the widget properties. 2. Set the attributes for your custom Lightning Web Component. Each Lightning Web Component defines different attributes. Click **Preview** or **Save**. Test and update the custom Lightning Web Component and the dashboard as needed. With each update to the component, a full refresh of the dashboard is required to render the changes. # Add Live Metrics to Tableau Next Text Widgets Enhance your dashboards by embedding live metric attributes directly into text widgets. This capability provides a highly adaptable formatting space that merges live performance metrics with strategic observations. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. Add a text widget or edit an existing text widget on your dashboard. 2. Go to the Widget tab, click **Insert Data**, and select **Metric**. ![Selecting a metric from a menu.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_text_embed_metrics.png) 3. Select a data model and metric, followed by the individual metric element you want to add. Add optional text to display when no results occur in the **No Result Text** field . ![Selecting a metric for the text widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_text_embed_metrics_2.png) 4. Type in qualitative text to accompany the metric. ![A text widget showing a metric with associated descriptive text.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_text_embed_metrics_3.png) For further emphasis on critical data fluctuations, use the Style tab to implement conditional formatting. # Add More Data in a Recipe You can add columns of data from related objects to existing data in a recipe. Depending on how you want to combine the new data, use one of the following methods: lookup, left join, right join, inner join, or full outer join. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To add columns from a related object in a Data Prep recipe, see [Join Node: Add Related Columns of Data to the Recipe](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_join_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use a join node in CRM Analytics to add columns of data from related objects to existing data in a recipe. When working with CRM Analytics datasets and external objects, add a join node on the recipe canvas. When working with Salesforce objects, you can either create a join on the recipe canvas or join the data when you first create your dataset on the Add Input Data screen."). To do it in a dataflow, see [augment Transformation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_augment_transformation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The augment transformation adds columns to a dataset from another related dataset. The resulting, augmented dataset enables queries across both related input dataset. For example, you can augment the Account dataset with the User dataset to enable a query to return account records and the full names of the account owners."). Watch a Demo: [![Play button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/_corporate/images/play_btn.png) Add Data in a Recipe (English Only)](https://salesforce.vidyard.com/watch/HM2JWBr3p9KHBifYckTaFb?) When you add data to a recipe, you select the dataset or connected object that contains the fields that you want to add. You also select the key fields to match the records between the existing and new data streams. For example, to add User fields to Opportunity records, use the User Id field from the User object and Opportunity Owner Id field from the Opportunity object as the keys. When defining the key, you can use a single field or, if necessary, multiple fields. Note that multivalue fields can't be used as keys. Let’s look at an example to illustrate how you add data. Imagine you started a recipe from an opportunities dataset, and you want to add more opportunity details from another dataset. You can use the opportunity ID field from each dataset as the keys. 1. On the recipe page, click the Add Data button (![Add data button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_add_data_button.png)). 2. Select either the Datasets or Connected Data tab, and click the dataset or object that you want to add. ![Select Dataset dialog](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_add_data_select.png) 3. Choose the join type. By default, Lookup is selected. ![The join types appear at the top of the Add Data page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_join_selectJoinType.png) 4. Select the keys from the left and right data streams. The left data stream is the existing data. The right is the new data that you want to add. CRM Analytics suggests keys if it finds related fields. ![Select the keys.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_select_merge_keys.png) 5. To select additional keys, click **+Add Key Pair**. If needed, use multiple keys to match records. For example, imagine you’re adding contact information to lead data. Using names alone to match can result in duplicate matches when different leads have the same name. Use two keys to match on name and company to ensure you’re matching the right data. You can use up to 5 keys. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important CRM Analytics datasets contain date and time component fields, such as Year, Quarter, and Month, that are derived automatically from existing date and time fields. Use of these component fields as keys isn’t supported. 6. In the **Columns to Include** section, select the columns to include in the recipe. ![Select fields to add](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_select_fields_to_add.png) Only the key columns are selected by default. So make sure that you select all the columns that you need in the recipe. The columns are color coded to indicate their source. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The results preview can display up to 100 columns. Modify the preview or deselect columns to ensure that you can see just the columns that you need. 7. Click **Done**. Each time you add data, a new step is created in your recipe, and the added fields appear in your recipe preview. Hover over a step and click ![Actions button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_replication_actions_button.png) to access the Edit and Remove options. ![Added fields in recipe preview](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_data_added.png) #### See Also - [Lookup](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_join_lookup_multivalue.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In CRM Analytics, a lookup returns all rows from the left data stream (recipe data) and only matching rows from the right data stream (lookup source). If multiple matches are found in the right data stream, you can set the lookup to return either a single row or all matching rows. To ensure that the grain of the results doesn’t change, the lookup outputs one row for each row in the left data stream.") - [Left Join](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_transformation_leftjoin.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Like a lookup, a left join in CRM Analytics includes all rows from the left (recipe data) and only matching rows from the right. Unlike a lookup, a join includes all matched rows in the target when multiple rows match.") - [Right Join](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_transformation_rightjoin.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "A right join in CRM Analytics includes all rows from the right and only matching rows from the left (recipe data). The join includes all matched rows in the target when multiple rows match.") - [Inner Join](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_transformation_innerjoin.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In CRM Analytics, an inner join includes only matching rows from the left (recipe data) and right. The join includes all matched rows in the target when multiple rows match.") - [Full Outer Join](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_transformation_fullouterjoin.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In CRM Analytics, a full outer join includes all rows from the left (recipe data) and right, regardless of whether they have matches. The join includes all matched rows in the target when multiple rows match.") - [Considerations When Using Joins](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_transformation_joinconsiderations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In CRM Analytics, unlike a lookup, a join creates a separate record for each match in the target dataset when multiple rows match. Before using a join, ensure that you understand the implications of duplicate rows.") # Add Multiple Reference Lines to Charts You can use any number of static or dynamic reference lines to mark up a chart, such as when you indicate points of reference on a timeline before and after a predictive line. Dynamic reference lines are powered by existing queries in the dashboard. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Dynamic reference lines don't appear while exploring a chart when the dashboard is in Edit mode. However, reference lines with static values are visible in Edit mode. ![Analytics timeline chart with a predictive line and multiple reference lines](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_charts_timeline_multiple_reflines.png) 1. Tap **+Reference Line** in the X-Axis or Y-Axis section of the chart widget panel. 2. Add either a static or dynamic value for the reference line. 1. To add a static value, type a numeric value in the **Value** field. 2. To add a dynamic value, tap ![Button for setting line and label dynamic reference lines](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/rn_bi_dynamic_ref_line.png). ![Chart widget panel with callouts for how to add a dynamic or static reference line](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_ref_line_value.png) 3. Select a source query. 4. Select a reference line value based on the query. 5. Select an interaction type. To learn more about interaction types, see [Result Interaction](https://review-app-sdanalcrm-pr-128.herokuapp.com/docs/analytics/bi-dev-guide-bindings/guide/bi-dbjson-bindings.html#results-interaction) and [Selection Interaction](https://review-app-sdanalcrm-pr-128.herokuapp.com/docs/analytics/bi-dev-guide-bindings/guide/bi-dbjson-bindings.html#selection-interaction). 6. Tap **Apply** to add the value to your reference line. 3. Add either a static or dynamic label for the reference line. 1. To add a static label, type custom text in the **Label** field. 2. To add a dynamic label, tap ![Button for setting line and label dynamic reference lines](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/rn_bi_dynamic_ref_line.png). ![Chart widget panel with callouts for how to add a dynamic or static reference line](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_ref_line_label.png) 3. Select a source query. 4. Use the query fields and custom text to create your label. 5. Select an interaction type. To learn more about interaction types, see [Result Interaction](https://review-app-sdanalcrm-pr-128.herokuapp.com/docs/analytics/bi-dev-guide-bindings/guide/bi-dbjson-bindings.html#results-interaction) and [Selection Interaction](https://review-app-sdanalcrm-pr-128.herokuapp.com/docs/analytics/bi-dev-guide-bindings/guide/bi-dbjson-bindings.html#selection-interaction). 6. Tap **Apply** to add the value to your reference line. 4. Select a default or custom color. # Add Number Widgets to Include Key Metrics Key metrics help you track critical measurements of your business. For example, you can show the total number of open cases or total opportunity amount for the last quarter or the northern region. The number widget requires a query that has at least one measure. If the query has multiple measures, you can choose which measure to display in the widget properties—by default, the first measure shows. If you include groupings, the widget displays the measure for the first group. 1. Drag the number widget to the dashboard canvas. 2. To open the wizard, click the button inside the widget. One of the following screens appears. - The Choose Data screen appears, showing the most recently used datasets first. Select the dataset in the Create Query tab or select an existing query in the Use Existing Query tab. ![The Select a Dataset screen shows a list of all fields in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_select_a_dataset.png) - The lens appears, showing a bar chart with the Count of Rows measure. CRM Analytics selects the dataset that you used to create the previous query. To use a different dataset or an existing query, click **Back**. ![The explorer shows the default chart, a bar chart that displays the count of rows.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_explorer_default_bar_chart.png) 3. In the lens, click **Untitled Query** and enter the query label. CRM Analytics creates the query ID from the label. After you create the query, you can’t change the query ID. CRM Analytics refers to queries by their ID so dashboards don’t break if you change the labels. 4. To add a measure, click **+** under the Bar Length field. The Count of Rows measure shows, by default. To change a measure, click the measure and then choose a new one. 5. To sort, reorder, or delete a measure, click the down arrow to the right of the measure and select the option. ![The measure options.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_step_measures.png) Alternatively, to quick sort on a measure, click the measure’s field header. Quick sort isn’t available for charts with these underlying queries: - When the compact-form query has interactions present on the sort order - When the SAQL query contains union statements or interactions - When the query is in PIGQL 6. To add a filter, select **Filters**, click **+** under Filters, and then select the field to filter by. You can add multiple filters. ![When you add a filter, you must pick the field on which to filter the data.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_step_filters.png) 7. To delete the filter, click ![Delete Filter button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_step_filters_delete_button.png). 8. Click **Done**. Behind the scenes, CRM Analytics created a query based on what you configured in the lens. CRM Analytics adds the query to the query panel, making it available for use by other widgets in the dashboard. In addition, the widget shows the calculated measure. 9. To change the widget and query properties, select the widget. The Widget panel groups the widget properties into sections. So that you don’t accidentally overlook any properties, expand any collapsed sections. ![Dashboard with a number widget. The widget properties show in the panel on the right.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_number_in_dashboard.png) For example, to shorten the number that appears in the widget, select **Shorten number** in the widget properties. Check out the unit symbols for shortened numbers. | Symbol | Unit | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | K | Thousand (10^3) | 4K = 4,000 | | M | Million (10^6) | 4M = 4,000,000 | | B | Billion (10^9) | 4B = 4,000,000,000 | | T | Trillion (10^12) | 4T = 4,000,000,000,000 | | P | Quadrillion (10^15) | 4P = 4,000,000,000,000,000 | | X | Quintillion (10^18) | 4X= 4,000,000,000,000,000,000 | | Z | Sextillion (10^21) | 4Z = 4,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 | | Y | Septillion (10^24) | 4Y = 4,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 | | m | Thousandth (10^-3) | 4m = 0.004 | | μ | Millionth (10^-6) | 4μ = 0.000004 | | n | Billionth (10^-9) | 4n = 0.000000004 | | p | Trillionth (10^-12) | 4p = 0.000000000004 | | f | Quadrillionth (10^-15) | 4f = 0.000000000000004 | | a | Quintillionth (10^-18) | 4a = 0.000000000000000004 | | z | Sextillionth (10^-21) | 4z = 0.000000000000000000004 | | y | Septillionth (10^-24) | 4y = 0.000000000000000000000004 | 10. To customize the appearance of the widget, set the widget properties. When you set a property, the widget immediately shows the effects of your change. 11. To show and set the query properties, click **Query** in the right panel. 12. To preview your changes to the dashboard, click the Preview button. 13. Save the dashboard. #### See Also - [Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer.") - [Query Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_step_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Query properties define the query that returns results to display in the widget. These properties also specify how the widget behaves and interacts with other widgets in the CRM Analytics dashboard. The properties apply to dashboards created in the dashboard designer only.") - [Manage Queries for Widgets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_steps_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Queries return results that are displayed in widgets. For example, a number widget displays the result of a calculation that is defined in a query. Queries can be built on a data source, like a dataset or a Salesforce object. They can also be “custom queries” created with user-defined values.") # Add or Remove Tableau Next Metric Followers Add or remove individual followers or groups to a Tableau Next metric. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To add or remove metric followers: Tableau Unmetered Consumer or Tableau Next Consumer or Tableau Unmetered Self-Service Consumer or Tableau Next Self-Service Consumer permission set
1. From the actions menu on a metric card or the **Follow** button on the metric page, open the menu and select **Manage Followers**. 2. Enter the users or groups that you want to add or remove as followers. 3. Click **Done**. # Add or Subtract Days or Months In CRM Analytics, return the column date with the specified days or months added or removed. ### Required Editions ## Add or Subtract Days or Months
User Permissions Needed
To create a recipe: Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows OR Edit Dataset Recipes
1. In a Transform node of a Data Prep recipe, select one date column in the Preview tab. 2. Select the Formula button (![Formula button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_transformation_formula.png)) in the Transform toolbar. 3. Select **Add or Subtract Days or Months**. 4. Configure the transformation. ![Configure the Add or Subtract Days or Months function.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_date_difference.png) 1. Start Date Column is automatically filled with the date column you previously chose. Cancel and restart to choose a different Start Date. 2. Choose **Days** or **Months** to add or subtract. 3. Select the number to add or subtract with the plus and minus buttons. 4. Choose the date format of the output column. 5. Optionally, change the label of the column that stores the result data in the Column Label field. 6. Click **Apply** to add the transformation to the Transform node. The Preview tab shows the new calculated date column. ![Preview shows the new calculated date column.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_calculated_date_outcome.png) 7. To view the Graph area, click the Collapse button (![Collapse button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_button_collapse.png)). 8. Save the recipe. # Add Row-Level Security by Inheriting Sharing Rules Use sharing inheritance to let CRM Analytics apply the same sharing setup for your datasets as Salesforce uses for your objects. Sharing inheritance increases access accuracy and reduces the need for complicated security predicates for most objects and situations. The tradeoff for applying sharing inheritance is an increase in the time to complete data syncs, dataflow and recipe jobs, and queries. The more complicated the sharing settings, the more impact there is. As an admin for your Salesforce org, you likely use a combination of sharing settings to provide users access to Salesforce data appropriate to their roles. Sharing settings include manual and rule-based sharing as well as role hierarchy, role, group, apex-managed, and team-based sharing. For more information, see [Sharing Settings](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.managing_the_sharing_model.htm&type=5&language=en_US). For supported objects, you can enable sharing inheritance in CRM Analytics to use the Salesforce sharing settings in CRM Analytics. When you create or edit datasets, specify the objects to inherit sharing from. - **[Enable Sharing Inheritance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_datasets_sharing_getting_started.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Turn on sharing inheritance and select the objects to use as a sharing source. Sharing inheritance is on by default in new Salesforce orgs. - **[Determine If Sharing Inheritance Will Work for You](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_datasets_sharing_determine_will_work.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To understand how well sharing inheritance can work for your dataset row-level sharing needs, review these supported objects, maximum number of sharing descriptors, and considerations. Use the Sharing Inheritance Coverage Assessment tool to evaluate and understand your object and user eligibility. - **[Set Sharing Inheritance for a Data Prep Recipe](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_datasets_sharing_apply_to_recipe.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Specify the sharing inheritance settings when generating a dataset from a Data Prep recipe, then set a default security predicate. - **[Set Sharing Inheritance for a Dataflow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_datasets_sharing_applying_datasets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Specify which datasets inherit sharing settings and set a default security predicate. - **[Sharing Inheritance Limits and Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_datasets_sharing_limits.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Here are some things to consider when working with sharing inheritance. # Add Row-Level Security with a Security Predicate Applying a predicate to a dataset is more than just defining the predicate expression. You must also consider how the predicate depends on the information in the dataset and where to define the predicate expression. Define a predicate for each dataset on which you want to restrict access to records. A _security predicate_ is a filter condition that defines row-level access to records in a dataset. When a user submits a query against a dataset that has a predicate, CRM Analytics checks the predicate to determine which records the user has access to. If the user doesn’t have access to a record, CRM Analytics doesn’t return that record. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note - After creating a dataset, you must make changes to the security settings by editing the dataset. Changes to security settings in the dataflow (rowLevelSharingSource or rowLevelSecurityFilter) or recipe (Security Predicate) have no effect. - When sharing inheritance is enabled, you can set the security predicate to ‘false’ to block all users not covered by sharing. This predicate is the default when sharing is enabled on datasets. The predicate is flexible and can model different types of security policies. For example, you can create predicates based on: - Record ownership. Enables each user to view only records that they own. - Management visibility. Enables each user to view records owned or shared by their subordinates based on a role hierarchy. - Territory assignments. Enables each user to view the records in their assigned territory or for child territories in the hierarchy. (Only available with Territory Hierarchy 2.0.) - Team or account collaboration. Enables all members of a team, such as an opportunity team, to view records shared with the team. - Combination of different security requirements. For example, you can define a predicate based on the Salesforce role hierarchy, teams, and record ownership. The type of security policy you implement depends on how you want to restrict access to records in the dataset. ![Warning](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_warning.png) Warning If row-level security isn’t applied to a dataset, any user that has access to the dataset can view all records in the dataset. You can create a predicate expression based on the user or information in the dataset. For example, to enable each user to view only dataset records that they own, create a predicate based on a dataset column that contains the owner for each record. If needed, you can load additional data into a dataset required by the predicate. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important Security predicates referencing $User information require a new user session before a new value is recognized. The location where you define the predicate varies. - To create a dataset with a security predicate from a dataflow, add the predicate in the **rowLevelSecurityFilter** field of the Register transformation. - To create a dataset with a security predicate from a recipe, use the Security Predicate field of the Output node. - To create a dataset with a security predicate from an external data file, define the predicate in the **rowLevelSecurityFilter** field in the metadata file associated with the external data file during upload. - **[Row-Level Security Example based on Record Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_rowlevel_example_recordownership.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Let’s look at an example where you create a dataset based on a CSV file and then implement row-level security based on record ownership. In this example, you will create a dataset that contains sales targets for account owners. To restrict access on each record in the dataset, you will create a security policy where each user can view only sales targets for accounts that they own. This process requires multiple steps that are described in the sections that follow. - **[Row-Level Security Example based on Opportunity Teams](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_rowlevel_example_teammembership.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Let’s look at an example where you create a dataset based on Salesforce data and then implement row-level security based on an opportunity team. In this example, you will create a dataset that contains only opportunities associated with an opportunity team. To restrict access on each record in the dataset, you will create a security policy where only opportunity members can view their opportunity. This process requires multiple steps that are described in the sections that follow. - **[Row-Level Security Example based on Role Hierarchy and Record Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_rowlevel_example_rolehierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Let’s look at an example where you create a dataset based on Salesforce data and then implement row-level security based on the Salesforce role hierarchy and record ownership. In this example, you will create a dataset that contains all opportunities. To restrict access on each record in the dataset, you will create a security policy where each user can view only opportunities that they own or that are owned by their subordinates based on the Salesforce role hierarchy. This process requires multiple steps that are described in the sections that follow. - **[Row-Level Security Example based on Territory Hierarchy and Record Ownership](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_rowlevel_example_territoryhierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** If your territory hierarchy is specified with Territory Hierarchy 2.0, you can create a dataset to implement row-level security based on the territory hierarchy and record ownership. This example shows how you do this with a dataset for opportunities. - **[Predicate Expression Syntax for Datasets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_datasets_predicate_syntax.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You must use valid syntax when defining the predicate expression. # Add Rows in a Recipe with Append Use append to add rows to the data in your recipe from another dataset or connected object. Fields are mapped automatically, or you can map them manually. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To create a recipe: Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows OR Edit Dataset Recipes
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To append rows in a Data Prep recipe, see [Append Node: Stack Rows from Different Sets of Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_append_rows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an Append node in a Data Prep recipe in CRM Analytics to stack rows from multiple sets of input data into one dataset. For example, use this node to combine sales records from two different Salesforce orgs, each containing sales transactions from a specific region."). To do it in a dataflow, see [append Transformation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_append_transformation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The append transformation combines rows from multiple datasets into a single dataset."). Let’s look at an example of how you can use append in a recipe. Imagine you’re a US company that uses separate Salesforce orgs for its US and Canada operations. You sync the US opportunities in your local org, and use a remote Salesforce connection to sync your Canada opportunities. You want to combine these US and Canada opportunities to create a single North America opportunities dataset. ![Two tables of data, one of US opportunities, one of Canada opportunities](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_append_tables.png) You’ve already started the recipe from your synced US opportunities (1), to which you now want to append data from your synced Canada opportunities dataset (2). Notice that the fields are not exactly the same. The US data has an Amount field and the Canada data has a Value field. The US data has a Lead Source field, which the Canada data doesn’t have. These kinds of differences affect how appended fields can be mapped to fields in the recipe. - Appended fields are mapped automatically to recipe fields with the same name and type. You can change these mappings. In this example, the Currency field will be mapped automatically. - Appended fields with different names are not mapped automatically, but you can map them to any fields of the same type. In this example, you have to manually map the Value field to the Amount field. - Fields with different types can’t be mapped. - Recipe fields that are not in the appended data are added to the appended rows and populated with nulls. In this example, the Lead Source field will be added to the appended rows. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If null measure handling in datasets isn’t enabled for your org, measure fields are populated with zeros when they’re added to appended rows. Follow these steps to append data in a recipe. 1. On the recipe page, click the Append Data button (![Append data button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_append_button.png)). 2. Select either the DATASETS or CONNECTED DATA tab, and click the dataset or object that you want to add. In our example, you would select the Opportunity dataset from the CanadaOrg connection. ![Select dataset to append dialog](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_append_select.png) 3. On the map fields dialog, review how CRM Analytics has mapped the recipe fields in the first column to fields from the data to append in the second column. Remember, fields with the same name and type are mapped automatically. ![Map fields dialog](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_append_map.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note By default, hidden fields in your recipe aren’t mapped. To map hidden fields, click the **Show hidden fields** link and accept or change the mappings. 4. To change a field mapping, click the field in the FIELD TO APPEND column, and select a field. You can only select from fields of the same type as the recipe field that you’re mapping to. In our example, you don’t have a field to map to the Lead Source field, so you leave that as it is. The Amount field has not been mapped because the corresponding field in the Canada data was named Value. So you map the Value field to the Amount field. ![Mapping the Value field to the Amount field in the recipe](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_append_map_field.png) 5. When you finish mapping fields, click **Continue**. 6. On the confirmation message, click **Append**. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Rows that you append in a recipe do not appear in the recipe preview, but are added to the target dataset when you run the recipe. When you append data, a new step is created in your recipe. ![Added fields in recipe preview](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_append_step.png) When you run the recipe, the rows are appended in the target dataset. ![Table showing result of append](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_recipe_append_result.png) Here, the Lead Source field has been added to the Canada rows and populated with null values. The Value values from the Canada rows now appear in the Amount column. # Add Selection-Based Filter Widgets to Enable Users to Filter the Results Users viewing the dashboard can make selections in these types of widgets, which filter the results of other faceted widgets. Selection-based filter widgets give users the ability to slice and dice the data to view results from different angles. For example, the dashboard viewer can select a region in a list widget to focus the dashboard results on a specific sales location. Unlike with a filter defined by a query, the viewer can filter the results differently (by making another selection) or remove the filter altogether. A selection-based filter is different from a query. When a selection is made, all values in the original query still appear in the widget, just with particular values highlighted. However, a query modifies the widget, reducing the number of results that appear in the widget. A global filter is a query that can be applied to multiple queries in a dashboard. The following illustration shows the difference between a selection and a query on the same data. ![Two charts based on the same query show different results. Selection highlights a bar in the chart. Filter shows only the specified bar in the chart.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_selection_vs_filter.png) You can create different types of selection-based filter widgets based on measure, date, and dimension fields. You can also set an initial selection for each of them. For example, when the viewer opens the dashboard, the date widget can select last year, by default, to show dashboard results for last year only. Selection-based filter widgets can be styled using pill or combobox styling to easily mix-and-match selection-based filters and global filters on the same dashboard. - **[Add a Date Widget to Filter Dashboard Results Based on a Date](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_filter_date_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A date filter widget allows dashboard viewers to filter the CRM Analytics dashboard results based on a selected date range. The range can use relative dates based on UTC (like 2 years ago), absolute dates (like 1/15/2016), or presets (like Current Fiscal Year To Date). For example, you can add a date widget to filter support cases, showing only cases that closed this month or last month. - **[Add a List Widget to Filter Dashboard Results Based on a Dimension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_filter_list_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A list filter widget allows dashboard viewers to filter the CRM Analytics dashboard results based on a dimension. For example, a list widget can filter results based on a particular case status or region. - **[Add a Range Widget to Filter Dashboard Results Based on a Measure](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_filter_range_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A range widget allows dashboard viewers to filter the CRM Analytics dashboard results based on a range of values for a measure. For example, a range widget can show only opportunities with amounts between $100,000 and $900,000. - **[Add a Toggle Widget to Filter Dashboard Results Based on a Dimension](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_filter_toggle_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A toggle widget allows dashboard viewers to filter the CRM Analytics dashboard results based on a date or dimension. For example, a toggle widget can show results based on a specific record type. #### See Also - [Set Initial Selections in the Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_initial_filters_pick.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "If the CRM Analytics dashboard contains selection-based widgets (chart, date, list, range, or toggle), you can set initial selections that are applied when the dashboard first opens. For example, you can select a bar in a bar chart and set that as the initial selection. If the underlying query for the bar chart is faceted, other widgets with faceted queries are filtered based on this initial selection. While viewing the dashboard, a user can change the selection in the chart to filter the results differently or remove the selection and filters altogether.") # Add Semantic Models Within Tableau Next, create a new semantic model from an existing asset. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To create semantic models in Tableau Next: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. From your workspace, click **Add** and select **New Semantic Model**. ![Window to select data for the new semantic model](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_sdm_select_data_for_model.png) 2. Select the data model object that you want to build relationships on, and click **Select**. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note You can only select one data object at a time. ![Semantic Model Builder window](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_sdm_new_model.png) 3. To add another data object, under Data Objects, click the plus icon. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note For performance reasons, avoid mixing data objects with a Live Query Federation conection and data objects from other sources. 4. If you want to connect the data objects based on a common field, you can create a relationship. You can either do this manually, or you can let Einstein [suggest relationships](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_create_rel_with_einstein.htm&language=en_US) for you. 5. Click **Show Suggestions** and then review the suggestions and apply if needed. You can always turn suggestions on or off using the **Suggested Relationships** toggle. ![Semantic Model Builder with a recommended relationship](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_sdm_model_suggestions.png) 6. Continue building your model by adding more data objects, calculated fields, parameters, and logical views. For more information, see [Semantic Model Builder in Tableau Semantics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_data_model_builder.htm&language=en_US). 7. To add a name and description to your semantic model, click the Settings icon. 8. To test your model and make sure the semantic model works as expected, click **Test Model**. Tableau Semantics runs your model through the Tableau Semantics Query Generator and gives you test results. For more information, see [Test a Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_testing_smodel_test.htm&language=en_US). 9. After you’re finished creating a semantic model, you can now create a metric or a visualization. For more information, see [Add a Metric to a Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_add_metrics.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Within Tableau Next, create a metric based on a semantic model.") and [Create Visualizations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_viz.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Visualizations are visual representations of your data as a chart or graph. A visualization is a powerful way to explore and analyze data. In Tableau Next, you can build visualizations with rich features, filters, calculations, and actions."). # Add Single-Click Actions to Your Data Create a data journey for your users by turning your static Tableau Next dashboard into an interactive experience with single-click actions that lead to detailed pages or initiate Salesforce Flows. For example, use actions to add dynamic navigation to guide sales managers from a summary dashboard to pipeline details, progressively revealing more detailed information. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
Use a button or container widget to initiate a Salesforce action or link to other elements such as another dashboard or URL. 1. On the widget properties panel, go to the **Actions** tab. ![The Actions tab for single-click widget actions.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_action.png) 2. In the action panel, click **Add Action**. 3. Select the action type and configure the action. Action types include [Navigate To](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_navigate_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add a Navigate To action to a widget to guide your users to relevant URLs or other Tableau Next dashboards and dashboard pages with detailed information on the selected data.") and [Salesforce Flow](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_flow_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add a Salesforce Flow action to a widget to execute flows using the Tableau Next dashboard context. Flows empower your users to seamlessly create follow-up tasks, dispatch reminder emails, or refresh records directly from their dashboard insights. For example, add a flow action that lets sales reps create a follow-up task directly from a dashboard widget showing at-risk opportunities."). 4. Click **Done** 5. Add more actions or remove actions as needed. Only 1 Salesforce flow action can be added per widget, but a widget can have multiple navigation actions. 6. Save your dashboard. When adding actions to your dashboard, remember that not all users have the same access levels. Make sure users have permissions to view other dashboards, URL destinations, and to execute Salesforce flows. - **[Add a Navigation Action to a Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_navigate_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add a Navigate To action to a widget to guide your users to relevant URLs or other Tableau Next dashboards and dashboard pages with detailed information on the selected data. - **[Add a Salesforce Flow Action to a Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_flow_action.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add a Salesforce Flow action to a widget to execute flows using the Tableau Next dashboard context. Flows empower your users to seamlessly create follow-up tasks, dispatch reminder emails, or refresh records directly from their dashboard insights. For example, add a flow action that lets sales reps create a follow-up task directly from a dashboard widget showing at-risk opportunities. # Add Style to Your Toggles with the Repeater Widget Liven up your dashboard toggles using a repeater widget instead of a toggle widget. With a repeater widget, you can add images to provide visual cues for the available toggle states, change the text position, and add emoji to the text. You can use the toggle at the top of this dashboard (1) to highlight the quantity sold in these three product categories. Each toggle option includes a photo representing the product category. When you click a toggle, that product category is highlighted in the bar chart (2). ![Dashboard preview with 2 numbered callouts showing that selecting a toggle highlights a bar in the chart](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_repeater_toggle_preview_callouts.png) Here’s how you do it. 1\. Upload images to your gallery. In the dashboard builder, use an image widget to upload the images that you want to use. You can place the image widget anywhere on the dashboard. Click the image icon in the widget to open the Select Image window. Follow the on-screen instructions to upload the first image. To add more images, click the image name in the Widget panel on the right of the dashboard builder. After you upload all the images, copy their URLs to store in a text file for later use. In the Widget panel, click the image name to open the Select Image window. On the Gallery tab (1), right-click each image and select **Copy Image Address** (2). Paste the image addresses into the text file. ![Gallery tab in the Select Image window with 2 numbered callouts showing how to copy an image URL](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_repeater_toggle_gallery.png) When you’re done copying the URLs, close the image widget. 1\. Create a query. Use a compare table to create the query you want (1). In this example, for the data source, we use a dataset of quantities sold for each product category. For Group By, select the field that you want to associate with the toggle action (2). The grouping in this example is by product category. ![Create Query window with 2 numbered callouts](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_repeater_toggle_compare_no_photo.png) 3\. Add a column for the image URLs using Query Mode. In Query Mode (1), create a SAQL statement to associate each product category with the appropriate image, and store the URL in a new Photo column (2). Use the URLs that you saved in the text file. ![SAQL statement with 2 numbered callouts showing the SAQL statement for adding the photo URLs](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_repeater_toggle_saql.png) This SAQL statement was created for our example. Each product category is mapped to its image and added to the Photo column. You can use this statement as a model when creating your own. ``` q = load "SuperStoreSales"; result = group q by 'Product_Category'; result = foreach result generate q.'Product_Category' as 'Product_Category', count(q) as 'A', (case 'Product_Category' when "Furniture" then "https://example.com/file-asset/furniturejpeg?v=1" when "Office Supplies" then "https://example.com/file-asset/office_suppliesjpeg?v=1" when "Technology" then "https://example.com/file-asset/technologiejpeg?v=1" else "Unspecified" end) as 'Photo'; result = order result by ('Product_Category' asc); result = limit result 2000; ``` To confirm what you did, click back over to the compare table view. The image URLs are listed in the Photo column (1), and the new grouping is on the left (2). ![Compare table view with 2 numbered callouts showing the results of applying the SAQL statement](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_repeater_toggle_compare_with_photo.png) 4\. Design the repeater widget toggle. Now design the repeater widget using the image URLs from the Photo column. - Drag the repeater widget to the dashboard canvas. - Drag your query from the right panel to the widget. - Drag an image widget to the repeater. In the property panel, select **Photo** as the image source. Adjust the image scale to fit. Click **Done**. - Edit the repeater content again. Drag a text widget to the repeater widget. In the Widget panel on the right, change the text to \[Product\_Category\]. Add color and style. To add an emoji, right-click in the text area. When you’re finished, click **Done**. - Under Content Layout in the right panel, enter three items per line so that the toggle options for this example are displayed side by side. That’s it! Save and preview the dashboard. When you click one of the toggles, the bar for that product category is highlighted. ![Preview of the completed dashboard showing the bar chart and toggles](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_repeater_toggle_preview.png) ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip Use the techniques in this example to add images to any of your queries. # Add Tableau Next Metrics, Dashboards, and Visualizations to a Slack Canvas When you paste a Tableau Next link into a Slack canvas, you can choose to display a preview of the metric, dashboard, or visualiation (viz) as a card. Unlike sharing a Tableau Next link in a direct message or channel, previews in Slack canvases regularly refresh data from each viewer’s perspective. And you can see when the data was last refreshed at the bottom of the card in the canvas. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To share metrics in Slack: Tableau Unmetered Consumer or Tableau Next Consumer or Tableau Unmetered Self-Service Consumer or Tableau Next Self-Service Consumer permission set
Ask your Slack and Salesforce admins to [Enable Slack for Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_slack_collab.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When enabled, users can share Tableau Next links in Slack with a preview of the metric. After an admin Connects Salesforce and Slack, previews sent in Slack are displayed according to the senders’ permission access that is governed by Tableau Next. And this seamless integration between Slack and Tableau Next requires no additional apps. From Slack or Tableau Next, users can view related conversations that they have access to about Tableau Next analytics that have been shared in Slack."). 1. Open a canvas in Slack. 2. Paste a Tableau Next link to a metric, dashboard, or viz. 3. From the **Paste As** menu, choose **Card**. 4. Click **Refresh** to see the latest data within Slack. Because a preview in a Slack canvas has live data, a viewer must have access to the object and its data in Tableau Next to view the preview. If the user doesn’t have access to the object in Tableau Next, then they see a message encouraging them to ask their Tableau Next admin for access. # Add Tableau View to a Dashboard Compare and review Tableau and CRM Analytics data side by side in a CRM Analytics dashboard. Embed a published Tableau Cloud or Tableau Server view in a CRM Analytics dashboard to analyze your data without switching between two accounts. For example, keep tabs on your shipment trends from Tableau in the same CRM Analytics dashboard that you track sales orders. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
To see a published Tableau view in a CRM Analytics dashboard, users must have access to both the Tableau view and the CRM Analytics app to which it’s published. 1. Open the dashboard that contains the sales order data. 2. To add the Tableau view, drop a component widget (![Component widget icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_component_widget.png)) onto the dashboard and click **Component**. 3. In the Select Component window, select the Tableau view from the Tableau Dashboard Components list. ![Adding published Tableau view to dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_tableau_view_component.jpg) 4. Save your dashboard and then preview it. ![Adding published Tableau view to dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_tableau_view_dashboard.jpg) #### See Also - [Embed Tableau Views into Salesforce](https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/embed_ex_lwc.html) # Add the Action to the CRM Analytics Dataset Field When you add the Update Opportunity action to the Opportunity Name field in the Opportunities dataset, you specify which dimension shows the action menu. You also specify the dataset field that contains the Salesforce record ID. The ID identifies both the Salesforce object and the record. ![The image shows an opportunity record linked to the corresponding opportunity record in an Analytics table via the opportunity ID.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/wave_dashboards_SFDCWaveIntegration.png) 1. Edit the dataset. ![The Configure Actions button appears at the top of the dataset edit page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_edit_dataset.png) 2. Click the Configure Actions button (![Configure Actions button that appears at top of dataset edit page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataset_configure_actions_button.png). 3. In the left pane, select the dataset field where you want the action menu to appear. ![After you select a dimension, you can start configuring the action in the right pane.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_actions_config_select_dim.png) 4. In the Record ID Field, select **Opportunity Id**, which is the dataset field that contains the record ID of the Opportunity object. 5. In Display Fields, select the dataset fields to show if multiple records match the action. Users can review this information to determine which Salesforce record to perform the action on. To help users identify the correct opportunity record, show Opportunity ID, Opportunity Name, Opportunity Owner, and Account Name. 6. To enable users to perform actions on a Salesforce record, select **Perform Salesforce actions** and then select **Choose actions**. 7. Select **Update Opportunity**. ![The Update Opportunity action appears in the list of available actions.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_actions_action_custom_select.png) 8. Click **Save**. # Add the Input Widget to Formula Queries Retrieving values from the input widget to use in a formula can be done through the UI. You can add the input widget as a column in a query or with SAQL. The input widget works as a data source by collecting user inputs for use in other parts of the dashboard. Steps in this section show you how to add the input widget to a calculation through the UI. To learn more using the input widget with interactions, see [Create Interactions with Clicks](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_create_interactions_bindings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Interactions, previously called bindings, are the most powerful way to specify relationships between different queries on your dashboard. Creating the right syntax for an interaction can be complex. With the Advanced Interaction Editor, create, edit, and preview your interactions with clicks.") - **[Add the Input Widget to a Formula Query](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_explorer_dynamic_input_query.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the input widget to build a formula in a new or existing query. - **[Add the Input Widget to a SAQL Query](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_explorer_dynamic_input_query.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add the input widget to a new or existing query using SAQL. ## Add the Input Widget to a Formula Query Use the input widget to build a formula in a new or existing query. 1. Add an input widget to your dashboard. ![Adding an input widget to the dashboard.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_input_widgets_query_ui.png) 2. Create a query or select an existing query for building your formula. ![Adding an input widget to the dashboard.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_input_widgets_query_ui_2.png) 3. Edit the query you’re using to build your formula result. 4. Add a column to the query and select **Input**. 5. Search and select an input query. ![Adding the input query to an existing query.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_input_widgets_query_ui_3.png) 6. Add another column and select **Formula**. 7. Use the formula editor to create a calculation using values from the input query. ![Using the input query in a formula.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_input_widgets_query_ui_4.png) ## Add the Input Widget to a SAQL Query Add the input widget to a new or existing query using SAQL. 1. Add an input widget to your dashboard. 2. Create a query or select an existing query for building your formula. 3. Edit the query you’re using to build your formula, and click **Query Mode**. 4. Position your cursor in the SAQL code where to add values from the input query, and click the **Add Input** link. ![Adding an input widget to a SAQL query](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_dynamic_input_query_saql.png) # Add the Predicate to the Metadata File For a dataset created from a CSV file, you can specify the predicate in the metadata file associated with the CSV file or when you edit the dataset. You must escape the double quotes around string values when entering a predicate in the metadata file. In this example, you add the predicate to the metadata file shown below. ``` { "fileFormat": { "charsetName": "UTF-8", "fieldsDelimitedBy": ",", "fieldsEnclosedBy": """, "numberOfLinesToIgnore": 1 }, "objects": [ { "name": "Targets", "fullyQualifiedName": "Targets", "label": "Targets", "rowLevelSecurityFilter": "'AccountOwner' == "$User.Name"", "fields": [ { "name": "AccountOwner", "fullyQualifiedName": "Targets.AccountOwner", "label": "Account Owner", "type": "Text" }, { "name": "Region", "fullyQualifiedName": "Targets.Region", "label": "Region", "type": "Text" }, { "name": "Target", "fullyQualifiedName": "Targets.Target", "label": "Target", "type": "Numeric", "precision": 16, "scale": 0, "defaultValue": "0", "format": null }, { "name": "TargetDate", "fullyQualifiedName": "Targets.TargetDate", "label": "TargetDate", "description": "", "type": "Date", "format": "dd/MM/yy HH:mm:ss", "isSystemField": false, "fiscalMonthOffset": 0 } ] } ] } ``` # Add Widgets to the Dashboard Widgets are the basic building blocks of a dashboard. In the dashboard designer, you can add different widgets to perform functions. For example, widgets can calculate key performance indicators, filter dashboard results, visualize your data using interactive charts, and show record-level details in tables. Watch a Demo: [![Watch Video Demo](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/_corporate/images/play_btn.png) Get to Know Wave Dashboard Widgets (English Only)](https://salesforce.vidyard.com/watch/6aA4EKE9jbuhqC2fLoHt85) Widgets that display data require a query. A widget determines how to use or display the results returned by a query. For example, a query calculates the average opportunity amount, grouped by region. A bar chart widget displays the results in a bar chart format with each bar showing the average opportunity amount for a region. If the query is faceted, when you select a bar in the chart, other widgets are filtered, showing results for only the selected region. Most widgets have a wizard that you can use to build the widget, including the underlying query. You can also build your own custom query and apply it to a widget. Multiple widgets can use the same query, unless it's a date or range widget. Clone widgets to create similar looking components in a CRM Analytics dashboard. For example, you can clone a chart widget and change the chart type to get a different view of the same results. When you clone a widget, you also clone its query. You can also quickly create three number widgets by cloning one of them and modifying their queries’ filters to show total open, total won, and total lost opportunity amounts. To clone widgets, remove queries, clone queries, and view query properties, select the widget while editing the dashboard, and then click the appropriate button. ![The buttons appear when you select a widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_widget_step_action_buttons.png) To configure how a widget appears, set the properties in the Widget tab. For example, you can show data values and the axis title for a chart widget. You can also apply default properties to ensure that widgets look consistent, like having the same border and background color. To configure how the widget behaves, set query properties in the **Query** tab. For example, you can choose which measure to display in the widget when its query contains multiple measures. Changes to query properties impact all widgets that are built on the query. When you save the new version of your dashboard, it’s a good idea to enter a brief description of your changes to the **Version History** field. The description can help you remember what’s unique about this version of the dashboard in case you want to restore this version after you make changes and save a new version. For example, enter Added Number Widget. - **[Add Number Widgets to Include Key Metrics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_number_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Key metrics help you track critical measurements of your business. For example, you can show the total number of open cases or total opportunity amount for the last quarter or the northern region. - **[Add Chart Widgets to Visualize Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_chart_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Charts in a CRM Analytics dashboard allow you to visually summarize and trend your data. For example, a donut chart can show the distribution of opportunities across industry type. - **[Add a Global Filter Panel Widget to Filter Data from the Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_scope_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The panel can contain single or multiple global filters. Use a global filter to apply the same filter to multiple queries in the dashboard. For example, a dashboard has two charts comparing two sales reps’ performance. To compare apples to apples, both charts must have the same filters. When possible, use a global filter instead of a selection-based filter to improve dashboard performance. If configured, users can change a global filter while viewing the dashboard. - **[Add Selection-Based Filter Widgets to Enable Users to Filter the Results](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_filter_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Users viewing the dashboard can make selections in these types of widgets, which filter the results of other faceted widgets. Selection-based filter widgets give users the ability to slice and dice the data to view results from different angles. For example, the dashboard viewer can select a region in a list widget to focus the dashboard results on a specific sales location. Unlike with a filter defined by a query, the viewer can filter the results differently (by making another selection) or remove the filter altogether. - **[Add a Table Widget to Show Record Details and Create Calculated Columns](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_table_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can add different types of tables to a CRM Analytics dashboard. To view record-level details, add a values table. A values table can show details like how long a case has been open and who owns it. To create custom columns in a table based on calculations from existing fields, add a compare table. If the underlying query contains at least one grouping, you can create a pivot table. - **[Add a Container Widget to Create Sections in the Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_container_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use a container in a CRM Analytics dashboard to group related widgets. For example, you can use a container widget to create a filter panel on the left side of the dashboard to store all selection-based filter widgets. To distinguish the filter panel from the rest of the dashboard, you can apply a background color and border to the container. When you move this widget, the contained widgets also move while maintaining their spacing and alignment. - **[Add an Image Widget to Display Graphics in the Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_image_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can include company logos to brand the CRM Analytics dashboard, icons to categorize results, or graphics to animate the dashboard. - **[Enrich Your Data with Dashboard Text](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_text_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use text widgets to emphasize important data, make your dashboards more scannable, and tell a more compelling data story. - **[Add a Navigation Widget to Access Dashboard Pages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_navigation_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Give dashboard viewers an easy way to navigate dashboard pages with a navigation widget. Reuse your navigation widget for a consistent look across dashboard pages. - **[Add a Link Widget to Link to Other Assets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widgets_link_add_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Take dashboard viewers straight to where they need to go with links to specific assets, like dashboards, pages, queries, lenses, and even web pages. You can also use links to create analysis paths for users to follow, helping them navigate your analytics app, or to perform mass quick actions on record lists. - **[Recycle and Restore CRM Analytics Dashboards and Lenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_recycle_bin.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you delete a dashboard or lens, it moves to the Recycle Bin instead of disappearing for good. You have 30 days to restore it to its original state before it's permanently gone. - **[Widget Properties for Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_widget_properties_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Widget properties define how widgets appear in the Analytics dashboard. For example, you can apply labels, backgrounds, and borders. To make widgets look consistent, you can set up default widget properties in the layout and then assign them to each widget. Widget properties vary based on the widget type and the designer used to create them. The properties listed here apply only to widgets created in the dashboard designer. # Add Your Data Import your raw data files, such as CSV files, onto your local device. Each imported data file becomes a dataset. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
As you prepare to import data, keep these limits and tips in mind: - Only CSV, TSV, and XLSX files, and ZIP files containing these types, can be imported as dataset. - Imported dataset aren’t available in CRM Analytics on the Web. They are only available on your mobile device in the playground. - Imported dataset aren’t encrypted. - **[Two Approaches for Importing Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_mobile_import_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create dataset from external files or via a URL from inside CRM Analytics. # Add Yourself to the List of Dashboard Publishers CRM Analytics users with Editor or Manager access to the dashboard can add themselves to the list of dashboard publishers. 1. Click the ![Dashboard ... icon at upper right](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_dotdotdot.png) button at upper right. ![Click the ... icon at upper right to view a dashboard's history](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_version_history.png) 2. Select **Version History**. 3. Open the **Publishers** tab and click **Add yourself as a Publisher**. To remove yourself from the publisher list, click the x to the right of your name in the publisher list. # Add, Remove, and Manage the Objects and Fields That Sync to CRM Analytics As your analytics and business needs change, the data synced to CRM Analytics change, too. Add, remove, and change the settings for the objects and fields included in data sync. For help with managing data sync for local Salesforce objects, see [Add and Remove Local Salesforce Objects and Fields from Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_salesforce_local_add_remove_objects.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Update data sync to keep up with your changing business by adding local Salesforce objects, removing objects, and managing which fields are synced. Synced data is stored in CRM Analytics as objects that you can use in recipes."). For help with managing data sync for remote objects, see [Add and Remove Remote Objects and Fields from Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_replicate_connection.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Update data sync for connected external data sources to keep up with your changing business by adding objects, removing objects, and managing which fields are synced. Synced data is stored in CRM Analytics as objects that can be used in recipes."). #### See Also - [Configure the Dataflow Through the Definition File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_workflow_configure.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You can configure the dataflow by adding transformations directly to the dataflow definition file.") - [sfdcDigest Transformation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_salesforce_extract_transformation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "phThe sfdcDigest transformation generates a dataset based on data that it extracts from a Salesforce object. You specify the Salesforce object and fields from which to extract data. You can choose to exclude particular fields that contain sensitive information or that aren’t relevant for analysis.") # Adding Assets to a Data Space A data space acts as a logical partition for organizing your data. The app places your assets in the Default data space. However, if other data spaces are available in Data 360, you can add assets to one of them. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
Data spaces enable you to categorize your data, metadata, and processes, such as by brand, region, or department. This categorization can control user access, ensuring users only see and work with data relevant to their specific category. A default dataspace is always available and cannot be changed. When a Data Lake Object is created, the ‘default’ dataspace is associated to the DLO. Users can optionally change the dataspace or add dataspace available in the system to the DLO. ![Enabling a full refresh.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_add_assets_to_data_space.png) Users can also manage dataspaces on the DLO by opening the DLO and using the Actions on the DLO page. ![DLO action menu.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_add_assets_to_data_space_2.png) #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Data Spaces](https://https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_dataspaces.htm&language=en_US&type=5) - [_Salesforce Help_: Turn on Acceleration for Data Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_enable_acceleration.htm&language=en_US) # Adding Calculated Columns into Your Dataset Create calculated columns in your dataset to extract more useful information, such as a ratio or aggregation. A calculated column uses a formula to derive its value from other data (such as fields, expressions, and values). ## Value of Calculated Columns Calculated columns can provide a succinct, single representation of meaningful but more complex data relationships. For example: - Fields that precisely describe the outcome you’re analyzing or predicting can improve pattern detection and enable more actionable insights to be found. - Calculated columns usually results in better analysis and higher model accuracy than any single-variable transformation. For your use case, consider ways in which you can use calculated columns to boost your analysis and models. ## Types of Calculated Columns | Type | Description | | --- | --- | | Aggregations | Examples of commonly computed aggregated fields include: mean (average), most recent, minimum, maximum, sum, multiplying two variables together, and ratios made by dividing one variable by another. | | Ratios | Ratios can communicate more complex concepts, such as a price-to-earnings ratio, in which price or earnings alone can deliver this insight. | | Transformations | Transformation refers to the replacement of a variable by a function. For instance, replacing a variable by its square or cube root or logarithm is a transformation. You transform variables when you want to change the scale of a variable or standardize the values of a variable for better understanding. Variable transformation can also be done using categories or bins to create variables: for example, binning continuous Lead Age into Lead Age Groups or Price into Price Categories, such as Discount, Retail, and OEM. | ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Einstein Discovery doesn’t support fields that contain multiple values, such as a list or array. To learn more, see this KB article: [Limitations of MultiValue Fields in CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=000319818&language=en_US). Einstein Discovery converts a numeric field with 10 or fewer distinct values to a text field. ## Ways to Calculate Column Values CRM Analytics provides several approaches for preparing data. | Approach | To Learn More | | --- | --- | | Data Prep and transformations | [Clean, Transform, and Load Data with Data Prep](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_overview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Data Prep provides an intuitive, visual interface in CRM Analytics that allows you to easily point-and-click your way to build recipes that prepare data and load it into a target. Use the graph of a recipe to see at a glance where the data comes from and how it flows through the recipe to the target. To validate the recipe as you build, preview how raw data is transformed at every step of the way.") | | dataflows and transformations | [Design Datasets with Dataflows and the Dataset Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_design_datasets_with_dataflows_and_builder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use a dataflow to create one or more datasets based on source data from existing datasets or synced data. A dataflow is a set of instructions that specifies what input data to include, how to transform that data, and which datasets to load the transformed data into.") | | Data Prep Classic (recipes) and calculated fields | [Clean, Transform, and Load Data with Data Prep Classic](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_create_recipe.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use a recipe to clean and combine data from multiple datasets or connected objects. Add bucket and formula fields, filter rows, transform field values, convert field types, and standardize date formats. You can then output the results to a new target dataset.") | To determine the best way to calculate values for your use case, see [Why Should I Use Recipes Instead of Dataflows?](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_prepare.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Recipes and dataflows both prepare data. Compared to dataflows, recipes are newer and are recommended for functionality and ease of use. Recipes allow you to preview the data as you transform it, while dataflows only show your node schema. For example, recipes have more join types and transformations with built-in machine learning - such as Predict Missing Values and Detect Sentiment - that aren’t available in dataflows. Recipes can also aggregate data to a higher level.") #### See Also - [Collect, Cleanse, and Optimize Your Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_prep_cleanse.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "All data prep efforts are oriented toward providing the best data you can for the business outcome you want to examine or predict. CRM Analytics provides the tools you need to consolidate, clean, and prepare your data for analysis. This topic describes approaches to consider when preparing data for your solution.") # Adding Calculated Columns with Einstein Report Formula Generation Einstein Report Formula Generation can help you with the technical work of creating row-level and summary formulas. Describe a calculation in simple terms, and Einstein generative AI discovers the relevant data and suggests a formula. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience.
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions with Einstein 1 Sales Edition and Einstein 1 Service Edition.
Creating formulas for calculated fields requires an understanding of data models, objects and fields, available functions, and the various limitations of data types and formula types. Einstein generative AI greatly simplifies the task of customizing reports. With the ability to quickly and efficiently create row-level and summary formula fields from natural language descriptions, you can deliver more customized and compelling insights to meet your business needs. - **[Get Started with Einstein Report Formula Generation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_genai_report_formula_generation_start.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create row-level and summary columns in Data 360 reports. - **[Einstein Report Formula Generation Considerations and Limitations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_genai_report_formula_generation_considerations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Before working with Einstein Report Formula Generation, understand the considerations and limitations. - **[Guidelines for Requesting Row-Level Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_genai_report_formula_generation_row_level_tips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A row-level formula evaluates each record in a report, with the results of the formula shown in each report row. Learn more about row-level formulas to help you request useful formulas from Einstein Report Formula Generation. - **[Guidelines for Requesting Summary Formulas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_genai_report_formula_generation_summary_tips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A summary formula evaluates a report's group subtotals and grand totals, with the results of the formula shown in summary rows. Learn more about summary formulas to help you request useful formulas from Einstein Report Formula Generation. - **[Einstein Report Formula Generation Error Messages](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_dc_genai_report_formula_generation_error_messages.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** If Einstein’s response doesn’t meet your expectations, you can generate another response by entering a new request. On the other hand, if your request doesn’t provide the information needed, Einstein lets you know. Either way, just try again, phrasing your request differently. #### See Also - [About Einstein Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_about.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Set Up Einstein Generative AI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Einstein Usage](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.generative_ai_usage.htm&type=5&language=en_US) - [Einstein Features and Data Usage in Salesforce and Lightning Platform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.admin_einstein_features_data_usage_sales_service.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Adding Data to a Tableau Next Workspace You can analyze any data that's available in your workspace. You can access data in Data 360 from data assets such as an existing data model object (DMO), Data Lake Object (DLO) and Connections, or upload your own data from files or cloud-based resources. Changes you make in Tableau Next don't affect the source data in Data 360 or in your original files. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
You can use these data types in Tableau Next. | Data Asset | Description | | --- | --- | | Comma-separated value (CSV) | A text file that stores data in a table-like format. CSV files are commonly used to move data between applications and programs. The file can be up to 10 MB. For more information on what’s supported for CSV files, see [Supported File Formats in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_supported_file_formats.htm&language=en_US). | | Excel (.xlxs) | A file that stores data in spreadsheet format. .xlsx files are used for data organization, analysis, and visualization. The file can be up to 10 MB. For more information on what’s supported for .xlxs files, see [Supported File Formats in Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_supported_file_formats.htm&language=en_US). | | Data model object (DMO) | A Data 360 metadata object that describes the structure and schema of data stored in one or more data lake objects. | | Data lake object (DLO) | Contains the raw data ingested into Data 360 or referenced from an external system, such as Snowflake. A DLO can contain both raw data and data that is calculated during ingestion. | | Calculated insight object (CIO) | A data model object created after a calculated insight is processed. You can connect to an existing CIO in Data 360 and add it as a data asset in your workspace. | | Semantic model | A collection of metadata that describes a set of data stored in Data 360. A semantic model can have one or more data objects that describe the grouping of semantic definitions. It can also include metrics and calculated insights. | - **[Add an Existing Data Asset to a Tableau Next Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_add_existing.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can add existing assets such as data connections, data model objects, dashboards, and semantic models, to new or existing Tableau Next workspace. - **[Upload Data to a Tableau Next Workspace Using a CSV File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_add_csv.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Add your own data to a new or existing workspace using a CSV file. The data is parsed, verified, and added to a new data object. You can then use it in a semantic model, visualization, or dashboard. - **[Upload Data to a Tableau Next Workspace That Use an Excel File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_add_excel.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Convert local Excel data into native Data Cloud assets for semantic models and visualizations. Tableau Next supports Excel files up to 100 MB and 500 columns. - **[Upload Salesforce CRM Data Directly into Tableau Next (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_add_salesforce_connections.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now convert standard and custom CRM objects into Data Lake Objects without leaving Tableau Next. - **[View and Use Google Drive Data in Your Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_add_google_drive.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Work with Google Drive data in Tableau Next using an admin-managed connection. Analysts can browse and select CSV, XLSX, and Google Sheets files from authorized Shared Drives without configuring connections or managing separate login credentials. - **[File Upload Processing Modes and Limits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_upload_limits.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Upload processing modes in Tableau Next are based on file size and column count thresholds. Files exceeding standard limits are automatically queued for asynchronous processing, optimizing resource allocation without impacting platform stability. - **[Monitor Your Data in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_monitoring.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Monitor your data objects, data connections, and data transforms created or referenced in workspaces directly in Tableau Next without switching contexts. Use the Tableau Next Data Monitor to track data assets, including status, refresh history, source workspace, and other details. To quickly find assets, use the filter or search on any tab. - **[Visualize Your Data in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_explore.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Go beyond static preview and interact directly with your data to uncover insights and patterns. - **[Batch Data Transforms in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_transform_builder.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A batch data transform is a repeatable series of operations that you can run when data updates. The first time that you run a batch data transform, it pulls in data and transforms it according to your definition. You can also run a transform manually or set it up to run at scheduled intervals. - **[Connect to Data Sources with the Connector Catalog](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connector_catalog.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Centralize your data management by building a curated library of data connectors within the new Connector Catalog. This unified interface shows all supported platforms alongside their specific connection features and requirements. - **[Adding Assets to a Data Space](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_add_assets_to_data_space.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** A data space acts as a logical partition for organizing your data. The app places your assets in the Default data space. However, if other data spaces are available in Data 360, you can add assets to one of them. - **[Rename Data Source Columns in Your Workspace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_rename_column.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Optimize data clarity by renaming data source columns to align with your organization's business terminology. Modifying these field names in your workspace ensures that you interact with familiar labels during analysis. - **[Search for Data Tables and Schemas](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Efficiently navigate Tableau Next data structures by searching for schemas and tables across all active connections in Tableau Next from the search bar. Scan your data sources and see matches that preserve their original folder hierarchy and context. - **[Turn on Acceleration for Data Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_enable_acceleration.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Data acceleration improves query performance by temporarily caching data in Data 360. Acceleration is off by default when you add an external database connection. You can turn it on by selecting Full Refresh or Incremental Refresh. - **[Keep File-Based Connections Current](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_file_based_cache.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now set up the file-based connectors to run regular updates that ensure your Tableau Next dashboards and metrics show the most up-to-date information. - **[Search File-Based Connections with Enhanced Search](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_file_based_search.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can now search for files and folders by name in shared drives instead of navigating complex folder structures. This enhanced search extends beyond the local cache, enabling you to identify the correct files at a glance. - **[Update Data Lake Objects with Excel and CSV File Refreshes](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_refresh.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep your analytics current by replacing existing data sources with updated Excel or CSV files directly within the Data Lake Object. This streamlined upload process maintains your established data structures while ensuring users always work with the latest records. - **[Date and Datetime Formats in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_date_formats.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Tableau Next recognizes and supports multiple date and datetime formats. # Additional Functions for Formulas In CRM Analytics, these versatile functions can be used with the data types text, number, date\_only, and datetime to build logic into your formulas. ## Additional Functions for Formulas When entering a formula use the API name of the column in the expression, not the label. The parameters section is surrounded by parentheses. The `case` function handles if/then logic for formulas. This function can be used with TEXT, NUMBER, DATE\_ONLY, and DATETIME data. The syntax is: ``` case primary_expr(optional) when condition then result_expr ... else default_expr end ``` The syntax includes these keywords and parameters: - **case** and **end** keywords begin and close the expression - **when** and **then** keywords define a conditional statement. You can include one or more conditional statements. - condition is a logical expression that can be evaluated to true or false. Construct this expression with any values, identifiers, logical operator, comparison operator, or scalar functions (including date and math functions) supported by EA SQL. Example: ``` eg xInt < 5 or price > 1000 and price <= 2000 ``` - result\_expr is an expression that can be evaluated by the EA SQL engine. You can include values, identifiers, and scalar functions, including date and math functions. The expression can evaluate to any data type, but the data type must be consistent among all conditional expressions. So if result\_expr is of NUMERIC type, then result\_expr2 … result\_exprN must also be of NUMERIC type. Example: ``` abs(price) ``` - else allows a default expression to be specified. The else statement must follow the conditional when/then statement. There can be only one else statement. This parameter is optional. - default\_expr is an expression that can be evaluated by the EA SQL engine. The outcome if the condition expression evaluates as false. Here’s a `case` function example. Type is a field in the dataset. “New Business” and “Existing Business” are values of the Type field. ``` case when Type = 'New Business' then 'NB' when Type = 'Existing Business' then 'EB' else Type end ``` The `coalesce` function returns the first non-null value in an expression. Otherwise, returns null. This function can be used with TEXT, NUMBER, DATE\_ONLY, and DATETIME data. The syntax is: `coalesce(expr1,expr2)` The syntax includes these parameters: - expr1 is the first field or text string to search for a non-null value - expr2is the next field or text string to search for a non-null value # Address Common Data Issues Handle common issues that you encounter during data prep for Einstein Discovery. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Einstein Discovery stories are now models. We wish we could snap our fingers to update the name everywhere, but you can expect to see the previous name in a few places until we replace it. The following table describes some approaches for handling common data issues when preparing data for analysis. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Einstein Discovery detects some of these issues for you during analysis. If found, Einstein prompts you to fix an issue in the model so that fixing it in the dataset is not required. For more information, see [Handle Quality Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_quality_alert.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Einstein Discovery displays quality alerts when it detects issues in your training data, your model’s quality metrics, or during cross-validation.").
Issue Approach See Also
Extreme Values and Outliers Einstein Discovery algorithms are sensitive to outliers because those values affect averages (means) and standard deviations in statistical significance calculations. If you find unusual values or outliers, confirm whether these data points are relevant and real. Often unusual values are errors. If the extreme data points are accurate, predictable, and reoccurring, do not remove them unless those points are unimportant. You can reduce outlier influence by using transformations or converting the numeric variable to a categorical value with binning.
Missing Values

The most common repair for missing values is imputing a likely or expected value using a mean or computed value from a distribution. If you use a mean value, you could reduce your standard deviation. Thus, the distribution imputation approach is more reliable. Another approach is to remove records with missing values. Don’t get too ambitious with filtering out missing values. Sometimes the pattern is in the missing data. Also, if you delete too many records, you undermine the real-world aspects in your analysis.

Einstein Discovery orients its analysis around a particular outcome. If the value of the targeted outcome is missing from a particular row, then Einstein Discovery excludes that row from analysis.

Incorrect Values Predictive algorithms assume that the input information is correct. If only a few rows have incorrect values, decide what to do. Remove those rows from the analysis, or replace the incorrect values with more correct or average values. If there are numerous inaccurate values, determine why the inaccuracies happened and whether it’s possible to repair them. Sometimes it’s better to remove a highly error-prone variable than include it in the analysis.  
Standardize Categorical Values For category values, ensure consistent category names. Remove spelling variations (such as plurals or abbreviations). Fix typos and other errors. Use labels that are meaningful, recognizable, and easy to interpret.
Skewed Data For continuous variables, review the distributions, central tendency, and spread of the variable. These variables are measured using various statistical visualization methods. Confirm that continuous variables are normally distributed. If not, try to reduce skewness for optimal prediction. For categorical variables, use a frequency table, along with a bar chart, to understand distributions of each category. If variable values are skewed, Einstein Discovery could produce biased models. When a skewed distribution must be corrected, transform the variable using a function, such as the Box-Cox transformation. After applying the fix, a normal distribution for the variable is achieved. The newly prepared, transformed variable performs much better for predictive modeling purposes.  
High-Cardinality Fields High-cardinality fields are categorical attributes that contain many distinct values. Examples include names, ZIP codes, or account numbers. Although these variables can be highly informative, high-cardinality attributes are rarely used in predictive modeling. Including these attributes vastly increases the dimensionality of the dataset, which can make it difficult for most algorithms to build accurate prediction models.
Binary Outcomes and Boolean Variables If a variable has a binary outcome (only two possible values), and those values are represented by numbers (for example, 1 and 0), then convert those numeric values to text values (for example, "TRUE" and "FALSE" or "NOTCHURNED" and "CHURNED"). For solutions that implement the classification use case (binary outcomes), Einstein Discovery requires the outcome values to be represented as text values. For other variables in the dataset, converting these values to text can improve the interpretability of the charts and explanations in the resulting insights.  
Ordinal Variables Ordinal variables are problematic for predictive models. Ordinal data consists of numerical scores on an arbitrary scale that is designed to show ranking in a set of data points. For example, Low, Medium, and High are ordinal. Predictive algorithms assume that the variable is an interval or ratio variable and therefore be misled or confused by the scale. Ordinal variables are treated as categorical. If you have ordinal values, transform them into continuous or categorical values.  
Duplicate, Redundant, or Highly Correlated Variables Minimize duplicate, redundant, or other highly correlated variables that carry the same information. Einstein Discovery algorithms perform better without these kinds of collinear variables. Collinearity occurs when two or more predictor variables are highly correlated. As a result, one can be linearly predicted from the others with a substantial degree of accuracy. To avoid collinearity, do not include multiple variables that are highly correlated or data that is from the same reporting hierarchy. For example, customers who live in the city of Tampa also live in the state of Florida. To identify high correlation between two continuous variables, review scatter plots. The pattern of a scatter plot indicates the relationship between variables. The relationship can be linear or nonlinear. To find the strength of the relationship, compute correlation. Correlation varies between –1 and +1.
#### See Also - [Collect, Cleanse, and Optimize Your Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_prep_cleanse.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "All data prep efforts are oriented toward providing the best data you can for the business outcome you want to examine or predict. CRM Analytics provides the tools you need to consolidate, clean, and prepare your data for analysis. This topic describes approaches to consider when preparing data for your solution.") - [Handle Quality Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_quality_alert.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Einstein Discovery displays quality alerts when it detects issues in your training data, your model’s quality metrics, or during cross-validation.") # Adjust Dashboard and Widget Formatting Format the dashboard and its widgets to create a consistent user experience. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
## Format a Dashboard To format the dashboard, click Dashboard Properties ![List widget](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_format.png) to open the properties panel. ## Grid Preset Grid Preset makes dashboard design easier by providing a structured framework that assists with the arrangement of dashboard widgets. Use the available layout patterns to help you achieve a professional appearance while reducing manual adjustments. Layout patterns include: - **Standard** is a commonly used, well-structured layout that ensures uniformity across different dashboards. - **Fine** organizes information in a smaller space, making it easier to find information. - **Spacious** helps make dashboards more visually appealing by providing generous spacing between dashboard widgets. - **Custom** offers more flexibility, enabling you to choose how data is presented and arranged. ## Additional Layout Properties The table below provides details on the remaining dashboard properties for fine-tuning the dashboard, ensuring it aligns with user preferences and corporate standards.

Property

Description

Search Locates a dashboard asset.

Maximum Dashboard Width

Sets the largest width that a dashboard can have.

Minimum Dashboard Width

Sets the smallest width before a horizontal scroll bar appears.

Dashboard Preview Width

Previews the dashboard at preset widths so you can check how it looks on narrower screens.

Grid Background Color

Sets the background color of the dashboard grid.

Gutter Color

Sets the color between widgets in a dashboard.

Widget Background Color

Sets a widget's background color.

Widget Border Color

Sets the border color around a widget.

Border

Adds an outline that surrounds dashboard assets.

Border Width

Sets the thickness of the border around dashboard assets.

Border Radius

Sets how much curve is applied to the corners of dashboard assets.

Apply to all widgets

Applies format settings to widgets.

## Control How Widgets Appear on Narrow Screens To keep the dashboard layout intact when screen space is limited, enter a value in the **Minimum Dashboard Width** field on the Style tab. When the screen is narrower than that width, a horizontal scroll bar appears. To check the layout at common widths, click **Dashboard Preview Width** and select a preset. To keep long text contained, select a text widget and use the **Overflow** and **Text Wrapping** menus. Page links in a navigation widget automatically move into an overflow menu when they don’t fit. To show navigation as a compact list, change the navigation widget display to a dropdown menu. ## Organize Dashboard Widgets Use Reflow to automatically shift and reposition widgets without manual reorganization. To disable Reflow, select **Disable Reflow** from the dropdown menu. ![Enabling Reflow.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_format_4.png) Move a widget to the desired location. Surrounding widgets automatically adjust their position to accommodate the new placement. ![Moving a visualization widget to the left of another widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_format_5.png) ## Format a Widget To adjust content and appearance in widgets, use the Widget and the Design tabs in the properties panel. For example, go to the Design tab to customize widget colors that highlight data progress and status or to apply brand colors. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Color changes applied to visualization widgets are specific to that dashboard and don’t alter the color settings defined in the Visualization Builder. ![Default color options for the text widget's label color.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_format_3.png) Go to the Widget tab and find Card Setup to select metric widget content. ![Card Setup options](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_format_2.png) # Administrative Reports Administrative reports help you analyze your Salesforce users, documents, and pending approval requests. You can report on the active Salesforce users and see who has been logging in. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic
Available in: Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note You can see the Administrative Reports folder on the Reports tab only if you have the View Setup and Configuration permission. You don't need this permission to view the Administrative Reports report type—all users can view it and manage any document reports associated with that type. To view other types of reports associated with that type, such as user and approval request reports, you must have the permission. ## Special Features of Administrative Reports Standard Reports - The All Active Users report lists the active users in your organization and when they last logged in. - The Users Logged in This Week report lists all the users who have logged in to Salesforce in the past 7 days. If Communities is enabled, you can add a Community column so that you can see which communities users have logged in to. - The Documents report lists the documents within each document folder. - The All Pending Approval Requests report lists the approval requests awaiting approval for each approval process. The My Delegated Approval Requests report is listed in the Activity Reports folder. - If your organization uses territories, the User Territory Report in the Territory Reports folder summarizes the territories to which users have been assigned. Report Types - Create a custom report that lists your organization’s reports and the last time each report was used. Choose Administrative Reports and select Reports as the report type. - If your organization uses Communities, you can report on login history for external members of your communities. 1. Create a custom report. 2. Select **Administrative Reports**. 3. Select **Users** as the report type. 4. Add Community to your report columns. 5. Add a filter that includes profiles of community users. - If your organization uses a Salesforce Customer Portal, you can report on Customer Portal users: 1. Create a custom report. 2. Choose **Administrative Reports**. 3. Select **Users** as the report type. 4. Add License Type, Profile, and Role to your report columns. You can’t report on roles for high-volume portal users because they don’t have roles. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note Permission sets aren't supported.You can also add the Customer Portal Account field to your account reports to view which accounts have contacts enabled to use the portal. - You can create custom report types from which users can report on your organization's reports and dashboards. When defining a custom report type, select **Reports** or **Dashboards** from the Primary Object dropdown list on the New Custom Report Type page. Tips for Administrative Reports - Users with the Manage Users permission can create a custom user report that lists the details of users' login attempts. The relevant fields—such as Login Date/Time, Source IP Address, and Login Status—are grouped in the Login History section of the Select Columns step. The Client Type field shows whether the user logged in via a web browser or an alternate interface such as Connect for Lotus Notes or a partner portal. You can also see which users have never logged in by setting report criteria: select the Login Date/Time field and the “equals” operator and leave the third value blank. #### See Also - [Limit Report Results](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.reports_limiting.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Set limits to the scope of your report to avoid processing too many records. The built-in choices for limiting your results vary according to the object you’re reporting on.") # Adoption Analytics App Considerations Keep these considerations in mind when using the Adoption Analytics app template. - Datasets created for the app count against row limits for your CRM Analytics license. - Only CRM Analytics logs are included. To include Salesforce logs, use Event Monitoring. - The first time you use Adoption Analytics, it can take 24 hours for data to be collected in the event logs and logs data to register in the app’s datasets and dashboard. - Salesforce stores event log data for 30 days. - CRM Analytics stores event log data in a dataset for up to 365 days, which counts against your license’s row limit. # Adoption Analytics Template Get insight into how your team uses CRM Analytics apps, dashboards, lenses, and datasets. Use the Adoption Analytics template to create an app with datasets and dashboards to track the use of your CRM Analytics assets. - **[Set Up Your Org for the Adoption Analytics App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_adoption_org_requirements.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Before creating an app from the Adoption Analytics template, configure your org to collect the necessary data. The app collects logs that track how often users open CRM Analytics apps, dashboards, and lenses. If you have the CRM Analytics Plus or CRM Analytics Growth license, your app includes Analytics log data. Your app includes Event Monitoring bundle data if you also have the Event Monitoring license. - **[Create the Adoption Analytics App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_adoption_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Guided setup walks you through creating an app from the Adoption Analytics template. - **[Schedule the Data Refresh for the Adoption Analytics App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_adoption_schedule_dataflow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Adoption Analytics template creates a dataset called WaveChange, which collects the logs that track how often users open CRM Analytics apps, dashboards, and lenses. To keep the data in your app up to date, schedule the Adoption Analytics app to refresh daily. - **[Upgrade the Adoption Analytics App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_adoption_upgrade.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Access new features and enhancements by upgrading to the latest version of the app. - **[Adoption Analytics App Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_adoption_limitations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep these considerations in mind when using the Adoption Analytics app template. # Advanced Account Forecasting Analytics for Manufacturing The Advanced Account Forecasting Analytics for Manufacturing app provides insights into your forecast data and develop accurate forecasts to optimize your production and operations. ### Required Editions

Available in: Lightning Experience

Available in: Enterprise and Unlimited Editions of Manufacturing Cloud

For more information on creating the Advanced Account Forecasting Analytics for Manufacturing app, see [Deploy Advanced Account Forecasting Analytics for Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.mfg_aaf_admin_analytics_deploy.htm&type=5&language=en_US). For more information on Advanced Account Forecasting Analytics for Manufacturing dashboards, see [Use Advanced Account Forecasting Analytics for Manufacturing](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.mfg_aaf_user_analytics_use_dashboards.htm&type=5&language=en_US). # Advanced CRM Analytics Platform Setup Follow these steps to learn the details of CRM Analytics permissions and to create and assign your own custom permission sets. ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip For best results, follow the steps in the order shown. 1. **[Learn about CRM Analytics Permission Set Licenses and User Permissions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_setup_user_permissions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you create your own CRM Analytics permission sets, you start by selecting the CRM Analytics Growth permission set license instead of using the prebuilt permission sets. The permission set license includes the user permissions required to explore data with and manage the CRM Analytics platform. 2. **[Identify CRM Analytics Platform User Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_setup_identify_user_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Identifying types of CRM Analytics platform users helps assure that custom permission sets meet your team’s analytics needs. 3. **[Enable CRM Analytics and Create Permission Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_setup_enable_create_permset.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** After identifying user types, create your permission sets then enable CRM Analytics in your org. 4. **[Assign CRM Analytics Permission Sets to Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_setup_assign_permsets.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Assign custom permission sets to one or more users—either one at a time, or in bulk—to give them access to CRM Analytics functionality. # Advanced Editor Best Practices Apply best practices throughout your Tableau Pulse journey. Consult these best practice resources. - [How to build a “Last Aggregate” Pulse Metric](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=002826039&type=1&language=en_US) - [Tableau Pulse Advanced Editor Best Practices](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=tableau-pulse-advanced-editor-best-practices&type=1&language=en_US&_ga=2.54739307.1169879823.1725384775-1874723751.1724675396) # Advanced Filter in sfdcDigest Transformation You define an advanced filter using a Salesforce Object Query Language (SOQL) WHERE clause expression. Use an advanced filter only if you are familiar with SOQL. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note When you add an sfdcDigest node filter with Data Sync enabled, that filter is added automatically to the SFDC\_LOCAL connection for that object. If you delete a filter from an sfdcDigest node, the SFDC\_LOCAL connection filter isn’t changed. Manually update the SFDC\_LOCAL connection filter. ![Example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_example.png) Example Let’s look at an example of an advanced filter. You want to extract only opportunity records that are owned by a specific user and that have either high value or a high probability of closing. You create this dataflow in the dataflow editor and add a filter in the Complex Filter Conditions field of the sfdcDigest node. ![Screenshot of dataflow editor with sfdcDigest node and register node](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataflow_editor_complex_filter_example.png) To add an advanced filter in the dataflow JSON, add a `complexFilterConditions` parameter in the sfdcDigest node. ``` { "Extract_Filtered_Opportunities": { "action": "sfdcDigest", "parameters": { "object": "Opportunity", "fields": [ { "name": "Id" }, { "name": "Name" }, { "name": "AccountId" }, { "name": "Amount" }, { "name": "StageName" }, { "name": "CloseDate" }, { "name": "Probability" }, { "name": "OwnerId" } ], "complexFilterConditions": "OwnerId = '005460000022HhMAAU' AND (Amount > 100000 OR Probability > 75)" } }, "Register_Opportunities_Dataset": { "action": "sfdcRegister", "parameters": { "alias": "FilteredOpportunities", "name": "FilteredOpportunities", "source": "Extract_Filtered_Opportunities" } } } ``` Consider the following requirements for advanced filters. - Always enclose OR conditions in parentheses in advanced filters, even if there are no other conditions. For example, to extract only closed won or closed lost opportunities, use this advanced filter: (StageName = 'Closed Won' OR StageName = 'Closed Lost'). Excluding parentheses causes the dataflow to fail. - If incremental sync is enabled on the Salesforce object, you can’t use subqueries in an advanced filter. # Aggregate and Group Data to a Different Grain Large datasets can be hard to digest due to the amount of information and low-grain details. Aggregation allows these datasets to be rolled up to a higher granularity, thus allowing users to create recurring summary statistics and join datasets with different granularities. You can also aggregate data to perform calculations on grouped records without aggregating the measures. For instance, group by website session IDs and then calculate the average time on each page and total number of clicks. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To aggregate rows in a Data Prep recipe, see [Aggregate Node: Roll Up Data to a Higher Level](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_rows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an Aggregate node to roll up data to a higher granularity in CRM Analytics. You can aggregate using: unique, sum, average, count, maximum, and minimum. You can group by any dimension or date column. You can also pivot dimensions as columns. For example, you can group opportunities by account to get account-level details, like total opportunity amount, average number of cases, and the average days to close an opportunity for each account. You can then pivot on account type to analyze each combination of account and account type."). You can add groups, aggregates, or both. Group by dimensions or date windows to roll up the records to a higher grain. For example, group daily logs by month so you can join that data with your monthly datasets. Aggregate measures to the new grouping granularity. You can use the following aggregate functions on measure columns: sum, unique, avg, count, max, and min. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To prevent double counting, exclude aggregated values that don’t match the grain of the dataset. For example, the following dataset’s grain is opportunity—each record represents an opportunity. However, the grain of the Account Annual Revenue aggregated value is account. If a user doesn’t know the dataset grain and adds all Account Annual Revenue values, he would double count annual revenue for accounts with multiple records. To prevent double counting, move Account Annual Revenue to a different dataset where the grain is account. ![The account annual revenue is listed three times--once for each of the three opportunities tied to the same ACME account.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_aggregate_grainIssue.png) 1. On the recipe page, click the Aggregation button (![Add data button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_button_aggregation.png)). 2. To change the granularity of the data, add groups. For example, group by account name to aggregate metrics by this dimension. 3. To view aggregated metrics for each grouping, add aggregates. For example, calculate the average age for opportunities to close, total amounts, average amounts, and total number of deals. Because these opportunities are grouped by account name, these aggregates provide key metrics about each account. ![Select the groups and aggregates on the left.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_recipe_aggregates_groups_configure.png) 4. Click **Done**. Notice that the aggregates and group-by fields are the only fields included in the output. All other fields from the source dataset are excluded—you can’t perform transforms on them in this recipe anymore. 5. Click **Save** | **Save Recipe**. When you run the recipe, CRM Analytics generates a new dataset that contains the aggregates specified in the recipe and a grain determined by the groups. In the example, we see the aggregates for each account. ![The new dataset has a row for each account and shows key metrics for each.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_aggregateByDim_results.png) # Aggregate Node Use an Aggregate node in CRM Analytics to roll up data. You can aggregate to a higher level of granularity or roll up hierarchical data.
User Permissions Needed
To manage and create a recipe: Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows OR Edit Dataset Recipes
- **[Aggregate Node: Roll Up Data to a Higher Level](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_rows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use an Aggregate node to roll up data to a higher granularity in CRM Analytics. You can aggregate using: unique, sum, average, count, maximum, and minimum. You can group by any dimension or date column. You can also pivot dimensions as columns. For example, you can group opportunities by account to get account-level details, like total opportunity amount, average number of cases, and the average days to close an opportunity for each account. You can then pivot on account type to analyze each combination of account and account type. - **[Aggregate Node: Hierarchical Aggregation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Hierarchical Aggregation in CRM Analytics to sum measures across multilevel data. For example, you can roll up revenues, assets, or liabilities for companies and their subsidiaries. Or, you can roll salesperson data up the management chain to see aggregates by team, region, area, and beyond. Hierarchical Aggregation requires rows with an ID and a parent ID. Many rows can have the same parent ID, or the parent ID can be empty. Some rows can even share an ID, such as a record with multiple parents. You can also use the optional roll up percentage to apply percentage splits to allocate portions to different parents, such as commission among members of the sales team. #### See Also - [Aggregate Node: Roll Up Data to a Higher Level](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_rows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an Aggregate node to roll up data to a higher granularity in CRM Analytics. You can aggregate using: unique, sum, average, count, maximum, and minimum. You can group by any dimension or date column. You can also pivot dimensions as columns. For example, you can group opportunities by account to get account-level details, like total opportunity amount, average number of cases, and the average days to close an opportunity for each account. You can then pivot on account type to analyze each combination of account and account type.") - [Aggregate Node: Hierarchical Aggregation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Hierarchical Aggregation in CRM Analytics to sum measures across multilevel data. For example, you can roll up revenues, assets, or liabilities for companies and their subsidiaries. Or, you can roll salesperson data up the management chain to see aggregates by team, region, area, and beyond. Hierarchical Aggregation requires rows with an ID and a parent ID. Many rows can have the same parent ID, or the parent ID can be empty. Some rows can even share an ID, such as a record with multiple parents. You can also use the optional roll up percentage to apply percentage splits to allocate portions to different parents, such as commission among members of the sales team.") # Aggregate Node: Hierarchical Aggregation Use Hierarchical Aggregation in CRM Analytics to sum measures across multilevel data. For example, you can roll up revenues, assets, or liabilities for companies and their subsidiaries. Or, you can roll salesperson data up the management chain to see aggregates by team, region, area, and beyond. Hierarchical Aggregation requires rows with an ID and a parent ID. Many rows can have the same parent ID, or the parent ID can be empty. Some rows can even share an ID, such as a record with multiple parents. You can also use the optional roll up percentage to apply percentage splits to allocate portions to different parents, such as commission among members of the sales team. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If the data has duplicate rows with the same record ID and parent ID, you must clean the data. Run a standard aggregation before running the hierarchical aggregation. For the same record, the amount should be consistent for all parents. The Roll-up percentage should sum up <= 1.
User Permissions Needed
To manage and create a recipe: Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows OR Edit Dataset Recipes
1. In a Data Prep recipe that already has at least one Input node, select the Add Node button (![Add Node button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_button_add_node.png)) between two nodes or at the end of the recipe. To show the Add Node button between two nodes, hover the cursor on the connecting line. 2. In the Add Node dialog box, select **Aggregate**. ![The Add Node modal shows all possible nodes that you can add, including the Aggregate node.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_node_aggregate.png) 3. In the Aggregate settings panel, turn on **Hierarchical Aggregation**. ![Select Hierarchical Aggregation in the Aggregate node.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy_select.png) 4. Add at least one **Aggregate**, such as the sum of a measure or count of rows. ![The Add Node modal shows all possible nodes that you can add, including the Aggregate node.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy_aggregates.png) 5. Select the **Record ID Column**. The record ID can be any dimension in the dataset that defines the row, such as salesperson or account name. ![Select a record ID column from the list of dimensions in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy_recordid.png) 6. Specify the **Parent ID Column**. The parent ID identifies which record each row rolls up to. This can be any dimension in the dataset that has not been selected as the record ID, such as the manager or parent account. Not every record needs to have a parent, for instance if it’s at the top of a hierarchy. ![Select a parent ID column from the list of dimensions in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy_parentid.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Null values are accepted in the parent ID column. 7. Optionally, select a **Roll-Up Percentage Column** to apply a percentage split. The aggregated value is multiplied by the number in this column. For example, your records have more than one parent, and you want to roll them up differently based on the parent. ![Select a Roll-Up Percentage column from the list of measures in the dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy_percentage.png) 8. To add the Hierarchical Aggregation to the recipe, click **Apply**. ![Completed Hierarchical Aggregation setup, showing Apply button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy_apply.png) 9. Save the recipe. With hierarchical aggregation you can automatically sum values at each level of the relationship instead of calculating values manually. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note In the following examples, **Amount** is the aggregated column. **Example 1:** Simple hierarchy such as region and country. This example shows: - Multiple records with the same parent - Mix of records with and without a parent - A record outside of the hierarchy - Parent with individual value ![Diagram showing hierarchy example one.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy_example1.png)
Without Hierarchical Aggregation   With Hierarchical Aggregation
Record ID Parent ID Amount   Record ID Amount
A01   100 A01 600
A02 A01 200 A02 200
A03 A01 300 A03 300
A04   400 A04 400
**Example 2** Intermediate hierarchy such as an org chart. This example shows: - Multiple records with the same parent - Mix of records with and without a parent - A record outside of the hierarchy - Parent with individual value - Parent without individual value - Multiple hierarchies ![Diagram showing hierarchy example two.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy_example2.png)
Without Hierarchical Aggregation   With Hierarchical Aggregation
Record ID Parent ID Amount   Record ID Amount
A01   100 A01 1200
A02 A01 200 A02 800
A03 A01 300 A03 300
A04 A05 400 A04 400
A06 A02 600 A05 400
A07   700 A06 600
      A07 700
**Example 3** Complex hierarchy such as subsidiary ownership with split percentages. This example shows: - Multiple records with the same parent - Mix of records with and without a parent - A record outside of the hierarchy - Parent with individual value - Parent without individual value - Multiple hierarchies - Records with multiple parents ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note A record has a row per each parent. - Roll-up percentage values (percentage splits) ![Diagram showing hierarchy example three.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy_example3.png)
Without Hierarchical Aggregation   With Hierarchical Aggregation
Record ID Parent ID Amount Percentage   Record ID Amount
A01   100   A01 1375
A02 A01 200 1.00 A02 350
A03 A01 300 0.50 A03 1850
A03 A10 300 0.50 A04 1290
A04 A05 400 1.00 A05 1290
A06 A02 600 0.25 A06 600
A06 A03 600 0.75 A07 700
A07   700   A08 890
A08 A04 800 1.00 A09 900
A09 A08 900 0.10 A10 1925
A10       A11 1100
A11 A03   1.00    
#### See Also - [Aggregate Node: Roll Up Data to a Higher Level](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_rows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an Aggregate node to roll up data to a higher granularity in CRM Analytics. You can aggregate using: unique, sum, average, count, maximum, and minimum. You can group by any dimension or date column. You can also pivot dimensions as columns. For example, you can group opportunities by account to get account-level details, like total opportunity amount, average number of cases, and the average days to close an opportunity for each account. You can then pivot on account type to analyze each combination of account and account type.") # Aggregate Node: Roll Up Data to a Higher Level Use an Aggregate node to roll up data to a higher granularity in CRM Analytics. You can aggregate using: unique, sum, average, count, maximum, and minimum. You can group by any dimension or date column. You can also pivot dimensions as columns. For example, you can group opportunities by account to get account-level details, like total opportunity amount, average number of cases, and the average days to close an opportunity for each account. You can then pivot on account type to analyze each combination of account and account type.
User Permissions Needed
To manage and create a recipe: Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows OR Edit Dataset Recipes
1. In a Data Prep recipe that already has at least one Input node, select the Add Node button (![Add Node button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_button_add_node.png)) between two nodes or at the end of the recipe. To show the Add Node button between two nodes, hover the cursor on the connecting line. 2. In the Add Node dialog box, select **Aggregate**. ![The Add Node modal shows all possible nodes that you can add, including the Aggregate node.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_node_aggregate.png) 3. Add at least one aggregate. Before you can add a grouping, add an aggregate. You can select one of the following aggregate functions. | Aggregate Function | Description | | --- | --- | | Unique | Counts only unique values in the selected column. | | Sum | Calculates the total by adding all values in the selected column. | | Average | Calculates the average value of the selected column. | | Count | Counts all values in the selected column. | | Maximum | Calculates the maximum value of the selected column. | | Minimum | Calculates the minimum value of the selected column. | | Stddevp | Calculates the population standard deviation. Population standard deviation measures the spread of data distribution—the typical distance between each data point and the average. | | Stddev | Calculates the sample standard deviation. Sample standard deviation measures the spread of data distribution for a given sample. Use sample standard deviation to estimate the population standard deviation based on a sample. | | Varp | Calculates the population variance. Population variance indicates how spread out data points are in a specific population. | | Var | Calculates the sample variance. Sample variance indicates how spread out data points are for a given sample. Use sample variance to estimate the population variance based on a sample. | ![The aggregate functions appear in the Select Aggregate dialog box.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_node_aggregateFunctions.png) 4. To group rows, add one or more dimension or date columns in the Group Rows field. For example, you can group by account name. ![The Aggregate node calculates the average opportunity amount for each account.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_nodeAggregate_groupRows.png) 5. To pivot dimensions as columns, add up to two dimension columns in the Group Columns field, select the values for each dimension column, and click **Apply**. For direct datasets and datasets, you can search for all column values. Otherwise, you are limited to preview data. If a value doesn’t appear in the list, adjust your sample size or refine your search. Then, click **Add new value** and enter the value. For example, you can group columns by opportunity type. Each combination of opportunity type and aggregate appears as a separate column. ![The Aggregate node calculates the average opportunity amount for each account and pivots the results by opportunity type.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_nodeAggregate_groupColumns.png) 6. To add the Aggregate node to the recipe, click **Apply**. 7. Save the recipe. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Because pivoting increases the number of columns, keep in mind that the Aggregate node can create up to 5,000 columns. If the node exceeds the maximum, you can reduce the number of columns by changing the aggregates or row and column groupings. Your values that aren’t picked are automatically included in an Other column when you pivot with the Data Prep aggregate node. For example, you can group columns by opportunity type, select your most important types, and let the rest be grouped as Other. #### See Also - [Aggregate Node: Hierarchical Aggregation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_aggregate_hierarchy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use Hierarchical Aggregation in CRM Analytics to sum measures across multilevel data. For example, you can roll up revenues, assets, or liabilities for companies and their subsidiaries. Or, you can roll salesperson data up the management chain to see aggregates by team, region, area, and beyond. Hierarchical Aggregation requires rows with an ID and a parent ID. Many rows can have the same parent ID, or the parent ID can be empty. Some rows can even share an ID, such as a record with multiple parents. You can also use the optional roll up percentage to apply percentage splits to allocate portions to different parents, such as commission among members of the sales team.") # AI and Data Usage in Tableau Next As a Tableau Next customer, it’s important for you to know what data is being used in the features where you’ve enabled AI. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
This table lists both the Customer Data, which is data submitted by the Customer to our services as defined in our [Main Services Agreement (MSA)](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/customer-agreements/), and the usage data, which is data relating to users’ interactions with Tableau Next. Data submitted to a feature with AI in Tableau Next enabled may be used to improve your services and features or to develop new features that you can access without additional cost. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note The features in this list do not use global models, which are models that look for aggregated, anonymous trends across multiple Tableau Next Customers.
Product Subagent Data Used Generative AI Model Used
Tableau Next with the Analytics and Visualization template Data Analysis

Customer Data: Actual data, numeric and textual values

GPT
Tableau Next with the Semantic Modeling template Semantic Model Management

Customer Data: None

Sample Data: Randomly selected values used to give examples to an LLM of the types of possible answers, relevant only for textual values. For example, City = NY, LA, TLV

GPT
Tableau Next with the Analytics and Visualization template Data Alert Management

Customer Data: Actual data, numeric and textual values

Sample Data: Randomly selected values used to give examples to an LLM of the types of possible answers, relevant only for textual values. For example, City = NY, LA, TLV

GPT
Tableau Next with the Analytics Authoring (Beta) template

Analytics Authoring (Beta)

Data 360 Exploration

External Data Exploration

Semantic Data Discovery

Analytics Asset Management

Customer Data: Actual data, numeric and textual values Anthropic; configurable in the Agent Definition Settings for the Default Model.
# AI-Generated Descriptions in Semantic Models (Beta) Quickly draft comprehensive descriptions for semantic data objects by using Einstein. This input is crucial for conversational analytics, giving AI agents the context they need for accurate discovery and insights. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note AI Semantic Description Generator is a pilot or beta service that is subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/company/legal/agreements/) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, the Non-GA Gen AI and the Non-GA Open AI LLM Provider, and the Non-GA Credit Consumption terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/). Use of this pilot or beta service is at the Customer's sole discretion. By clicking Install, you agree to the aforementioned terms. Use of this service might consume Flex Credits. - **[Enable AI Semantic Description Generator (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_desc_gen_enable.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enable the AI Semantic Description Generator (Beta) so you can draft entity descriptions for your semantic models in Tableau Next. - **[Draft Data Object Descriptions with AI Semantic Description Generator (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_desc_gen_use.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Quickly draft and apply accurate descriptions for semantic model entities by using AI Semantic Description Generator (Beta). Review and save the suggested descriptions to ensure your agents use precise metadata for optimal accuracy. - **[Draft Calculated Field Descriptions with AI Semantic Description Generator (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_sdm_desc_gen_use_calc.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Quickly draft detailed descriptions for calculated fields by using AI Semantic Description Generator (Beta). Review and save the suggested descriptions to ensure your agents use precise metadata for optimal accuracy. # Align Report and Dashboard Charts with Your Corporate Branding Apply a consistent, professional look to all your charts without the need to manually select colors for each element. Configure a brand palette once in your org’s theme settings and apply them to report and dashboard charts. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To view company information: View Setup and Configuration
To activate, create, edit, or preview a theme: Customize Application
Before you begin, set up and activate a theme with your brand colors. For more information, see [Activate a Theme](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.brand_activate_theme.htm&language=en_US). ## Apply Brand Palette to Dashboard Widgets 1. Open a dashboard in edit mode. 2. Click the **Edit Dashboard Properties** ![Edit dashboard properties icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_edit_dashboard_properties_icon_custom_theme.png) icon. 3. In the Dashboard Palette section, select **Brand**. 4. Click **Save**. ## Apply Brand Palette to Report Charts 1. Open a report in run mode or edit mode. 2. Click the **Chart Properties** ![Chart properties icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_chart_properties_icon_custom_theme.png) icon. 3. To apply the brand color to your chart, select **Brand** from the chart color options. 4. Click **Save**. # All-Up CSI Score Logic and Resources Understand the calculation logic, underlying formulas, and resources used to calculate the all-up CSI score. ### Required Editions
View supported editions
Element Details
Formula

AVG(VoC + SENT + JXS + EES + RHS + OPS + CHS + CLV - CRI)

The Churn Risk Index (CRI) is inverted or subtracted because a high score indicates negative health, unlike the other composite scores.

Measure
  • Voice of Customer Score Normalized
  • Sentiment Score Normalized
  • Journey Experience Score Normalized
  • Engagement Effectiveness Score Normalized
  • Revenue Health Score Normalized
  • Operations Score Normalized
  • Customer Health Score Normalized
  • Churn Risk Index Normalized
  • Customer Lifetime Value Score Normalized
Calculation Logic
  • Aggregation: Performs a simple average of the available composite scores.
  • CRI Inversion: Churn Risk Index is inverted to align with the high is equal to the good direction of other scores.
Normalization and Thresholds
  • Final Scale: Result is 0–100.
  • Banding:
    • Critical: 0–33
    • Warning: 34–66
    • Healthy: 67–100
Weighting Strategy By default, all 9 composite scores are weighted equally to make sure that financial KPIs don’t overshadow operational or sentiment signals.
# Allow Trusted Sites for Embedded Dashboards Embed CRM Analytics in any web page or web-based app. By specifying your trusted sites in the CRM Analytics allowlist, you can include embedded CRM Analytics dashboards in websites and apps outside of Salesforce servers. First, add a CRM Analytics dashboard component to your site, using [Visualforce embedding](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=bi_embed_vf.htm&language=en_US), [Lightning App Builder](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=bi_embed_lightning.htm&language=en_US), or Lightning Out. This code sample shows how to add a CRM Analytics dashboard component via Lightning Out. ```markup $Lightning.use("wave:waveApp", function() { $Lightning.createComponent("wave:waveDashboard", { dashboardId: "0FKxx00000006bOGAQ" }, "app");}, url, accessToken) ``` Second, set up an allowlist using the Content Security Policy (CSP). See [Set Up an Allowlist of Trusted Sites for Embedded CRM Analytics Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_setup_allowlist.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Specify your trusted sites in the CRM Analytics allowlist, you can include embedded CRM Analytics dashboards in websites and apps outside of Salesforce servers."). The allowlist for embedded analytics includes the following by default: - \*.salesforce.com:\* - \*.salesforce-sites.com:\* - \*.site.com:\* - Your org’s company-specific My Domain login URL. # Amazon Athena Connection Sync Amazon Athena to CRM Analytics by creating a remote connection. ## Create the Connection 1. On the Data Manager Connections tab, click **New Connection**. 2. Click the name of the connector, and click **Next**. 3. Enter the connector settings. 4. To validate your settings and attempt to connect to the source, click **Save & Test**. If the connection fails, CRM Analytics shows possible reasons. ## Connection Settings
Setting Description
Connection Name Required. Use a name that lets you easily distinguish between different connections.
Developer Name Required. The API name is used in your recipes to reference data extracted through this connection. The name can't include spaces. After you create the connection, you can’t change the developer name.
Description Required. The description for the connection.
Authentication Type Required. The authentication type. Valid values include Root, for standard authentication, and IAM, for AWS Identity Access Management (IAM) authentication.
AWS Access Key Required. The access key associated with your AWS root account. You can find it on your AWS Management console in the Security Credentials Access Keys section.
AWS Secret Key Required. The secret key associated with your AWS root account. You can find it on your AWS Management console in the Security Credentials Access Keys section.
AWS Role ARN Required for IAM authentication. The ARN of the IAM role. You can find it on the IAM Role Setup in AWS.
AWS Region

Required. The region name where your Amazon Athena data is hosted. Valid values are:

  • bahrain
  • beijing
  • capetown
  • central
  • frankfurt
  • govcloudeast
  • govcloudwest
  • hongkong
  • ireland
  • jakarta
  • london
  • milan
  • mumbai
  • ningxia
  • northerncalifornia
  • northernvirginia
  • ohio
  • oregon
  • osaka
  • paris
  • saopaulo
  • seoul
  • singapore
  • stockholm
  • sydney
  • tokyo
  • uae
  • zurich
Database Required. The name of the Amazon Athena database.
S3 Staging Directory Required. The folder in S3 where you want to store the results of queries.
Datasource Required. Then name of the Amazon Athena data source to connect to.
Workgroup Required for IAM authentication. The name of the Amazon workgroup connected to the IAM role.
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note For Root authentication, the connector uses `AwsRootKeys` for the AuthSchema value, so make sure to use the AWS root key values. For granular access to AWS data, use IAM authentication, setting up IAM users and roles in AWS. For more information on AWS IAM, see [Getting Started with IAM](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/getting-started.html) on AWS. For more information, see [CData JDBC Driver for Amazon Athena](https://cdn.cdata.com/help/FKJ/jdbc/default.htm) and [AWS security credentials](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/security-creds.html). ## Connection Considerations When working with the Amazon Athena connector, keep these behaviors in mind. - Connected object names must start with a letter and contain only letters, digits, or underscores. Object names can’t end with an underscore. - Only field names with combinations of alphanumeric, dot, underscore, or dash characters are supported. If a connector includes field names that contain other characters, such as spaces or brackets, the sync fails. - This connector can sync up to 10 million rows or up to 5 GB per job, whichever limit it reaches first. # Amazon RDS Connection Create a remote connection using one of the Amazon RDS connectors to bring data managed on the Amazon Relational Database Service into CRM Analytics. ## Available Amazon RDS Connectors - AWS RDS Aurora MySQL - AWS RDS Aurora PostgreSQL - AWS RDS MariaDB - AWS RDS MySQL - AWS RDS PostgreSQL - AWS RDS SQL Server ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Only SSL-enabled Amazon RDS instances are supported. ## Create the Connection 1. On the Data Manager Connections tab, click **New Connection**. 2. Click the name of the connector, and click **Next**. 3. Enter the connector settings. 4. To validate your settings and attempt to connect to the source, click **Save & Test**. If the connection fails, CRM Analytics shows possible reasons. All settings require a value, unless otherwise indicated.
Setting Description
Connection Name Identifies the connections. Use a convention that lets you easily distinguish between different connections.
Developer Name API name for the connection. This name can’t include spaces. The API name is used in your recipes to reference data extracted through this connection. You can’t change the developer name after you create the connection.
Description Description of the connection for internal use.
Database Name of the database that you’re connecting to.
JDBC Connection URL

URL schema for the database. The port isn’t optional. If no port is specified, the default port is used. Enter in the format: <prefix>.<hostname>.<cluster>.rds.amazonaws.com:<port>

For example:

analyticsaws.csg5yuelzxbf.us-west-2.rds.amazonaws.com:5407
Username User name to connect to the database.

Schema

This setting is available for MariaDB and MySQL connections.

Schema name for the database. Required if the JDBC connection URL doesn’t provide enough context. Otherwise, this setting is optional.

  • Microsoft SQL Server—Use the schema name to specify the correct object.
  • PostgreSQL—Use the schema name to specify the correct object.
Password Password to connect to the database.
## Filter Data Synced to CRM Analytics Exclude unnecessary or sensitive data from syncing to CRM Analytics with data sync filters. Filters run on the source object and speed up data sync by pulling only the data you need into CRM Analytics. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you plan to use excluded data in the future, use a recipe filter to limit the data written to a dataset instead of a data sync filter. 1. From Data Manager, click the **Connections** tab. 2. Select the connection associated with the object to filter. 3. Click the name of the object to filter. 4. Click **Data Sync Filter**. 5. Enter the filter. 6. Click **Save**. To filter an Amazon AWS RDS connector, enter a filter using the syntax described in its help. - [AWS RDS Aurora MySQL Help](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.AuroraMySQL.html) - [AWS RDS Aurora PostgreSQL Help](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/AuroraUserGuide/Aurora.AuroraPostgreSQL.html) - [AWS RDS MariaDB Help](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MariaDB.html) - [AWS RDS MySQL Help](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_MySQL.html) - [AWS RDS PostgreSQL Help](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_PostgreSQL.html) - [AWS RDS SQL Server Help](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonRDS/latest/UserGuide/CHAP_SQLServer.html) ## Amazon RDS Connector Considerations Keep these behaviors in mind when working with an Amazon RDS connector. - Connected object names must start with a letter and contain only letters, digits, or underscores. Object names can’t end with an underscore. - Only field names with combinations of alphanumeric, dot, underscore, or dash characters are supported. If a connector includes field names that contain other characters, such as spaces or brackets, the sync fails. - The connector can sync up to 20 million rows or 10 GB per object, whichever limit is reached first. When using the connector, Salesforce Government Cloud org data is protected in transit with advanced encryption and can sync up to 10 million rows or 5 GB for each connected object, whichever limit is reached first. - The AWS RDS SQL Server connector isn’t available to sync Salesforce Government Cloud org data. - Columns of datatype JSON are not supported. #### See Also - [Amazon RDS Connector Known Issues and Knowledge Articles](https://sfdc.co/amzrdsconnsearch) - [Add and Remove Remote Objects and Fields from Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_replicate_connection.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Update data sync for connected external data sources to keep up with your changing business by adding objects, removing objects, and managing which fields are synced. Synced data is stored in CRM Analytics as objects that can be used in recipes.") # Amazon Redshift Connection Create a remote connection using the Amazon Redshift connector to sync data from Amazon Redshift to CRM Analytics. ## Connection Requirements Before you create an Amazon Redshift connection, ensure that the Redshift cluster that you’re connecting to is SSL enabled. For more information about using SSL, see [Configure Security Options for Connections](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/connecting-ssl-support.html) in Amazon Web Services documentation. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note SHA256 encryption isn't supported for the certificate bundle. You must use MD5 encryption. ## Create the Connection 1. On the Data Manager Connections tab, click **New Connection**. 2. Click the name of the connector, and click **Next**. 3. Enter the connector settings. 4. To validate your settings and attempt to connect to the source, click **Save & Test**. If the connection fails, CRM Analytics shows possible reasons. All settings require a value, unless otherwise indicated.
Setting Description
Connection Name Identifies the connections. Use a convention that lets you easily distinguish between different connections.
Developer Name API name for the connection. This name can’t include spaces. The API name is used in your recipes to reference data extracted through this connection. You can’t change the developer name after you create the connection.
Description Description
Username User name for your Amazon Redshift account.
Number Of Nodes in Cluster The number of nodes in the Amazon Redshift cluster.
Schema Your Amazon Redshift schema name. Only objects that exist within this schema are available for sync.
Cluster Node Type Node type of the Amazon Redshift cluster.
JDBC URL

Your Amazon Redshift connection URL. Enter in the format: jdbc:redshift://<cluster>.<hostname>.<region>.redshift.amazonaws.com:<port>/<database> For help finding your URL, see Amazon Web Services’ Obtain the JDBC URL. Use the exact URL specified in the cluster database properties. For example:

jdbc:redshift://examplecluster.cke7ebis04kb.us-west-2.redshift.amazonaws.com:5631/dev

Serverless JDBC URLs are also supported. For example:

jdbc:redshift:User=admin;Password=admin;Server=default.xxxxxxxxxx.us-east.2.redshift-serverless.amazonaws.com;Port=5439;Database=dev;
Password Password for your Amazon Redshift account.
S3 Bucket Name The name of your Amazon S3 bucket. Optional.
## Filter Data Synced to CRM Analytics Exclude unnecessary or sensitive data from syncing to CRM Analytics with data sync filters. Filters run on the source object and speed up data sync by pulling only the data you need into CRM Analytics. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you expect to use excluded data in the future, use a recipe filter to limit the data written to a dataset instead of a data sync filter. 1. From Data Manager, click the **Connections** tab. 2. Select the connection associated with the object to filter. 3. Click the name of the object to filter. 4. Click **Data Sync Filter**. 5. Enter the filter. 6. Click **Save**. For the Amazon Redshift connector, enter a filter in the syntax described in the [Amazon Redshift help](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/dg/r_conditions.html). ## Amazon Redshift Connector Considerations Keep these behaviors in mind when working with the Amazon Redshift connector. - Connected object names must start with a letter and contain only letters, digits, or underscores. Object names can’t end with an underscore. - Only field names with combinations of alphanumeric, dot, underscore, or dash characters are supported. If a connector includes field names that contain other characters, such as spaces or brackets, the sync fails. - The connector can sync up to 100 million rows or 50 GB per object, whichever limit is reached first. When using the connector, Salesforce Government Cloud org data is protected in transit with advanced encryption and can sync up to 10 million rows or 5 GB for each connected object, whichever limit is reached first. - Ensure that the Redshift cluster that you’re connecting to is SSL enabled. For more information about using SSL, see [Configure Security Options for Connections](http://docs.aws.amazon.com/redshift/latest/mgmt/connecting-ssl-support.html) in Amazon Web Services documentation. - While connecting to a Redshift view, the field picker appears empty when a field’s length exceeds 32,000 characters and the source data table and view are in different database schemas. Decrease the field length in Redshift, or move the table and view to the same schema. - When syncing a Redshift object, the job quits when the query takes longer than the 60-minute threshold or when Redshift can't send any data within a 20-minute window. Make sure the Redshift instance is sized properly to send data in the 20-minute window. - Although allowing designated IPs isn’t usually the preferred or recommended practice in most cases, you must make your Redshift node available to Salesforce data centers with [these IP ranges](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=000321501&type=1&mode=1&language=en_US). Nodes in a VPC or behind a firewall aren’t supported. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important When you run a sync job on a Redshift object using the legacy connector, the Redshift data is first staged in an Amazon S3 bucket and then pulled from the S3 bucket into CRM Analytics. To enable the connector to access the data, specify the name of the bucket, its secret access key, and its access key ID in the connection settings. You can only sync data included in the specified Amazon S3 bucket. The new connector version doesn’t use Amazon S3. Additional Settings Required for Legacy Connector | Setting | Description | | --- | --- | | Master Symmetric Key | Optional. Your Amazon S3 master symmetric key used to enable client-side data encryption. This must be a 256-bit AES encryption key in Base64 format. | | AWS Secret Access Key | Your Amazon secret access key. | | AWS Access Key ID | Your Amazon S3 bucket access key ID. | | S3 Bucket Name | The name of your Amazon S3 bucket. Required when using the legacy version of this connector. | #### See Also - [Amazon Redshift Connector Known Issues and Knowledge Articles](https://sfdc.co/amzredshiftconnsearch) - [Add and Remove Remote Objects and Fields from Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_replicate_connection.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Update data sync for connected external data sources to keep up with your changing business by adding objects, removing objects, and managing which fields are synced. Synced data is stored in CRM Analytics as objects that can be used in recipes.") # Amazon Redshift Private Connection Pull your data securely from Amazon Redshift into Data Manager using the virtual private connection (VPC) for Redshift input connector for CRM Analytics. To use the Amazon Redshift Private connector, you configure an outbound network connection, external credential, and named credential. ## Prerequisites - Requires [Salesforce Private Connect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.private_connect_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - CRM Analytics only supports Redshift VPC endpoint services. Redshift-managed VPC endpoints are not supported by Salesforce Private Connect. For more information on Redshift VPC endpoint services, see [Create a service powered by AWS PrivateLink](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/privatelink/create-endpoint-service.html). - In Amazon Redshift, - Create an EC2 target group using the Redshift VPC information and private node IP address. - Create an EC2 network load balancer using the Redshift VPC information and the target group. - Create a VPC endpoint service using the load balancer and Redshift VPC information. We recommend that you disable **Acceptance required** to prevent manual acceptance for connection requests to the service. - Make note of the VPC endpoint service name. The name is used in the Salesforce Private Connect setup and the outbound network connection. For help with configuring this connection so that it’s consistent with your organization’s security requirements, contact your network security or IT department. ## Allowlist the Salesforce AWS Account for Redshift Private Connect To verify your AWS account is on the allowlist for Salesforce private connect, see [Verify Salesforce AWS Account for Private Connect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_private_allowlist.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "For your Snowflake, Redshift, or S3 private connector to work, verify your AWS account is listed as a Private Connect."). ## Create an Outbound Network Connection To create an outbound network connection, see [Create the Outbound Network Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_private_outbound_connection.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a primary outbound network connection to support your Virtual Private Connection (VPC)."). ## Create an External Credential and Principal Access 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Named, and then select **Named Credentials**. 2. On the External Credentials tab, click **New**. 3. Enter a label and name. 4. For Authentication Protocol, select **No Authentication**. ![New external credentials screen showing entered connection name and label, and the no authentication option selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3vpc_external_credentials.png) 5. Save your external credential. Add a principal to the external credential. 1. Open the new external credential 2. In the Principals section, click **New**. 3. Enter a parameter name and 1 for the sequence. ![New principal screen showing entered parameter name, sequence, and the named principal option selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3vpc_principal.png) Now update your user profile with external credential principal access. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Profiles, and then select **Profiles**. 2. Select the profile for the **Analytics Cloud Integration User**. 3. Click **Enabled External Credential Principal Access** at the top of the profile page. 4. Click **Edit** and add the principal parameter name. 5. Click **Save**. Ensure your user has principal access. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Named, and then select **Named Credentials**. 2. On the External Credentials tab, select your credential, and click **Edit** for your external credential. Verify you see your user in the Principal Access section. ![Edit principal screen showing user access.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3vpc_principal2.png) ## Create a Named Credential 1. From Amazon Redshift, find the endpoint URL for your target cluster. The URL looks like `[cluster-name].[random-hash].[region].redshift.amazonaws.com`. 2. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Named, and then select **Named Credential**. 3. On the Named Credentials tab, click **New**. 4. Enter a label and name. 5. For URL, enter https://\[cluster-name\].\[random-hash\].\[region\].redshift.amazonaws.com. 6. Select the external credential and outbound network connection that you created. ![New Named Credentials screen showing entered connection name and label, URL, and external credentials and outbound network connection values selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_redshiftvpc_named_credentials.png) 7. Save your named credential. ## Create a Redshift VPC Connection 1. On the Data Manager Connections tab, click **New Connection**. 2. Select **Private**, then the Redshift Private Connector, and click **Next**. ![The Select Connecter screen showing the Redshift Private Connector.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_redshiftvpc_select_connector.png) 3. Enter the connector settings. ![The Set Up Your Connection screen showing the required details entered.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_redshiftvpc_connection_setup.png) 4. To validate your settings and test the connection, click **Save & Test**. If the connection fails, CRM Analytics shows possible reasons. All settings require a value, unless otherwise indicated. | Setting | Description | | --- | --- | | Connection Name | Use a name that lets you easily distinguish between different connections. | | Developer Name | The API name is used in your recipes to reference data extracted through this connection. This name can’t include spaces. You can’t change the API name after you create the connection. | | Description | Description of the connection for internal use. | | Named Credential | The Name field from the named credential stored in your Salesforce org. | | Username | Your Redshift cluster username, if any. | | Password | Your Redshift cluster password, if any. | | Schema | Your Redshift cluster schema name. | | AWS Access Key ID | Your Redshift cluster access key id, if any. | | AWS Secret Access Key | Your Redshift cluster secret access key , if any. | | Master Symmetric Key | Optional setting for managing client-side encryption. You can connect to objects encrypted with customer master keys stored in the AWS Key Management Service or a customer-generated key in the 256-bit AES format. See Amazon’s documentation for details. | | Cluster Node Type | Your Redshift cluster node type. | | Number of Nodes in Cluster | The number of nodes in your Redshift cluster. | | JDBC URL | Your Redshift cluster JDBC URL. | | S3 Bucket Name | Your S3 bucket name, if any. | Amazon Region Names | Region Name | Amazon Code | | --- | --- | | US East (Ohio) | us-east-2 | | US East (N. Virginia) | us-east-1 | | US West (N. California) | us-west-1 | | US West (Oregon) | us-west-2 | | Africa (Cape Town) | af-south-1 | | Asia Pacific (Hong Kong) | ap-east-1 | | Asia Pacific (Mumbai) | ap-south-1 | | Asia Pacific (Osaka) | ap-northeast-3 | | Asia Pacific (Seoul) | ap-northeast-2 | | Asia Pacific (Singapore) | ap-southeast-1 | | Asia Pacific (Sydney) | ap-southeast-2 | | Asia Pacific (Tokyo) | ap-northeast-1 | | Canada (Central) | ca-central-1 | | China (Beijing) | cn-north-1 | | China (Ningxia) | cn-northwest-1 | | EU (Frankfurt) | eu-central-1 | | EU (Ireland) | eu-west-1 | | EU (London) | eu-west-2 | | Europe (Milan) | eu-south-1 | | EU (Paris) | eu-west-3 | | EU (Stockholm) | eu-north-1 | | Middle East (Bahrain) | me-south-1 | | South America (Sao Paulo) | sa-east-1 | | AWS GovCloud (US-East) | us-gov-east-1 | | AWS GovCloud (US-West) | us-gov-west-1 | For more information on Redshift connector considerations, see [Amazon Redshift Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_redshift_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a remote connection using the Amazon Redshift connector to sync data from Amazon Redshift to CRM Analytics."). # Amazon S3 Connection Create a remote connection using the Amazon S3 connector to sync CSV data from an S3 bucket to CRM Analytics. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you want to write from CRM Analytics to Amazon S3, use an [Amazon S3 Output Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_output_amz_s3.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a remote connection using the Amazon S3 output connector to write .csv data from CRM Analytics to an Amazon S3 bucket when using Data Prep.") instead. ## Connection Details Knowing your S3 bucket folder hierarchy is important to configuring this connector. Set the S3 bucket settings and parent’s folder path when creating the connection. Then select one or more objects, which are the subfolders under the parent’s folder path, that contain the CSV files you want to sync to CRM Analytics. When you sync the connected object, CRM Analytics looks for a CSV file called schema\_sample.csv to detect the schema of the CSV data in the folder and to display a data preview. Note, however, that no data is imported from the schema\_sample.csv file. From the preview, you can view and change field attributes for all the files that you’re loading from the folder. ![Screenshot of data preview screen when using a connection to connect to a folder in Amazon S3](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3_preview.png) CRM Analytics uses the schema\_sample.csv to derive the available fields, so you can select the fields you want. Then, the connector loads the CSV files that match the selected field set in a subfolder, and appends the rows in a single object. The permissions for the Amazon S3 account used to create this connection must include ListBucket and GetObject. Permissions must include resource grants to the bucket and either "any object" or, if you chose to be specific, the appropriate ARNs that represent the path and objects being referenced. For example: ![Amazon S3 permissions section with example permissions granted.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3_permissions.png) ## Create the Connection 1. On the Data Manager Connections tab, click **New Connection**. 2. Click the name of the connector, and click **Next**. 3. Enter the connector settings. 4. To validate your settings and attempt to connect to the source, click **Save & Test**. If the connection fails, CRM Analytics shows possible reasons. All settings require a value, unless otherwise indicated. | Setting | Description | | --- | --- | | Connection Name | Required. Identifies the connection. Use a convention that lets you easily distinguish between different connections. | | Developer Name | Required. The API name for the connection. This name can’t include spaces. The API name is used in your recipes to reference data extracted through this connection. You can’t change the developer name after you create the connection. | | Description | Required. The description for the connection. | | Authentication Type | Required. The authentication type. Valid values include `Root`, for standard authentication, and `IAM` for AWS Identity Access Management (IAM) authentication. Use IAM authentication for granular access to AWS data, setting up IAM users and roles in AWS. For more information on AWS IAM, see [Getting Started with IAM](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/getting-started.html) on AWS | | Access Key | Required. Your Amazon S3 bucket access key ID. | | Secret Key | Required. Your Amazon secret access key. | | AWS Role ARN | Required for IAM authentication. The ARN of the IAM role. You can find it on the IAM Role Setup in AWS. | | Folder Path | Required. The path to the folder that you want to connect to. The path must start with the bucket name and can’t include the name of the subfolder whose data you want to sync. | | Master Symmetric Key | Required. Use this to manage client-side encryption. You can connect to objects encrypted with customer master keys stored in the AWS Key Management Service or a customer-generated key in the 256-bit AES format. See [Amazon’s documentation](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/UsingClientSideEncryption.html) for details. | | Region Name | Required. The region of your S3 service, for example EU (Ireland). For the list of region names, see the S3 Region Names in CRM Analytics below. | Amazon Region Names in CRM Analytics | Region Name | Amazon Code | | --- | --- | | US East (Ohio) | us-east-2 | | US East (N. Virginia) | us-east-1 | | US West (N. California) | us-west-1 | | US West (Oregon) | us-west-2 | | Africa (Cape Town) | af-south-1 | | Asia Pacific (Hong Kong) | ap-east-1 | | Asia Pacific (Mumbai) | ap-south-1 | | Asia Pacific (Osaka) | ap-northeast-3 | | Asia Pacific (Seoul) | ap-northeast-2 | | Asia Pacific (Singapore) | ap-southeast-1 | | Asia Pacific (Sydney) | ap-southeast-2 | | Asia Pacific (Tokyo) | ap-northeast-1 | | Canada (Central) | ca-central-1 | | China (Beijing) | cn-north-1 | | China (Ningxia) | cn-northwest-1 | | EU (Frankfurt) | eu-central-1 | | EU (Ireland) | eu-west-1 | | EU (London) | eu-west-2 | | Europe (Milan) | eu-south-1 | | EU (Paris) | eu-west-3 | | EU (Stockholm) | eu-north-1 | | Middle East (Bahrain) | me-south-1 | | South America (Sao Paulo) | sa-east-1 | | AWS GovCloud (US-East) | us-gov-east-1 | | AWS GovCloud (US-West) | us-gov-west-1 | Keep these behaviors in mind when working with the Amazon S3 connector. - Connected object names must start with a letter and contain only letters, digits, or underscores. Object names can’t end with an underscore. - Only field names with combinations of alphanumeric, dot, underscore, or dash characters are supported. If a connector includes field names that contain other characters, such as spaces or brackets, the sync fails. - The connector can sync up to 100 million rows or 50 GB per object, whichever limit is reached first. When using the connector, Salesforce Government Cloud org data is protected in transit with advanced encryption and can sync up to 10 million rows or 5 GB for each connected object, whichever limit is reached first. - To avoid Amazon S3 connector setup timeout, choose a Folder Path with fewer than 5,000 entry options. An entry is the folder you intend to sync, the files within the folder, as well as all subfolders and subfiles. Recommended best practice is to create a bucket or folder within the bucket dedicated to Data Sync, populated with only the files to sync. - Each connection can support up to 512 columns. For data with more columns, split the data, create multiple connections, and use a recipe to combine the datasets. - Surround fields that contain quotes and commas in double quotes. Some CSV generators automatically double quote text fields when needed, while others do not. Due to inconsistent generator behavior, we recommend you surround all text fields in double quotes to ensure characters such as ' or , do not cause data sync issues - The folder path that you specify in the connection settings must start with the bucket name and the parent folder. Don’t include the folder that you want to connect to. Let’s look at an example. You want to load files from the Call\_Back\_Logs\_2018\_Jan in S3. The folder path appears above the folder when you open it in S3. ![Screenshot of folder path above folder in S3](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3_folder_path.png) The folder path in S3 starts with the bucket name (1), followed by a folder name (2). In this example, subfolder (3) contains CSV data that you want to sync. When you specify this connection’s folder path setting, you include only the bucket (1) and parent folder (2), not the subfolder (3) that you’re syncing. After you create the connection, all subfolders directly under the parent folder (2), including Call\_Back\_Logs\_2018\_Jan, appear as possible objects that you can sync using this connection. ![Folder oath field in connection settings](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3_folder_path_settings.png) - Folder names in S3 must follow developer naming conventions, with no spaces or special characters. - Copy one of the files in the subfolder and rename it schema\_sample.csv. Delete all rows in schema\_sample.csv except the header row and one row of sample data in the correct format for each column. CRM Analytics uses this file to detect the schema of the CSV data and doesn’t import any data from this file. ![Schema sample file highlighted in S3 folder](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3_schema_sample.png) - Each file that you want to load from the S3 subfolder must have a file name ending in .csv. Each file must also have a header row and the same fields as the schema\_sample.csv file. A file can have extra fields, but these fields aren’t loaded. CRM Analytics ignores files that don’t meet these requirements. - Field names in the header row of each file must follow developer naming conventions, with no spaces or special characters. The header rows in your schema file and data files are case-sensitive, so use the same capitalization throughout. - You can load only whole files, not parts of files. ## S3 Policy Example The Amazon S3 bucket policy defines access to objects in the bucket. If the policy isn't set up correctly or is too restrictive, the S3 connector can fail with 403 errors. Here is an example of a S3 bucket policy with minimum requirements to connect successfully with Salesforce with an IAM user: ``` { "Version": "2012-10-17", "Statement": [ { "Sid": "AllowListBucket", "Effect": "Allow", "Action": "s3:ListBucket", "Resource": "arn:aws:s3:::" }, { "Sid": "AllowGetObject", "Effect": "Allow", "Action": [ "s3:GetObject", "s3:GetObjectVersion" ], "Resource": "arn:aws:s3:::/*" } ] } ``` Replace with the name of your S3 bucket. ## Connection Example To better understand how the S3 connector works under more complex scenarios, consider the following hierarchy in S3. The hierarchy has two buckets: Quarterly\_Financial\_Data and Call\_Logs. The first bucket has one level of folders. The second bucket has two levels: parent folders and subfolders. Here’s the S3 hierarchy. - Quarterly\_Financial\_Data - 2018 - 2018\_quarter1\_results.csv - 2018\_quarter2\_results.csv - 2018\_quarter3\_results.csv - 2018\_quarter4\_results.csv - 2019 - 2019\_quarter1\_results.csv - 2019\_quarter2\_results.csv - 2019\_quarter3\_results.csv - 2019\_quarter4\_results.csv - Call\_Logs - 2018\_Call\_Logs - Q1\_2018 - call\_logs\_2018\_01.csv - call\_logs\_2018\_02.csv - call\_logs\_2018\_03.csv - Q2\_2018 - call\_logs\_2018\_04.csv - call\_logs\_2018\_05.csv - call\_logs\_2018\_06.csv - Q3\_2018 - call\_logs\_2018\_07.csv - call\_logs\_2018\_08.csv - call\_logs\_2018\_09.csv - Q4\_2018 - call\_logs\_2018\_10.csv - call\_logs\_2018\_11.csv - call\_logs\_2018\_12.csv Let’s look at how you can set up connections and connected objects to accomplish the following goals.
Goal Action
Extract data from multiple buckets into CRM Analytics.

Because each connection is associated with a single bucket, create a separate connection for each bucket.

For example, to extract data from the Quarterly_Financial_Data and Call_Logs buckets, create two connections, one for Quarterly_Financial_Data and another for Call_Logs. For each connection, set the appropriate bucket name in the Folder Path connection property.

Extract specific folders, but not all subfolders, from a parent folder.

Create a connection for the parent folder, and then use the connection to connect to specific subfolders.

For example, to extract call logs from Q1_2018 and Q2_2018 folders, create one connection with folder path Call_Logs/2018_Call_Logs. Then create connected objects for Q1_2018 and Q2_2018.

Extract data from a subset of the CSV files under a folder.

Move the subset of files into a subfolder, create the connection on the parent folder, and then use the connection to connect to the subfolder.

For example, to extract data from call_logs_2018_11.csv and call_logs_2018_12.csv, move these CSV files under a new subfolder under Q4_2018. Next, create a connection with folder path Call_Logs/2018_Call_Logs/Q4_2018. Finally, create a connected object based on the new subfolder.

#### See Also - [Amazon S3 Connector Known Issues and Knowledge Articles](https://sfdc.co/amzs3connsearch) - [Add and Remove Remote Objects and Fields from Data Sync](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_replicate_connection.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Update data sync for connected external data sources to keep up with your changing business by adding objects, removing objects, and managing which fields are synced. Synced data is stored in CRM Analytics as objects that can be used in recipes.") # Amazon S3 Output Connection Create a remote connection using the Amazon S3 output connector to write `.csv` data from CRM Analytics to an Amazon S3 bucket when using Data Prep. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you want to sync data from an Amazon S3 bucket to CRM Analytics, use an [Amazon S3 Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_s3.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a remote connection using the Amazon S3 connector to sync CSV data from an S3 bucket to CRM Analytics.") instead. ## How CRM Analytics Output Connectors with Output Nodes Work With CRM Analytics connectors, you can write the outcome of a recipe to an external system for further analysis, business automation, and storage. After you configure an output connector to the data source and folder path using the steps in this guide, create a recipe using Data Prep. Add an Output node to the recipe and select to write to the output connection. Select the S3 connection you configured, and choose which S3 object will contain the output data. When the recipe runs, CRM Analytics writes data to the specified object in the folder path within the directory. For example, if you specified the folder path ...support/servicedata and chose the object APAC, we write to the folder `APAC` at the path ...support/servicedata/APAC. The folder contains these files: - The output dataset .csv file, with the naming standard `folderpath`\_0.csv. In our example, the output is `APAC_0.csv`. For larger datasets, CRM Analytics automatically partitions the data into multiple .csv files with increasing numbers appended to the name. In our example, there could be a `APAC_1.csv`, a `APAC_2.csv`, and more until all data is written. This file doesn’t have a header row. - The metadata file schema.json, with information on each column including the name, data type, and precision. - The \_SUCCESS file, generated when the .csv is completely written. When you run the recipe again, the files previously generated are deleted and the new version of the files are written. ## Enable and Add the Amazon S3 Output Connector 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Analytics, select **Analytics**, and then **Settings**. 2. Select **Enable Amazon S3 output connection** and then save your changes. 3. In the Data Manager, click the **Connections** tab. 4. Click **New Connection**. 5. Click **Output**. 6. Click the connector’s icon and enter its settings, as described in the Connection Settings section. 7. Click **Save & Test**. Save & Test validates your settings by attempting to connect to the source. If the connection fails, CRM Analytics shows possible reasons. All settings require a value, unless otherwise indicated.
Connection Setting Description
Connection Name Required. Identifies the connection. Use a convention that lets you easily distinguish between different connections.
Developer Name Required. The API name for the connection. The developer name can’t include spaces, and you can’t change it after you create the connection.
Description Required. The description for the connection.
Authentication Type

Required. The authentication type. Valid values include Root and IAM.

For standard authentication, use Root. For AWS Identity Access Management (IAM) authentication, use IAM. IAM authentication provides more granular access, setting up IAM users and roles in AWS. For more information on AWS IAM, see Getting Started with IAM on AWS.

Secret Key Required. Your Amazon secret access key.
Region Name Required. The region of your S3 service. The default region is US East(N. Virginia). For the list of region names, see the AWS service endpoints documentation.
Folder Path Required. The path to the folder that you want to connect to. The path must start with the bucket name and can’t include the name of the subfolder whose data you want to sync.
Access Key Required. Your Amazon S3 bucket access key ID.
AWS Role ARN Required for IAM authentication. The ARN of the IAM role. You can find it on the IAM Role Setup in AWS.
Keep these behaviors in mind when working with the Amazon S3 output connector. - You can use an output connection more than once per recipe, but each output node must use a different object. Each output node can use up to the connector's per-run limit independently, but is still subject to the rolling 24 hour limit. - Output connections are only available for recipes built with Data Prep. - Each output connection only supports one folder path. To output to another folder path, create another output connection. - When the prior run’s files are deleted in preparation for the current run, the earlier version of an output dataset is inaccessible. Set up a process to copy or use the output after each run, and use the \_SUCCESS file as an indication that the write is complete. - Null values are output to AWS as `null-`\[token\], where the token is a string of characters. For example, `null-OrJLA4JEfCjToa4DDN` or `null-PaKIW3MEfCaQou9WXM`. To interpret the null values, you may need to implement post-processing using AWS CLI or on the target where data is consumed. #### See Also - [Output Node: Write Recipe Results to a Dataset or External System](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_output_results.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "In CRM Analytics, use Output nodes with Data Prep recipes to write recipe results to a target, such as a dataset, staged data, .csv, a Data 360 data lake object, or remote location like Amazon S3. A recipe can have more than one Output node. If the recipe writes to a dataset, you can change the API name and label of the dataset in the Output node. If an existing dataset uses the specified API name, the recipe overwrites the existing dataset when it runs.") # Amazon S3 Private Connection Pull your data securely from S3 running on AWS into Data Manager using the Virtual Private Connection (VPC) for S3 input connector for CRM Analytics. To use the S3 Private connector, you configure an outbound network connection, external credential, and named credential. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note You can’t use a custom authorization provider. ## Prerequisites - Requires [Salesforce Private Connect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=sf.private_connect_overview.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - You must configure your private link for Amazon S3, to learn how to do this see the AWS guide [AWS PrivateLink for Amazon S3](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/privatelink-interface-endpoints.html). For help with configuring this connection so that it’s consistent with your organization’s security requirements, contact your network security or IT department. ## Allowlist the Salesforce AWS Account for S3 Private Connect To verify your AWS account is on the allowlist for Salesforce private connect, see [Verify Salesforce AWS Account for Private Connect](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_private_allowlist.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "For your Snowflake, Redshift, or S3 private connector to work, verify your AWS account is listed as a Private Connect."). ## Create an Outbound Network Connection To create an outbound network connection, see [Create the Outbound Network Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_private_outbound_connection.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a primary outbound network connection to support your Virtual Private Connection (VPC)."). ## Create an External Credential and Principal Access 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Named, and then select **Named Credentials**. 2. On the External Credentials tab, click **New**. 3. Enter a label and name. 4. For Authentication Protocol, select **No Authentication**. ![New external credentials screen showing entered connection name and label, and the no authentication option selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3vpc_external_credentials.png) 5. Save your external credential. Add a principal to the external credential. 1. Open the new external credential 2. In the Principals section, click **New**. 3. Enter S3VPCPrincipalAccess for the parameter name and 1 for the sequence. ![New principal screen showing entered parameter name, sequence, and the named principal option selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3vpc_principal.png) Now update your user profile with external credential principal access. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Profiles, and then select **Profiles**. 2. Select the profile for the **Analytics Cloud Integration User**. 3. Click **Enabled External Credential Principal Access** at the top of the profile page. 4. Click **Edit** and add **S3PrivateEC - S3PrivatePrincipal**. 5. Click **Save**. Ensure your user has principal access. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Named, and then select **Named Credentials**. 2. On the External Credentials tab, select your credential, and click **Edit** for S3VPCPrincipalAccess. Verify you see your user in the Principal Access section. ![Edit principal screen showing user access.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3vpc_principal2.png) ## Create a Named Credential 1. From AWS, find the endpoint URL for your S3 bucket. 2. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Named, and then select **Named Credential**. 3. On the Named Credentials tab, click **New**. 4. Enter a label and name. 5. For URL, enter https://..amazonaws.com. 6. Select the external credential and outbound network connection that you created. ![New Named Credentials screen showing entered connection name and label, URL, and external credentials and outbound network connection values selected.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3vpc_named_credentials.png) 7. Save your named credential. ## Create a S3 VPC Connection 1. On the Data Manager Connections tab, click **New Connection**. 2. Select **Private**, then the Amazon S3 Private Connector, and click **Next**. ![The Select Connecter screen showing the Amazon S3 Private Connector.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3vpc_select_connector.png) 3. Enter the connector settings. ![The Set Up Your Connection screen showing the required details entered.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_connectors_s3vpc_connection_setup.png) 4. To validate your settings and test the connection, click **Save & Test**. If the connection fails, CRM Analytics shows possible reasons. All settings require a value, unless otherwise indicated. | Setting | Description | | --- | --- | | Connection Name | Required. Use a name that lets you easily distinguish between different connections. | | Developer Name | Required. The API name is used in your recipes to reference data extracted through this connection. This name can’t include spaces. You can’t change the API name after you create the connection. | | Description | Required. The description for the connection. | | Authentication Type | Required. The authentication type. Valid values include `Root` For standard authentication, and `IAM`, for AWS Identity Access Management (IAM) authentication. Use IAM authentication for granular access to AWS data, setting up IAM users and roles in AWS. For more information on AWS IAM, see [Getting Started with IAM](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/IAM/latest/UserGuide/getting-started.html) on AWS | | Named Credential | Required. The Name field from the named credential stored in your Salesforce org. | | Access Key | Required. Your Amazon S3 bucket access key ID. | | Secret Key | Required. Your Amazon secret access key. | | Master Symmetric Key | Required. Use this to manage client-side encryption. You can connect to objects encrypted with customer master keys stored in the AWS Key Management Service or a customer-generated key in the 256-bit AES format. See Amazon’s documentation for details. | | Region Name | Required. The region of your S3 service, for example EU (Ireland). For the list of region names, see the S3 Region Names below. | Amazon Region Names | Region Name | Amazon Code | | --- | --- | | US East (Ohio) | us-east-2 | | US East (N. Virginia) | us-east-1 | | US West (N. California) | us-west-1 | | US West (Oregon) | us-west-2 | | Africa (Cape Town) | af-south-1 | | Asia Pacific (Hong Kong) | ap-east-1 | | Asia Pacific (Mumbai) | ap-south-1 | | Asia Pacific (Osaka) | ap-northeast-3 | | Asia Pacific (Seoul) | ap-northeast-2 | | Asia Pacific (Singapore) | ap-southeast-1 | | Asia Pacific (Sydney) | ap-southeast-2 | | Asia Pacific (Tokyo) | ap-northeast-1 | | Canada (Central) | ca-central-1 | | China (Beijing) | cn-north-1 | | China (Ningxia) | cn-northwest-1 | | EU (Frankfurt) | eu-central-1 | | EU (Ireland) | eu-west-1 | | EU (London) | eu-west-2 | | Europe (Milan) | eu-south-1 | | EU (Paris) | eu-west-3 | | EU (Stockholm) | eu-north-1 | | Middle East (Bahrain) | me-south-1 | | South America (Sao Paulo) | sa-east-1 | | AWS GovCloud (US-East) | us-gov-east-1 | | AWS GovCloud (US-West) | us-gov-west-1 | For more information on S3 connector considerations and the S3 bucket hierarchy, see [Amazon S3](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_s3.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a remote connection using the Amazon S3 connector to sync CSV data from an S3 bucket to CRM Analytics.") # Analytics Agent Readiness Analytics Agent Readiness is a property that marks a semantic model as mature and ready for use by the Analytics Agent. Enabling the property indicates that the semantic model follows best-practice guidelines and can be used by the Analytics Agent. ### Required Editions
Available in: All editions supported by Data 360. See Data 360 edition availability.
When presented with a semantic model that isn’t enabled for Analytics Agent use, the agent displays an error message. - **[Enable Analytics Agent Readiness](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_agent_readiness_enable.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Perform this task to verify your model's readiness and mark it as mature and ready for use by the Analytics Agent. # Analytics Design Toolkit Use the Analytics Design Toolkit to create an app with ready-made dashboard, charts, and widget templates that you can use to get started fast with your own apps. ### Required Editions
User Permissions Needed
To create and manage the Analytics Design Toolkit app: Manage CRM Analytics Templated Apps
To use the Analytics Design Toolkit app: Use CRM Analytics Templated Apps
The Analytics Design Toolkit gives you a starting point for your own CRM Analytics app design and development. The app’s dashboard, chart, and widget templates follow the internal Salesforce design guidelines. Brand the app with your own color, then apply the designs to your own data to build your own app. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important See [Create Apps from CRM Analytics Templates: Start Here](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_app_prebuilt_getting_started.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Follow these general procedures when you create Apps from any CRM Analytics Template. Before you create an app, see the help for the CRM Analytics Template you want to use for requirements and instructions specific to that template.") for general app creation procedures for all CRM Analytics templated apps. The information here provides specifics about creating and using the Analytics Design Toolkit app. ## Create the Analytics Design Toolkit If you have newly enabled CRM Analytics, the app is created for you by default. If you have already enabled CRM Analytics for your org, you can install it manually using the instructions below, or you can enable auto-installation in the Settings menu. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To see the status of your auto-installed app, go to **Setup** > **Feature Settings** > **Analytics** > **Analytics** > **Auto-Installed Apps**. This app will auto-upgrade when the template is updated. To learn about auto-upgrade, see [Auto-Installed Apps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_auto_install_apps.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Monitor and interact with installed apps on the Apps tab."). The Analytics Design Toolkit configuration wizard requires that you select a color for your app. Click the disclosure triangle next to the color square on the left of the wizard page and select a color. You can also manually enter values for Hex, R, G, and B. Then click **Done**. ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip Select a color that matches your color scheme you use for your company or your brand ID. ## Use the Analytics Design Toolkit Open the app. - From the app picker ![The Lightning Experience app picker](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/app_launcher_icon.png), select **CRM Analytics Studio** to open the CRM Analytics home page. - Under **Browse** in the left column, select **All Items**. - Select the **Apps** tab, then click your app to open it. If you can’t immediately find it, consult your Salesforce administrator to find out the name they gave it when creating the app. Click **Run App** to open its dashboard, which includes three tabs: - **Styles**. Shows you the styles used in the app, including colors, typography, and widgets. - **Components**. Dashboard components are a type of dashboard widget that can contain other widgets, pages, and Lightning Web Components. Use dashboard components to manage and reuse groups of charts, tables, filters, text, and more in multiple dashboards. - **Layouts**. The layout helps define how the viewer interprets data. The layout helps to frame insights and drive actions. ![The CRM Analytics Design app dashboard Template tab](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_prebuilt_apps_design.png) Design Style Guide includes two datasets based on CSV files to populate the examples in the app. Add your own data to the app, then reuse the examples to build your own app. See [Build CRM Analytics Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_build_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build a CRM Analytics dashboard to continuously monitor key metrics of your business, analyzing the results by key dimensions, like region, products, and time period. Add interactive charts that synthesize information into an easy-to-read format. To complement the charts, add tables that show record-level details. Add filters to allow dashboard viewers to change the focus of the results. Create customized layouts to optimize the display of a dashboard on different types of devices, like mobile phones, tablets, and desktops."). ## Create Your Own Beautifully Designed Apps Here are some tips for putting Design Style Guide to use in your own app designs: - When you create the app, select the color pattern that most closely matches your brand or corporate identity. - In the app’s dashboard, select the widget, component, or layout of your choice and move it to a new page in the app you’re building. From there, you can add metrics and other CRM Analytics Studio features using dashboard designer. - Create a new layout by saving a new copy of the dashboard in your own app and moving widgets around. The template created them with the color pattern of your choice, so they’ll already reflect your brand. # Analytics Development Tools Customize and deliver robust solutions with Analytics Studio, Data Manager, the Salesforce Command Line Interface (CLI), and Microsoft Visual Studio Code. ## Build Analytics Assets Analytics Studio and Data Manager are the foundational tools for creating and customizing Analytics assets. For more information about each, see [Build Analytics Assets with Analytics Studio](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dev_tools_studio.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Analytics Studio provides the foundational tool for building CRM Analytics assets—the lenses and dashboards that make up Analytics apps.") and [Build Data Assets with Data Manager](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dev_tools_data_manager.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Data Manager is the tool for creating, updating, and scheduling data assets—the datasets, recipes, and connectors that power Salesforce insights."). ## Develop Analytics For more advanced customization and working in scratch orgs, use the Analytics plugin for the Salesforce command line interface and Visual Studio code. To get started, see [Develop with the Analytics Plugin for the Salesforce CLI](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dev_tools_cli_analytics_plugin.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Salesforce CLI is a powerful command-line interface that simplifies development and build automation when working with a Salesforce org. The CLI plugin extends that experience to CRM Analytics. Plugin commands work from either the CLI or Microsoft Visual Studio (VS) Code.") and [Use Visual Studio (VS) Code and the Salesforce Extensions for CRM Analytics Template Development](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_templatesdev_vs_code_intro.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Microsoft Visual Studio (VS) Code provides the fastest, most efficient way to work with CRM Analytics templates. Here’s how to install and set up the tool."). # Analytics for Automotive The Analytics for Automotive app provides the dealers and Original Equipment Manufacturers (OEM) insights to track and monitor their dealership-based automotive business. ### Required Editions

Available in: Lightning Experience

Available in: Enterprise and Unlimited Editions of Automotive Cloud

For more information on creating the Analytics for Automative app, see [Deploy Analytics for Automotive App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.auto_analytics_deployanduse.htm&type=5&language=en_US). For more information on Analytics for Automotive dashboards, see [Analytics Dashboards in Automotive Cloud](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.auto_analytics_dashboards.htm&type=5&language=en_US). # Analytics for Communications - Consumer The Analytics for Communications - Consumer app gives customer service reps instant insights into accounts to help them gauge customer sentiment, anticipate customer needs, and provide timely solutions. ### Required Editions
Available in: Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions
- **[Deploy Analytics for Communications - Consumer](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_comms_consumer_deploy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Before you create an app from the Analytics for Communications - Consumer template and use the dashboards, deploy Analytics for Communications - Consumer in your Salesforce org. - **[Analytics for Communications - Consumer Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_comms_consumer_dashboards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Analytics for Communications - Consumer dashboards to get quick insights into key customer account or subscription metrics, provide better service to your customers, and enhance their experience. # Analytics for Communications - Consumer Dashboards Use the Analytics for Communications - Consumer dashboards to get quick insights into key customer account or subscription metrics, provide better service to your customers, and enhance their experience. ### Required Editions
Available in: Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions
The Analytics for Communications - Consumer app includes two dashboards. - Account Highlights - Subscription Highlights ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To see metrics related to payment and usage data in your dashboards, your Salesforce admin must [import payment and usage data from an external source](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_comms_cons_import_csv.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Add payment and usage data from an external source to the Analytics for Communications - Consumer App.") to the app. ## Account Highlights The Account Highlights embedded dashboard surfaces key account-level metrics such as customer tenure, customer lifetime value, total interactions, average handling time, data usage, total spend, and payment frequency. If there’s at least 120 days of historical data, you see a comparison of the last 30 and 90 days of usage, payment, and payment frequency data. The dashboard answers these questions. - How many customer interactions happened in the last 14 days? - What’s the average handling time? - What’s the data usage for the last 30 days? - How much did the customer spend in the last 30 days? - What’s the payment frequency in the last 30 days? - How’s the data usage, amount spent, and payment frequency in the last 30 days compared to the previous 90 days? ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note When the payment and usage data isn’t available for the account, the dashboard shows first call resolution, activation time, and orders instead of the payment and usage metrics. ## Subscription Highlights The Subscription Highlights embedded dashboard surfaces key subscription-level metrics such as customer interactions, average handling time, data usage, total spend, and days since last payment. The dashboard answers these questions. - How many customer interactions happened in the last 14 days? - What’s the average handling time? - What’s the data usage for the last 30 days? - How much did the customer spend in the last 30 days? - When did the customer make their last payment? ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note When the payment and usage data isn’t available for the subscription, the dashboard shows first call resolution, activation time, and orders instead of the payment and usage metrics. # Analytics for Communications - Order Tracking The Analytics for Communications - Order Tracking app brings insights to track commercial and service orders through various business milestones. Managers can use the Analytics for Communications - Order Tracking dashboards to monitor the order journey, identify orders and tasks that require immediate attention, minimize order fallout risks, and improve SLA adherence.
Available in: Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where B2B Communications Cloud is enabled
- **[Deploy Analytics for Communications - Order Tracking](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_ordertracking_deploy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deploy Analytics for Communications - Order Tracking by assigning permissions, enabling CRM Analytics, and creating and sharing the analytics app for your users. - **[Use Analytics for Communications - Order Tracking Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_comms_ordertracking_dashboards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Analytics for Communications - Order Tracking dashboards to monitor the order journey and to identify orders and tasks that require immediate attention. By using these insights, you can develop strategies to minimize order fallout risks and improve SLA adherence. # Analytics for Communications-Business The Analytics for Communications-Business app brings insights to sales processes with three embedded dashboards highlighting opportunities, quotes, and orders. This app allows sales reps to reduce time to close, prioritize accounts and quotes to follow up with and understand the order completion and fulfillment behavior. 1. **[Deploy Analytics for Communications-Business](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_deploy_comms_bus.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Before you create an app from the Analytics for Communications - Business template and use the dashboards, deploy Analytics for Communications - Business in your Salesforce org. 2. **[Use Analytics for Communications-Business Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_use_comms_bus_dashboards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Analytics for Communications-Business app provides a comprehensive range of B2B business analytics, starting from opportunity, quote, order completion, and fulfillment insights to enhance sales and operational efficiency. It simplifies the complex enterprise quoting process through visualizations and provides SMB executives with a complete account 360 view. Procurement Managers can access self-service analytics on community portals to get a 360-degree view across the whole enterprise. # Analytics for Consumer Goods Analytics for Consumer Goods gives your sales team actionable insights into your retail business performance. Sales managers can use the app to increase sales, improve store compliance, identify stores at risk, and maximize sales rep effectiveness.  For information, see [Deploy and Use Analytics for Consumer Goods](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.retail_admin_analytics_deploy.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking The Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking app is designed to help you understand your Corporate and Investment Banking deals. This app includes details about deal participants, deal products, and deal parties (such as legal teams or other external partners). ### Required Editions
Permission Sets Needed
To create and manage the app: FSC Analytics Admin, CRM Analytics Plus Admin
To use the app: FSC Analytics User, CRM Analytics Plus User
![The Corporate and Investment Banking dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_template_CIB_Home.png) The template creates datasets, recipes, and dashboards to help you understand your Corporate and Investment Banking deals. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important For general app creation procedures for all templates. see [Create Apps from CRM Analytics Templates: Start Here](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_app_prebuilt_getting_started.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Follow these general procedures when you create Apps from any CRM Analytics Template. Before you create an app, see the help for the CRM Analytics Template you want to use for requirements and instructions specific to that template.") This link provides specifics about creating and using the app. Salesforce Org Requirements Note these requirements to create an app from the template: - Make sure that you and all app users have the FSC Apps license. - Your org must have at least one of each of these record types: FinancialDeal, and Account. - Set Salesforce field-level security to enable the Analytics Integration User to see all fields used in the app. See [Set Field Level Security to Enable Creation of an CRM Analytics Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_templates_field_level_security.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - This template uses recipes. Recipes require that your org is set up for data sync. For a better understanding of working with recipes, see [Run a Recipe](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_run.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Run a CRM Analytics recipe for the first time to create the dataset it defines. Run a recipe again to update the dataset with the latest synced data. You can run a recipe manually or on a schedule."). - For security purposes, you likely want to configure compliant data sharing. For details, see [Enable Compliant Data Sharing for Objects.](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.financial_services_cloud_admin_guide.meta/financial_services_cloud_admin_guide/fsc_admin_cds_enable_objects.htm) Create the App 1. In CRM Analytics Studio, click **Create** in the upper right corner 2. To open the template picker, select **App**, then **Create App from Template**. 3. Locate the **Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking** tile, select it, and click **Continue**. 4. Review the app preview page, and click **Continue** to open the configuration wizard. 5. If you’re offered a choice of basing your app on an existing app or creating a one, select **Create a brand new app** and click **Continue**. Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking runs a compatibility check against your org to ensure it includes the data to successfully create the app’s datasets, recipes, and dashboards. If it doesn’t, follow the instructions in the error message to add the required data and start the app creation process again. 6. When the org compatibility check succeeds, click **Looks good, next**. 7. Name your app, and click **Create**. Give CRM Analytics a few minutes to create your app. You can track its progress on the page that appears. When you see the **Application Complete!** message, refresh the page. You see your app page with the datasets, recipes, and dashboards showing team performance and activity intelligence. Click it to have a look. Schedule the Recipe The app creates a recipe. Schedule the recipe to sync data and to run. 1. In CRM Analytics Studio, click the wheel icon at upper right and select **Data Manager**. Or, click the **Data Manager** link in the left-hand column. 2. Schedule the sync, and then select the **Connect** tab on the left. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you can’t see the Connect tab, you must enable data sync in your org. See [Enable Data Sync and Connections](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_enable_replication.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Data Sync is enabled by default if you turned on CRM Analytics after the Winter ’20 release. If you turned on CRM Analytics before the Winter ’20 release, manually enable Data Sync and Connections to optimize your dataflows and connect to external data."). 3. Click the arrow ![The open menu arrow in the Analytics Data Manager](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_data_manager_arrow.png)to the far right of **SFDC\_LOCAL**, which is the name of the connection your app uses. From the menu that appears, select **Schedule**. ![Analytics Data Manager Connect tab with Schedule selected from menu](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_template_data_manager_schedule.png) 4. Set a time for running the data sync. It’s best to select a time outside normal working hours so the sync and recipe don’t interrupt business activities. Then save your changes. 5. Next, schedule the recipe. Select the **Dataflows & Recipes** tab on the left. 6. Schedule the recipe. 1. Look for the recipe that contains the name of your app appended with \_CIB\_Deal\_Management, and click the triangle ![The open menu arrow in the Analytics Data Manager](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_data_manager_arrow.png) to the far right. 2. Select **Schedule**, then check the box next to **Time-based**. 3. Select the time to run the recipe. You can schedule the data to run by minute, hour, week, or month. See [Schedule a Dataflow to Run Automatically](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_dataflowjob_reschedule.htm&type=5&language=en_US) for more details. 4. Save your changes. The recipe now syncs and runs every day at the time you set. Embed Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking The Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking app includes dashboards that you can embed and access in Lightning Experience pages and Salesforce Classic experiences. For general instructions on embedding dashboards, see [Embed Dashboards Everywhere](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_embed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed CRM Analytics dashboards in every Salesforce experience.") in Salesforce Help. For instructions on filtering embedded dashboards, see [Filter and Selection Syntax for Embedded Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_embed_filters.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To specify filters or dashboard selections that require JSON strings, use the Filter attribute of the LWC CRM Analytics Dashboard component or the Filter String attribute of the embedded CRM Analytics Dashboard Aura component.") in Salesforce Help. Assign Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking for Admins Enable administration of the Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking app by assigning the relevant permissions. Available in: Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions that have Financial Services Cloud enabled. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter **Users**, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of the user. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments**, and then click **Edit Assignments**. 4. Select both the **CRM Analytics Plus Admin** and **FSC Analytics Admin** permission sets. 5. Click **Add**, then save your changes. 6. Repeat Steps 2–5 for all users who administrate the Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking app Assign Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking for Users Enable administration of the Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking app by assigning the relevant permissions. Available in: Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions that have Financial Services Cloud enabled. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter **Users**, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of the user. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments**, and then click **Edit Assignments**. 4. Select both the **CRM Analytics Plus User** and **FSC Analytics User** permission sets. 5. Click **Add**, then save your changes. 6. Repeat Steps 2–5 for all users who view the Analytics for Corporate and Investment Banking app. Datasets | Dataset Name | Contents | Special Requirements | | --- | --- | --- | | Financial Deal | Financial Deal, Account | None. | | Financial Deal Snapshot | Financial Deal, Account | None. | | Financial Deal Participant | Financial Deal Participant, Financial Deal, User, Account, Group | None. | | Financial Deal Party | Financial Deal Party, Financial Deal, Account, | None. | | Financial Deal Product | Financial Deal Product, Financial Deal, Product | None. | | Interaction | Interaction, Account, Financial Deal | None. | | Interaction Attendee | Interaction Attendee, Interaction, Account, Financial Deal, Contact, User | None. | | Interaction Participant | Interaction Participant, Interaction, Account, Financial Deal, Group, User, ParticipantRole | None. | | Interaction Summary | Interaction Summary, Interaction, Account, Financial Deal | None. | | Interaction Summary Participant | Interaction Summary Participant, InteractionSummary, User, Account, ParticipantRole, Financial Deal, Group | None. | - **[Home Embedded Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_cib_home.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Home embedded dashboard includes pipeline metrics, call reports (including any interactions between internal or external deal parties), and account insights. - **[Account Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_cib_accounts.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** The Account Insights dashboard answers questions such as how many deals are being managed in a given account space? What are your customer interactions and profitability? And what meetings are scheduled with deal parties? - **[Deal Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_cib_deals.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Deal insights help you answer questions such as how is the deal progressing? What milestones have been met? What interactions are planned for the future? # Analytics for Emergency Response Management Analytics for Emergency Response Management app provides insights to identify the hotspots in which requests for emergency intakes are increasing and track intake persons needing attention ### Required Editions

Available in: Lightning Experience

Available in: Enterprise and Unlimited Editions of Health Cloud

For more information on Analytics for Emergency Response Management dashboards, see [Track Emergency Intakes with Analytics for Emergency Response Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.analytics_health_dashboards_erm.htm&language=en_US). # Analytics for Energy and Utilities With the CRM Analytics for Energy and Utilities App, it’s easy to know which opportunities are most likely to generate a sale. You can track how many quotes you’ve created and know whether customers have responded to them. The three embedded dashboards (Home, Quotes, and Account) provide details about opportunities, quotes, and accounts. ### Required Editions
Permission Sets Needed
To create and manage the app: CRM Analytics Plus Admin, Insights.userCanCreateTCRMforEandU license
To use the app: CRM Analytics Plus User, Insights.userCanViewTCRMforEandU license
![The CRM Analytics for Communications- Business Home dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_template_energy_utilities.png) The template creates datasets, recipes, and dashboards to help you understand your Energy and Utilities deals. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important For general app creation procedures for all templates, see [Create Apps from CRM Analytics Templates: Start Here](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_app_prebuilt_getting_started.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Follow these general procedures when you create Apps from any CRM Analytics Template. Before you create an app, see the help for the CRM Analytics Template you want to use for requirements and instructions specific to that template.") This link provides specifics about creating and using the app. Salesforce Org Requirements Note these requirements to create an app from the template: - Your org must have at least one of each of these record types: Account, Opportunity, Quote. - Set Salesforce field-level security to enable the Analytics Integration User to see all fields used in the app. See [Set Field Level Security to Enable Creation of an CRM Analytics Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_templates_field_level_security.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - This template uses recipes. Recipes require that your org is set up for data sync. For a better understanding of working with recipes, see [Run a Recipe](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_run.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Run a CRM Analytics recipe for the first time to create the dataset it defines. Run a recipe again to update the dataset with the latest synced data. You can run a recipe manually or on a schedule."). - For security purposes, you likely want to configure compliant data sharing. For details, see [Enable Compliant Data Sharing for Objects.](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.financial_services_cloud_admin_guide.meta/financial_services_cloud_admin_guide/fsc_admin_cds_enable_objects.htm) Create the App 1. In CRM Analytics Studio, click **Create** in the upper right corner 2. To open the template picker, select **App**, then **Create App from Template**. 3. Locate the **Analytics for Energy and Utilities** tile, select it, and click **Continue**. 4. Review the app preview page, and click **Continue** to open the configuration wizard. 5. If you’re offered a choice of basing your app on an existing app or creating a one, select **Create a brand new app** and click **Continue**. Analytics for Energy and Utilities runs a compatibility check against your org to ensure it includes the data to successfully create the app’s datasets, recipes, and dashboards. If it doesn’t, follow the instructions in the error message to add the required data and start the app creation process again. 6. When the org compatibility check succeeds, click **Looks good, next**. 7. Name your app, and click **Create**. Give CRM Analytics a few minutes to create your app. You can track its progress on the page that appears. When you see the **Application Complete!** message, refresh the page. You see your app page with the datasets, recipes, and dashboards showing team performance and activity intelligence. Click it to have a look. Schedule the App Refresh The app creates a recipe. Schedule the app refresh to sync data and to run recipe. To schedule your app, see [Schedule Data Refresh for a CRM Analytics App](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_templates_schedule_dataflow.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The app creation process includes data assets that import the latest data to CRM Analytics. Schedule the app to be refreshed every day to ensure that your app uses up-to-date data. An app refresh runs all the data assets associated with the app in the required order, including recipes, dataflows, connectors, Einstein Discovery models, and prediction definitions."). Select a time outside normal work hours so the data refresh doesn’t interrupt business activities. Embed Analytics for Energy and Utilities The Analytics for Energy and Utilities app includes dashboards that you can embed and access in Lightning Experience pages and Salesforce Classic experiences. For general instructions on embedding dashboards, see [Embed Dashboards Everywhere](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_embed.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Embed CRM Analytics dashboards in every Salesforce experience.") in Salesforce Help. For instructions on filtering embedded dashboards, see [Filter and Selection Syntax for Embedded Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_embed_filters.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To specify filters or dashboard selections that require JSON strings, use the Filter attribute of the LWC CRM Analytics Dashboard component or the Filter String attribute of the embedded CRM Analytics Dashboard Aura component.") in Salesforce Help. Assign Analytics for Energy and Utilities for Admins Enable administration of the Analytics for Energy and Utilities app by assigning the relevant permissions. Available in: Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter **Users**, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of the user. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments**, and then click **Edit Assignments**. 4. Select both the **CRM Analytics Plus Admin** permission set. 5. Click **Add**, then save your changes. 6. Repeat Steps 2–5 for all users who administrate the Analytics for Energy and Utilities app Assign Analytics for Energy and Utilities for Users Enable administration of the Analytics for Energy and Utilities app by assigning the relevant permissions. Available in: Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter **Users**, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of the user. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments**, and then click **Edit Assignments**. 4. Select the **CRM Analytics Plus User** permission set. 5. Click **Add**, then save your changes. 6. Repeat Steps 2–5 for all users who view the Analytics for Energy and Utilities app. Datasets | Dataset Name | Contents | Special Requirements | | --- | --- | --- | | Account | Data about accounts. Includes accounts without opportunities. | None. | | Opportunity | Data about accounts, opportunities, and users. | None. | | Oppty Products | Data about products with opportunities and accounts. | None. | | OrchestrationItem | Data created for the Analytics for Energy and Utilities app. | None. | | Quota | Quotas data. | None. | | Quote | Details about quotes. | None. | | QuoteMember | Details about quote members. | None. | | User | Provides details about all users in an org. | None. | Upload the plain\_quota Dataset (Optional) Optionally, you can upload quota data by overriding the plain\_quota dataset in your app by following these instructions. The plain\_quota dataset is used to provide you with quota attainment metrics in the Opportunities section of the Home dashboard. If you don’t want to see this metric, you can skip this section. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note When you work with .CSV files you want to import to CRM Analytics for Energy and Utilities, create and open them using only a UTF-8-compliant text editor. Opening them in Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet software reformats .CSV files and makes them unusable in Analytics for Energy and Utilities. ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important When you create the .CSV file, be sure it contains the following fields, in this order, with exactly these names. Field names are case-sensitive: 1. StartDate (in yyyy-mm-dd format) 2. QuotaAmount 3. OwnerName 4. Username 1. Create a .CSV file to include the fields described, that is StartDate (in yyyy-mm-dd format), QuotaAmount, OwnerName, Username. For an example, see [Sales Analytics Example .CSV File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_app_sales_wave_quota_csv.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Here’s an example of the .CSV file you create to update the Sales Analytics Quota (Target) dataset."). 2. Save the file to a location that you can easily remember. 3. In Salesforce, go to the CRM Analytics home page and find the plain\_quota dataset. 4. Click the arrow at the upper right corner of the dataset panel and select Edit. ![Analytics Studio edit dataset](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_apps_edit_dataset.png) 5. Salesforce displays the dataset editing screen for the plain\_quota dataset. Look for **Replace Data** in the upper right corner and click it. ![Analytics Studio replace data in dataset](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_apps_replace_dataset.png) 6. In the dialog box that opens, navigate to the .CSV file you created in Step 1, and double-click it. 7. To open the Replace Dataset Data page, click **Next**. 8. If your fiscal period is different than calendar period, that is if it starts on a date other than January 1, update the plain\_quota Metadata file. If your fiscal period starts on January 1, skip to the next step. 1. Copy the JSON from [Sales Analytics Quota Dataset JSON File](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_app_sales_wave_quota_json.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use this file to update the Sales Analytics Quota dataset with your fiscal year start date if it’s not January 1.") and paste it into a text editor of your choice. 2. Change the value of `"fiscalMonthOffset"` from 4 to a number that represents the month your fiscal period starts. In metadata, the numeral “0” stands for January, “1” stands for February, and so on, up to “11,” which stands for December. Save the file to your desktop. 3. In CRM Analytics Studio, go to the Replace Dataset Data page and locate the Data Schema File area of the page. Click the arrow next to Quota .JSON file, select Replace File, find the file you saved and upload it to CRM Analytics. 9. On the Replace Dataset Data page, click **Next** to open the Edit Field Attributes page. The first column —QuotaAmount— is selected. If not, select it. In the **Field Attributes** panel on the right, make sure **Field Type** is set to **Measure**. ![Set the QuotaAmount field attribute to Measure.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_app_dataset_set_field_type.png) 10. After uploading your quota data, rerun the recipe to update the dashboards. 1. Click the Gear menu at the upper right of CRM Analytics Studio and select Data Manager. 2. Select the Dataflow & Recipes view from the menu at the top left of the Data Manager screen and click the Recipes tab in the main pane. ![The Analytics Dataflow Scheduler](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_app_data_manager_dataflow.png) 3. Find your app’s recipe. Open the menu on the far right of the screen next to the app icon and name, and click Run now. # Analytics for Insurance A comprehensive set of CRM Analytics dashboards offers insurance executives and managers insights into their book of business and identifies opportunities to improve sales. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Analytics for Insurance is included with CRM Analytics for Financial Services, which is available at an extra charge for customers with Financial Services Cloud Basic or Standard licenses and the FSCAnalyticsPlus (CRM Analytics for Financial Services) license. See [Use CRM Analytics for Insurance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ind.fsc_analytics_insurance_introduction.htm&type=5&language=en_US). # Analytics for Loyalty By using Analytics for Loyalty app, get actionable insights into loyalty programs and devise strategies to increase membership, retain customers, improve processes, and grow your business. For more information, see [Deploy and Use Analytics for Loyalty](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.analytics_loyalty_deploy_and_use.htm&type=5&language=en_US). # Analytics for Mortgage Template Analytics for Mortgage enables loan officers and managers to drive increased mortgage sales by helping prioritize the customer leads and mortgage applications to focus on. Process loans faster by highlighting the mortgage applications that have the highest value, applications that have been open the longest, and applications that are missing documents. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Analytics for Mortgage is included with CRM Analytics for Financial Services, which is available at an extra charge for customers with Financial Services Cloud Basic or Standard licenses and the FSCAnalyticsPlus (CRM Analytics for Financial Services) license. See [Deploy CRM Analytics for Financial Services](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.financial_services_cloud_admin_guide.meta/financial_services_cloud_admin_guide/fsc_financial_services_analytics.htm) for complete deployment instructions. # Analytics for Retail Banking Template Analytics for Retail Banking is part of a suite of CRM Analytics apps for Financial Services Cloud customers. Its dashboards visualize all the metrics and key performance indicators (KPIs) personal bankers require to grow client relationships. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Analytics for Retail Banking is included with CRM Analytics for Financial Services, which is available at an extra charge for customers with Financial Services Cloud Basic or Standard licenses and the FSCAnalyticsPlus (CRM Analytics for Financial Services) license. See [Deploy CRM Analytics for Financial Services](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.financial_services_cloud_admin_guide.meta/financial_services_cloud_admin_guide/fsc_financial_services_analytics.htm) for complete deployment instructions. # Analytics for Subscriber Lifecycle Management The Analytics for Subscriber Lifecycle Management app provides a detailed view of various subscriber trends that affect revenue, churn, and customer lifetime value. By using the data-driven dashboards, Marketing Managers can quickly track overall subscriber trends, analyze the trends' effects on revenue, and respond with better products and marketing strategies.
Available in: Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions where Media Cloud is enabled
- **[Deploy Analytics for Subscriber Lifecycle Management](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_analytics_slm_introduction_deploy.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Before you create an app from the Analytics for Subscriber Lifecycle Management template, deploy Analytics for Subscriber Lifecycle Management in Salesforce. - **[Use Analytics for Subscriber Lifecycle Management Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_analytics_subscriberlifecycle_dashboards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** By using the Subscriber Lifecycle Management Analytics dashboards, Marketing Managers can track overall subscriber trends, analyze the trends' effects on revenue, and respond with better products and marketing strategies. Service Agents can view the resolution status of their cases and monitor the improvement of case-resolution KPIs and Customer Lifetime Value (CLTV) over time. # Analytics for Wealth Management Template Analytics for Wealth Management a comprehensive analytics solution that’s part of a suite of CRM Analytics apps for Financial Services Cloud customers. Its extensive sets of dashboards apply the power of CRM Analytics to all significant data and KPIs from the Financial Services Cloud. . ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Analytics for Wealth Management is included with CRM Analytics for Financial Services, which is available at an extra charge for customers with Financial Services Cloud Basic or Standard licenses and the FSCAnalyticsPlus (CRM Analytics for Financial Services) license. See [Deploy CRM Analytics for Financial Services](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.financial_services_cloud_admin_guide.meta/financial_services_cloud_admin_guide/fsc_financial_services_analytics.htm) for complete deployment instructions. # Analytics Glossary Familiarize yourself with common Analytics terminology. ## App An _app_ contains dashboards, lenses, and datasets in any combination that makes sense for sharing your data analysis with colleagues. Apps are like folders. They allow users to organize their data projects—private and shared—and to control sharing. ## App template An _app template_ is a ready-made dashboard package that is automatically populated with Salesforce data. ## Binding A _binding_ is an expression to reference information in a query via string replace. Bindings allow for setting dynamic variables for chart and query configurations. ## Column Chart A _column chart_ is a name for a vertical bar chart. ## Co-group A _co-group_ is used to combine data from two or more data streams. The data streams can be joined using common fields. ## Component A _component_ is a widget that contains other widgets and pages. Use components to manage and reuse groups of charts, tables, filters, text, and more in multiple dashboards. ## Connected data _Connected data_ is an object or file from a data source that is synced. This data isn’t queryable until it’s converted into a dataset. ## Dashboard A _dashboard_ is a curated set of charts, metrics, and tables based on the data in one or more lenses. ## Dashboard JSON file A _dashboard JSON file_ defines the components that a dashboard contains and describes how they’re connected. ## Data Monitor The _data monitor_ tool allows you to monitor dataflow and system jobs. You can also use it to start, stop, reschedule, download, and upload dataflows. ## Dataflow A _dataflow_ is a set of instructions that specifies what data to extract from Salesforce objects or datasets, how to transform the datasets, and which datasets to make available for querying. ## Dataflow definition file A _dataflow definition file_ is a JSON file that contains transformations that represent the dataflow logic. ## Dataflow job A _dataflow job_ processes the logic in a dataflow. ## Dataset A _dataset_ is a collection of related data that is stored in a denormalized, yet highly compressed form that is optimized for interactive exploration. ## Dataset builder The _dataset builder_ is a point-and-click user interface that allows you to easily select and extract data from related Salesforce objects to create a single dataset. ## Data sync A _data sync_ is the method used to refresh connected data in Analytics. ## Date A _date_ can be represented as a day, month, year, and, optionally, time. You can group, filter, and perform math on dates. ## Designer _Designer_ is the interface where you create dashboards. ## Derived dimensions A _derived dimension_ is a qualitative value that is not part of a dataset, but is instead calculated in a query. ## Derived measures A _derived measure_ is a quantitative value that is not part of a dataset, but is instead calculated in a query. ## Dimension A _dimension_ is a qualitative value that usually contains categorical data, such as Product Category, Lead Status, and Case Subject. Dimensions are handy for grouping and filtering your data. Unlike measures, you can’t perform math on dimensions. ## Digest The _digest_ transformation extracts data from connected objects in a dataflow. Use it to extract synced data from your local Salesforce org or remote connections to include in a dataset. ## Extended metadata (XMD) _Extended metadata (XMD)_ allows you to customize the formatting of many dashboard elements in Analytics. ## External data _External data_ is data that resides outside of Salesforce, such as data from outside applications and spreadsheets. ## External Data API Use the _External Data API_ to upload external data files to Analytics to create datasets. ## Lens A _lens_ is a view into a dataset used in an exploratory mode or to get insight to a specific business question. The lens can be saved and shared independently. It can also be clipped to a dashboard. ## Measure A _measure_ is a quantitative value that contains numerical data like revenue and exchange rate. You can do math on measures, such as calculating the total revenue and the minimum exchange rate. ## Metadata file A _metadata file_ is a JSON file that describes the structure of an external data file. ## Model A _model_ is the output of Einstein Discovery's comprehensive statistical analysis of past outcomes in an Analytics dataset to predict future outcomes. A model represents a collection of insights around a metric (outcome) that highlights any of the following: important trends, explanations on what influenced those trends, comparisons between factors, predictions on future outcomes, and suggested actions that can improve outcomes. ## Page A _page_ is a dashboard tab that contains distributed dashboard content, such as widgets and filters. There can be multiple pages. Pages make dashboards easier to digest with content organized into multiple areas. ## Predicate See _security predicate_. ## Query A _query_ retrieves data from one or more data sources, including datasets, Salesforce objects, user-defined data, or external data. The query results can be displayed in different formats (such as a table or chart) or used as input to another query. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Before the Winter '20 release, _queries_ were called _steps_. ## Recipe A _recipe_ is a user-interface tool that lets you take data from your existing datasets and connected objects, apply transformations, and the output the results to a new dataset. ## Register The _sfdcRegister_ transformation saves the transformed data as a dataset, which can then be queried in Analytics. Users can't view or run queries against unregistered datasets. ## Salesforce Analytics Query Language (SAQL) Use _SAQL_ to access and analyze data in Analytics datasets. ## Security Predicate A _security predicate_ is a filter condition that defines row-level access to records in a dataset. ## Step A _step_ retrieves data from one or more data sources, including datasets, Salesforce objects, user-defined data, or external data. The step results can be displayed in different formats (such as a table or chart) or used as input to another step. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note As of the Winter '20 release, _steps_ are called _queries_. ## Story See _model_. ## Transformation A _transformation_ refers to the manipulation of data. You can add transformations to a dataflow to extract data from Salesforce objects or datasets, transform datasets that contain Salesforce or external data, and register datasets. ## Trellis A _trellis_ is the name for a grid (horizontal, vertical, or both) of visualizations. A trellis is also known as _small multiples_ and _lattice_. ## Unit symbol (for measures) A _unit symbol_ represents the unit of a shortened number that appears in a chart or number widget. Analytics uses the following symbols. | Symbol | Unit | Example | | --- | --- | --- | | K | Thousand (10^3) | 4K = 4,000 | | M | Million (10^6) | 4M = 4,000,000 | | B | Billion (10^9) | 4B = 4,000,000,000 | | T | Trillion (10^12) | 4T = 4,000,000,000,000 | | P | Quadrillion (10^15) | 4P = 4,000,000,000,000,000 | | X | Quintillion (10^18) | 4X= 4,000,000,000,000,000,000 | | Z | Sextillion (10^21) | 4Z = 4,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 | | Y | Septillion (10^24) | 4Y = 4,000,000,000,000,000,000,000,000 | | m | Thousandth (10^-3) | 4m = 0.004 | | μ | Millionth (10^-6) | 4μ = 0.000004 | | n | Billionth (10^-9) | 4n = 0.000000004 | | p | Trillionth (10^-12) | 4p = 0.000000000004 | | f | Quadrillionth (10^-15) | 4f = 0.000000000000004 | | a | Quintillionth (10^-18) | 4a = 0.000000000000000004 | | z | Sextillionth (10^-21) | 4z = 0.000000000000000000004 | | y | Septillionth (10^-24) | 4y = 0.000000000000000000000004 | ## Visualization A _visualization_ is commonly a chart or graph, such as a bar chart, donut chart, timeline, or heat map. It can also be data in tabular form, such as a comparison table or pivot table. Every visualization has an underlying query, which is how Analytics retrieves information from the source data. ## Widget A _widget_ is used to display data on a dashboard, such as key performance indicators, and data visualizations. Data in a widget comes from a query. A widget determines how to use or display the results returned by a query. # Analyze Comparable Measures with Dual and Synchronized Axes Use dual axes in Tableau Next to compare two measures on separate axes in the same chart across a shared dimension. Because each measure retains its own scale, you can highlight patterns and trends side by side while keeping the chart easy to interpret. To surface differences between measure values more clearly, synchronize the axes to align them to a common scale. For example, in a chart, compare sales and profit by product sub-category using dual axes. Then synchronize the axes to evaluate how closely profitability aligns with sales. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To add dual and synchronized axes in Tableau Next visualizations: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. From the Data pane in your visualization, drag the dimension field used to analyze the measure onto **Columns**. For the chart in the example, select **Sub-Category**. 2. Drag a continuous measure field, such as **Sum of Sales**, onto **Rows**. 3. Drag the second continuous measure field, such as **Sum of Profit**, onto **Rows**. 4. To include dual axis in the chart, from the second measure field’s context menu, select **Show Dual Axis**. 5. To synchronize the axes, from the field’s context menu, select one of these options: - **Synchronize Axis** | **Full Range** to include all values across both measures. - **Synchronize Axis** | **Zero Line** to align the axes at zero and compare positive and negative values. ![Measure field’s settings axes settings in Tableau Next](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_viz_axes_settings.png) 6. Apply your changes. ![Bar chart in Tableau Next that shows profit and sales for product sub-categories on dual and synchronized axes](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_viz_dual_and_sync_axes.png) # Analyze Critical Data with Dashboards Tableau Next dashboards help you view and act on your data to make smart decisions. Whether you're monitoring or analyzing business data, Tableau Next custom and templated dashboards help you organize and understand the information that matters most to you. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To create and edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
Dashboard templates come with prebuilt layouts that save time and follow best design practices. You can add your own data and move assets around to make it your own. Custom dashboards give you even more flexibility, enabling you to design your dashboard with advanced tools and interactive features. Both types are easy to use, flexible, and work well on desktop and mobile devices. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note To analyze data effectively on a dashboard, make sure that you have access to the necessary data, visualizations, and metrics to perform comprehensive and accurate analyses. 1. From a workspace, click **Add** and select **New Dashboard**. ![New Dashboard menu](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_add.png) 2. To add an existing dashboard from another workspace, click **Dashboard**, select the dashboard, and click **Add**. ![Add an existing dashboard to your workspace.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_existing.png) 3. To start from scratch with a new dashboard, click **Blank Dashboard**. ![Create a blank dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_new.png) To name the dashboard, click the **New Dashboard** placeholder in the dashboard builder. 4. To create a dashboard from a Marketplace template, click **From Marketplace**. ![Open the Tableau Next Marketplace with existing templates to create a dashboard.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_from_mktplc.png) Dashboard templates provide out-of-the-box layouts for visualizing your data. For more information on dashboard templates, see [Use Dashboard Templates from the Marketplace](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_dashboard_marketplace.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When designing dashboards, you can start with a blank dashboard or you can use an out-of-the-box dashboard template to decrease your design lift. Tableau Next dashboard templates provide layouts tailored to your data and how you want to present it."). # Analyze Data Einstein Discovery prepares your model, analyzes your data, and displays its progress along the way. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Einstein Discovery stories are now models. We wish we could snap our fingers to update the name everywhere, but you can expect to see the previous name in a few places until we replace it. ![Steps and progress for model creation](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_edd_story_progress.png) When finished, Einstein opens the new model. ![Model page in Einstein Discovery](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_edd_story_created.png) The model provides a list of variables, insights, and charts that are ranked according to their impact on the selected outcome variable. In addition, Einstein Discovery determines their level of interest and relevance to the outcome. After it is created, your new model is added to the list of models to which you have access. If you saved the model to a shared app, then users with access to that app have access to your model as well. # Analyze Data in Tableau Next Workspaces Inside a workspace, assets are organized by type. The list view shows your available workspace assets in real time. The layers of the workspace add context about the building blocks of workspace assets, so an analyst has the information needed to answer questions with data. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
When reading through assets from the bottom to the top, each type of asset is a building block for the next type of asset above it in the list. For example, you use data to create a semantic model, which you can use to create a visualization. You can combine visualizations to create a dashboard for performing analytics. A workspace includes these asset types. ![Tableau Next workspace with data, dashboards, visualizations, and a semantic model](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_workspace.png) - Data: Connections between your workspace and a data model object (DMO), data lake object (DLO) or calculated insight object (CIO) in Data 360. A DMO is a grouping of data (made up of attributes) created from data streams (a data source brought into Data 360), insights, and other sources. A CIO is a type of DMO created after a calculated insight is processed. You can use data connections to build semantic models. - Semantic models: Metadata in Data 360 that groups semantic definitions tailored for a specific analytical use case. A semantic model consists of one or more data objects. You can use a semantic model to build a visualization. - Visualizations: A visual representation of your data exploration that starts with a semantic model of data. You can use visualizations to create dashboards in the same workspace. - Dashboards: A visual representation of multiple visualizations or other analytic assets for the purpose of conveying different but related information. To refine the list of assets appearing in your list view, use the Owner filter or search field. ## Workspace Assets and Dependencies Changes to an asset also change the asset’s dependencies. For example, if you update a semantic model, the visualizations that use that semantic model also change. Likewise, you can create an asset while authoring another. For example, you could create a visualization while authoring a dashboard, and both new assets (dashboard and visualization) are added to the workspace. You can only delete an asset in the workspace that it was created in. If the asset is reused from another workspace, you can remove it from your workspace but not delete it. The original asset remains in the source workspace as well as other workspaces that are reusing the asset. ## Workspace Tabs Each workspace or asset you open appears as a tab. You can work in multiple workspaces or on multiple assets at one time. If you open an asset, it appears as a tab to the right of the workspace list tab. Creating, adding, or editing an existing asset opens the asset in an additional new tab. ![Three Tableau Next tabs: workspace, semantic model, and a visualization.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_workspace_tabs.png) # Analyze Multiple Data Model Objects Using Joins To explore and draw insights from multiple related data model object (DMO) records simultaneously, join these objects in a single dashboard query. Direct Data for Data 360 supports four types of joins on data model objects with defined relationships between them. You can also filter joined data and highlight the records that matter with conditional formatting. Say you want to compare sales order data with product and customer’s annual income. 1. In the dashboard designer, create a query on the Sales Order DMO (1). ![Create query on a DMO in dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_create_query_dmo.png) 2. In the lens mode, click **Manage Data Sources** (2). The Manage Data Sources window displays a list of related data sources. 3. Add the related Individual and Product DMOs to the query (3). By default, the DMOs are joined using a left join. ![Create query on a DMO in dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_join_dmo_objects.png) 4. Apply your changes (4). ![Create query on a DMO in dashboard](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_join_dmo_objects.png) 5. Build your query on the joined DMOs in the dashboard lens. ![Query created on join objects](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dmo_chart.png) # Analyze Performance Across Multiple Measures with Radar Charts Compare entities across multiple measures with radar charts in Tableau Next. Evaluate results side by side to quickly identify strengths, weaknesses, and overall performance patterns using their distinctive shapes. For example, compare sales representatives across measures such as quota attainment, win rate, and customer satisfaction scores. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To create Tableau Next visualizations: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. From the Show Me pane in your visualization, click the ![radar chart thumbnail in the Show Me pane](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_radar_chart_thumbnail.png) thumbnail. The layout changes to Radar, and the pane shows the required fields and supported field encodings for the chart type. 2. From the Data pane in your visualization, drag the measures that you want to compare to the **Measure Values** section. For the chart in this example, select fields, such as **Sales Cycle Score**, **Average Deal Size Score**, and **Win Rate Score**. 3. Drag the dimension that identifies the entities you want to compare, such as **Sales Representative**, onto **Color**. 4. Optionally, drag a measure onto **KPI** to highlight its value in the center of the chart. 5. You can further customize the visualization with labels or tooltips to make the chart easier to interpret. 6. Save your visualization. ![Radar chart showing count of monthly orders by region](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_viz_radar_chart.png) # Analyze Prediction Accuracy with the Einstein Accuracy Analytics App The Einstein Accuracy Analytics app helps you monitor how well your models predict actual outcomes over time. ### Required Editions
Permission Sets Needed
To create and manage the Einstein Discovery for Sales app: CRM Analytics Plus Admin permission set
To use the Einstein Discovery for Sales app: CRM Analytics Plus User permission set
Use insights from the Accuracy Analytics app to fine-tune your models and produce better predictions. Set up the app in the Model Manager, then run it to view a dashboard with accuracy metrics and a trend chart. They help you assess the accuracy of any prediction configured for performance monitoring. You can monitor prediction accuracy for both logistic and linear regressions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The Einstein Accuracy Analytics App isn't compatible with high-volume prediction writeback. - **[Create the Accuracy Analytics App for a Prediction Definition](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_model_manager_accuracy_analyze_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To analyze accuracy for a prediction, you first set up Accuracy Analytics, which you use to analyze and display prediction accuracy. - **[View the Accuracy Analytics App for a Prediction Definition](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_model_manager_accuracy_analyze_view.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** After creating Accuracy Analytics, view its dashboard to see prediction accuracy metrics and a chart. # Analyze Report Data Let Einstein Discovery for Reports augment your report with AI and comprehensive statistical analysis to produce Einstein Discovery-powered insights into your data. Einstein does the analytic heavy lifting for you. Your efforts aren’t required to group report data, or summarize it, or chart it (unless you really want to). ### Required Editions
Available in Lightning Experience
Available in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To start an analysis: Can Run Einstein Discovery for Reports
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note - For an introduction, check out the [Einstein Data Insights: Quick Look](https://trailhead.salesforce.com/content/learn/modules/einstein_data_insights_quick_look) Trailhead module. - Consider [Report Tips for Einstein Discovery for Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.ri_report_tips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Consider these tips to optimize your report analysis. To learn more, see Einstein Discovery for Reports: Limits and Allocations."). To get insights into your report data: 1. Run a Tabular and Summary report that has at least 2 columns and 50 rows of data. For help with building a report, see [Build a Report](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.rd_reports_build.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When you have questions about your Salesforce data, like “How much revenue did we earn in the South East last quarter?”, “Which lead source is generating the most closed opportunities?”, or “What is the average age of all open cases?”, build a report to get the answers.") in Salesforce Help. 2. In the Toolbar, click **Analyze**. ![Run report and click the Analyze button.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_analyze_button.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note If the **Analyze** button is visible but disabled, then be sure to enable **Detail Rows** at the bottom of the run page. The **Insights** button is enabled only when **Detail Rows** is enabled. If there are no existing analyses on a report, Einstein Discovery for Reports automatically runs an initial analysis. Einstein counts the number of values (frequency count) in the report and looks for statistically significant occurrences of values in the report data. ![Einstein Discovery in Reports shows you progress while it analyzes your report data.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_analyzing.png) Einstein displays the results of its Occurrences analysis. ![Einstein Discovery in Reports shows the results of its occurrences analysis.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_occurrences.png) You can initiate a new insight by clicking the Einstein icon and move on to Step 3. ![Using the Einstein button to start a new insight.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_new_insight.png) Otherwise, you can filter to a specific insight by clicking it. ![Attrition descriptive insights.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_occurrences_insights.png) When you finish scrolling through the Occurrences insights, click Home on the toolbar to create other analyses. ![Home button on the far right side of the toolbar.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_home.png) The Einstein Discovery for Reports panel appears. ![Einstein Discovery in Reports prompts you to select an outcome for analysis as well as whether to minimize or maximize that outcome.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_goal.png) If you see a **My Past Analyses** for this report, you can click one to run a past analysis, and then skip the next two steps. 3. If you want, change the focus of Einstein’s analysis. From **I Want to Analyze**, select a different outcome from the list of candidate report columns, or select **Occurrences** if you want to analyze the number of times (frequency count) a value has occurred. From **with a goal to** dropdown, select whether you want Einstein’s analysis to **Maximize** or **Minimize** the outcome. If you can’t find the variable you want, edit the report and add the desired column. Outcomes can be numeric fields (measures) or text fields with two values (such as w/lost, churn/not-churn, or public/private). 4. Click **Create Analysis**. Einstein begins analyzing your report data. When finished, Einstein shows you a summary of the findings (1) and the report columns (2), ranked by correlation to the goal you selected. ![Einstein analyzes your report data, shows a summary of the results, and shows report columns ranked by correlation percentage.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_correlation.png) - If this analysis was run previously, Einstein displays a change summary that shows you the net difference between versions. To compare versions side-by-side, click the summary. ![Einstein analyzes your report and produces a list of insights.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_compare_versions.png) - The higher the correlation, expressed as a percentage, the stronger the statistical relationship, and the more likely it's worth a closer look. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note Keep in mind that correlation is not causation. Correlation merely describes the strength of association between variables, not whether they causally affect each other. 5. Scroll down to review the list of insights that Einstein uncovered in its analysis. ![Einstein analyzes your report and produces a list of insights.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_insights_list.png) Einstein lists insights in order of statistical significance, starting with the insights that have the highest impact on the goal. 6. Click an insight that you're interested in learning more about. ![Expanded insight showing insight details.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_insight_detail.png) Each insight contains a name, a chart, a summary headline, and descriptive text (insight title and supporting details). To display details about a particular segment in the chart, hover over it. ![Hover over a chart segment to show details about the data.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_insight_hover_chart.png) 7. You can filter the insights list in several ways: - To filter by keyword, enter text in the search box. - To filter the insights list by impact (positive or negative) on the goal you selected for analysis, click ![Filter insights by positive or negative impact.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_insight_filter.png) - By default, the only insights you see are the most statistically significant insights. To see all insights, scroll to the bottom of the insights list, and click **Show insights that are not significant**. ![Click the link to display insights that are not statistically significant.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_show_insignificant.png) 8. To refresh your analysis and create an analysis version, click the refresh button. ![Refresh the analysis.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/ri_refresh.png) Einstein begins analyzing your report data. When finished, Einstein updates the list of insights resulting from its analysis. # Analyze Reports with Einstein Discovery for Reports Einstein Discovery for Reports (previously known as Einstein Data Insights) scans your report data - quickly and thoroughly - using artificial intelligence and comprehensive statistical analysis. Einstein Discovery for Reports goes deep into the report data, explores underlying patterns, identifies insights, and surfaces those insights with charts and explanations that are easy to understand. Einstein Discovery for Reports works with Tabular and Summary reports. ### Required Editions
Available in Lightning Experience
Available in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
Note: Einstein Discovery for Reports requires the CRM Analytics Plus license, which is available for an extra cost.
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note - Einstein Data Insights has a new name. Say “Hello,” to Einstein Discovery for Reports. Everything about how it works stays the same—plus we've added the ability to compare analyses between report runs. - Einstein Discovery for Reports produces descriptive insights for report data in Tabular and Summary reports. To make predictions and improvements, or to analyze CRM Analytics datasets, see [https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi\_edd.htm&language=en\_US](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd.htm&language=en_US). Rights of ALBERT EINSTEIN are used with permission of The Hebrew University of Jerusalem. Represented exclusively by Greenlight. - **[Set Up Einstein Discovery for Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.ri_admin_setup.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Einstein Discovery for Reports is available after you enable CRM Analytics and assign the Can Run Einstein Discovery for Reports permission to users. Can Run Einstein Discovery for Reports is included with several standard permission sets, which come with various Salesforce licenses. Or you can assign the permission to users individually. - **[Analyze Report Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.ri_analyze.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Let Einstein Discovery for Reports augment your report with AI and comprehensive statistical analysis to produce Einstein Discovery-powered insights into your data. Einstein does the analytic heavy lifting for you. Your efforts aren’t required to group report data, or summarize it, or chart it (unless you really want to). - **[Report Tips for Einstein Discovery for Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.ri_report_tips.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Consider these tips to optimize your report analysis. To learn more, see [Einstein Discovery for Reports: Limits and Allocations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.ri_limits_considerations_allocations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Learn about the limits, allocations, and considerations for Einstein Discovery for Reports."). - **[Einstein Discovery for Reports: Limits and Allocations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.ri_limits_considerations_allocations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Learn about the limits, allocations, and considerations for Einstein Discovery for Reports. - **[Monitor Usage Statistics for Einstein Discovery for Reports](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.ri_admin_usage.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Einstein Discovery for Reports monitors usage statistics in real time. You can view the usage statistics in your org. # Analyze Seasonal Patterns with Nightingale Rose Charts Compare values across equal, cyclical time periods to highlight differences in magnitude with a Tableau Next Nightingale rose chart. Include additional dimensions to compare patterns across groups while preserving the cyclical sequence. For example, visualize monthly sales by region to identify seasonal peaks and compare sales patterns across regions throughout the year. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To create Tableau Next visualizations: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. From the Show Me pane in your visualization, click the ![Nightingale Rose chart thumbnail in the Show Me pane](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_nightingale_rose_thumbnail.png) thumbnail. The layout changes to Nightingale Rose, and the pane shows the required fields and supported field encodings for the chart type. 2. From the Data pane in your visualization, drag the dimension field you want to analyze onto **Slices**. For the chart in the example, select **Order Date** and set the date part to **Month**. 3. Drag a continuous measure field, such as **Sum of Sales**, onto **Rings**. 4. To compare patterns across groups, such as regions, drag **Region** onto **Color**. 5. You can further customize the visualization with labels or tooltips to make the chart easier to interpret. 6. Save your visualization. 7. Optionally, drag a measure onto KPI to highlight its value in the center of the chart. ![Nightingale rose chart comparing monthly sales by region.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_nightingale_rose.png) # Analyze Your Data Unleash the power of data to drive better business decisions. Connect data sources, gain deep understanding of your business and customer data, and deliver timely, actionable insights and predictions to your teams within the context of their work. ![Analytics Cloud banner](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/bi/bi_banner_top_analytics_cloud_help.png)
Lightning Reports and Dashboards Data 360 Reports and Dashboards Unified Analytics Experiences

Help icon Manage Your Reports and Dashboards on Analytics Home

Help icon Reports

Help icon Schedule and Subscribe to Reports

Help icon Improve Report Performance

Help icon Dashboards

Help icon Control Dashboard Data Visibility

Help icon Report and Dashboard Folders

Help icon Data 360 Reports and Dashboards

Help icon Data 360 Report Examples

Help icon Billing for Data 360 Reports and Dashboards

Help icon Adding Calculated Columns with Einstein Report Formula Generation

Help icon Analytics Tab

Help icon Collections

Help icon Mobile

![Page divider](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/bi/bi_banner_divider_analytics_cloud_help.png) - **[Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_overview.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce offers a powerful suite of reporting tools that work together to help you understand and act on your data. - **[Data 360 Reports and Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.data_cloud_reports_dashboards.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create standard reports on single or multiple related data model objects (DMOs) or Calculated Insights, or build a custom report type on DMO fields and records from Data 360. Visualize KPIs and trends from Data 360 reports in your dashboards. - **[Salesforce Analytics Tools](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_matrix.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Salesforce offers several tools to help you analyze your data and act on it. Reports and dashboards are built into Salesforce. Connect data and create interactive visualizations with CRM Analytics, a Salesforce-native tool. Tableau is a flexible analytics platform with cloud, on-premises, and desktop applications. Use this matrix to understand each tool’s capabilities. - **[Unified Analytics Experiences](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.analytics_unified_experiences.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** With unified experiences in Analytics tab, mobile, and Slack, you can interact with all of your Lightning reports and dashboards, CRM Analytics assets, Tableau views, and Einstein Discovery models and predictions. # Analyze Your Data with Models and Insights Create models to analyze your data. Explore the insights that Einstein Discovery revealed in your data using AI, machine learning, and statistical analysis. Insights show you what happened in your data, why it happened, and what could happen. - **[Create and Manage Models](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_story.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Models tell Einstein Discovery what to analyze. Creating a model involves defining the dataset fields, outcome variable, explanatory variables, and other settings to include in the analysis. Einstein Discovery uses this information to generate insights into your data. - **[Explore Data Insights](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_story_explore.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can explore insights for any model to which you have access. An insight is a statistically significant finding in your data. When you create a model version, Einstein Discovery analyzes the data in your dataset and generates insights based on its analysis. Insights provide a starting point for you to investigate the relationships among your model’s explanatory variables and its goal. # Analyzing Data with Radial Charts in Tableau Next Radial charts use a circular layout to organize and show data around a central point. Different radial chart types are designed to support different analytical needs. Use them to compare parts to a whole, identify cyclical patterns, evaluate progress toward goals, and visualize recurring trends. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
Choose a radial chart based on the type of analysis that you want to perform. | Chart type | Use IT to... | | --- | --- | | Pie chart | Compare how individual values contribute to a whole. | | Donut chart | Combine a part-to-whole view with a prominent total or KPI value. | | Nightingale rose chart | Review values across equal, cyclical time periods and highlight differences in magnitude. | | Radial bar chart | Track progress toward goals across multiple entities. | | Radial heatmap | Identify hotspots, gaps, or intensity across cyclical time periods and categories using color. | | Spoke bar chart | Evaluate recurring patterns across cyclical or periodic data. | - **[Compare Contributions to a Total with Pie Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_piechart_how_to.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Compare how individual values contribute to a total in a Tableau Next pie chart. Use pie charts when you want to analyze a small number of values that together make up an aggregate. For example, visualize website visits by traffic source to understand how each source contributes to total website traffic. - **[Show Part-to-Whole Relationships with Donut Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_donutchart_how_to.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use donut charts in Tableau Next to compare how categories contribute to an overall total. Include additional dimensions to analyze contributions at a finer level of detail while preserving the main categories. Optionally show a KPI in the center of the chart to highlight the total value. You can also add the visualization to a dashboard to provide business context alongside other key metrics. For example, create a donut chart to compare sales by product category and highlight total sales with a KPI in the center. - **[Analyze Seasonal Patterns with Nightingale Rose Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_nightingale_rose_how_to.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Compare values across equal, cyclical time periods to highlight differences in magnitude with a Tableau Next Nightingale rose chart. Include additional dimensions to compare patterns across groups while preserving the cyclical sequence. For example, visualize monthly sales by region to identify seasonal peaks and compare sales patterns across regions throughout the year. - **[Compare Progress Toward Goals with Radial Bar Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_radial_bar_how_to.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Visualize how close each entity is to reaching its goal in a compact circular layout with a Tableau Next radial bar chart. The chart's common scale makes it easy to compare relative performance and quickly identify leaders and areas that need attention. For example, review quota attainment by sales representatives to identify the top performers against their annual sales goals. - **[Identify Hotspots Across Cyclical Time Periods with Radial Heatmaps](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_radial_heatmap_how_to.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Surface trends, gaps, and intensity across equal, cyclical time periods with a Tableau Next radial heatmap. Use color to reveal variations in a measure across categories while preserving the cyclical sequence. For example, visualize weekly case volume by support channel to identify seasonal peaks, quieter periods, and recurring patterns throughout the year. - **[Evaluate Cyclical Patterns with Spoke Bar Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_radial_spoke_how_to.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Quickly identify recurring patterns and changes across cyclical or periodic data with a Tableau Next spoke bar chart. Bars extend outward from a central hub, with each spoke typically representing a regular interval in a recurring cycle. For example, visualize monthly order counts to identify seasonal peaks and slower periods during a fiscal year. - **[Analyze Performance Across Multiple Measures with Radar Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_radar_chart_how_to.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Compare entities across multiple measures with radar charts in Tableau Next. Evaluate results side by side to quickly identify strengths, weaknesses, and overall performance patterns using their distinctive shapes. For example, compare sales representatives across measures such as quota attainment, win rate, and customer satisfaction scores. - **[Reveal Recurring Trends in Radial Line Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_create_radial_line_chart_how_to.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use a Tableau Next radial line chart to visualize a measure over a repeating sequence and identify cyclical or seasonal patterns. Compare multiple groups across the same cycle to see where trends align or differ. Because the beginning and end of the sequence appear next to each other, you can see whether trends continue or change across the cycle boundary. # Analyzing Data with Tableau Agent: Analytics Authoring (Beta) When you analyze data with a Tableau Agent, the agent guides you from questions about your data to insights with greater efficiency. Ask business questions in natural language, and the agent discovers the relevant data, determines what assets are required to answer your questions, and creates them as needed. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
Depending on your question, the agent first searches existing semantic models and visualizations, discovers the relevant data, and generates the visualizations and other assets needed for analysis. The agent also saves generated visualizations and other assets in Tableau Next for future use. You can add generated visualizations to dashboards, continue refining them through conversation, or open them in Tableau Next Visualization Builder to edit and save your changes. You can also use the Agentforce side panel to ask questions about and work with assets on the current page. ## How Tableau Agent Helps You Analyze Data with the Analytics Authoring Template Tableau Agent lets you use natural language to discover data and build visualizations using existing or new assets needed for analysis. - **Discover and understand your data**. Ask what data is available for analysis. The agent reviews the data you have access to, then identifies and summarizes available Data Lake Objects, Data Model Objects, tables, and relationships to help you get started. For example: What data is available to analyze sales performance? - **Analyze your data**. Ask questions about your data in natural language, and the agent analyzes the available data to answer your questions. For example: What were the top 10 products by revenue last quarter? - **Create and work with visualizations**. The agent generates visualizations to answer your questions. Create visualizations with multiple dimensions and measures to compare several categories and metrics in one view. Add filters to focus on relevant data, and manage fields, sorting, mark type, color encoding, labels, and tooltips. Continue refining the results through conversation or in Tableau Next Visualization Builder. For example: Compare sales performance across regions in a bar chart. - **Build the assets required for analysis**. Depending on your question, the agent determines whether additional assets are needed and creates them for you. It can create semantic models, add the required data objects and relationships, and include calculated fields needed to answer your questions. - **Manage Tableau Next assets**. Create workspaces and add assets to them. Search existing assets, such as semantic models, visualizations, and dashboards. You can also work with Data Lake Objects, Data Model Objects, data spaces, tables, and SQL queries. - **Guide your analysis**. Continue the conversation with follow-up questions or the next steps the agent suggests. If the agent can't complete a request automatically, it explains what is needed and guides you through the remaining steps. For example: break down the top 10 products by revenue by product category. - **[Enable Data Connection and Analytics Creation with Tableau Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connection_analytics_creation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enable Tableau Agent to let Tableau Next users explore data, generate semantic models needed for analysis, and create visualizations using natural language. - **[Grant Access to Tableau Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connection_analytics_creation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Grant users access to your Tableau Agent by configuring and assigning the permission set created for the agent. The permission set has the same name as your agent. - **[Analyze Data Through Conversations with Tableau Agent (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connection_analytics_creation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use Tableau Agent in Tableau Next to explore and analyze your data. Ask business questions in natural language, refine your analysis through follow-up prompts, and generate visualizations and semantic models without leaving the conversation. - **[Tableau Agent—Analytics Authoring Template: Limitations (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connection_analytics_creation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Review these limitations before using the Analytics Authoring template in Tableau Agent: ## Enable Data Connection and Analytics Creation with Tableau Agent (Beta) Enable Tableau Agent to let Tableau Next users explore data, generate semantic models needed for analysis, and create visualizations using natural language. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To update Tableau Next settings: Tableau Next Admin permission set
To build and manage Analytics Authoring agents: Manage AI Agents, or, Customize Application
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Tableau Next Agent contains pilot or beta services that are subject to the Beta Services Terms at [Agreements - Salesforce.com](https://www.salesforce.com/en-us/wp-content/uploads/sites/4/documents/legal/Agreements/beta-agreements/Beta-Services-Agreement.pdf) or a written Unified Pilot Agreement if executed by Customer, and applicable terms in the [Product Terms Directory](https://ptd.salesforce.com/?_ga=2.247987783.1372150065.1709219475-629000709.1639001992). Use of these pilot or beta services is at the Customer's sole discretion. Administrative Prerequisites - [Enable Agentforce for your org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=ai.agent_setup_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US). - [Enable Einstein Bots for your org](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=service.bots_service_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US). Create a Tableau Agent 1. In Tableau Next, click **Administration**, and then click **Settings**. 2. On the **General** page, enable **Data Connection and Analytics Creation (Beta)**. 3. Create an agent by using the **Analytics Authoring (Beta)** template and configure its settings. 1. From **Setup**, in the **Quick Find** box, enter Agentforce Studio. 2. Click **\+ New Agent**. 3. Click **Create Agent**. 4. In the Agentforce Builder, select the **Analytics Authoring (Beta)** template. 5. Enter a name for your agent. 6. Click the **Developer Name** field to populate it automatically from the agent name. 7. After reviewing the agent configuration, save your changes. 8. Review the agent definition, make changes if needed, and click **Save**. 9. Click **Commit This Version** and confirm the version commit. 10. Click **Activate**. ## Grant Access to Tableau Agent (Beta) Grant users access to your Tableau Agent by configuring and assigning the permission set created for the agent. The permission set has the same name as your agent. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
- **[Configure Agent Permissions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connection_analytics_creation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Configure the permission set created for your Tableau Agent to grant it access. - **[Assign Permission Set to Users (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connection_analytics_creation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enable an agent with the Analytics Authoring agent template to let Tableau Next users explore data, generate semantic models needed for analysis, and create visualizations using natural language. - **[Configure System Permissions (Beta)](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_connection_analytics_creation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Enable an agent with the Analytics Authoring agent template to let Tableau Next users explore data, generate semantic models needed for analysis, and create visualizations using natural language. ### Configure Agent Permissions (Beta) Configure the permission set created for your Tableau Agent to grant it access. 1. From **Setup**, in the **Quick Find** box, enter Permission Sets, and then select **Permission Sets**. 2. Select the permission set with the same name as your agent. 3. Under **Apps**, click **Agent Access**. 4. Click **Edit**. 5. Enable the agent and save your changes. ### Assign Permission Set to Users (Beta) Enable an agent with the Analytics Authoring agent template to let Tableau Next users explore data, generate semantic models needed for analysis, and create visualizations using natural language. 1. Click **Manage Assignments**. 2. Click **Add Assignments**. 3. Select the checkbox next to each user that you want to assign the agent to, and click **Assign**. ### Configure System Permissions (Beta) Enable an agent with the Analytics Authoring agent template to let Tableau Next users explore data, generate semantic models needed for analysis, and create visualizations using natural language. 1. On the Permission Set page, under **System**, select **System Permissions**. 2. Click **Edit**. 3. Enable these permissions: 1. Explore Data in Tableau. 2. Use Tableau Conversations. 4. Click **Save**. ## Analyze Data Through Conversations with Tableau Agent (Beta) Use Tableau Agent in Tableau Next to explore and analyze your data. Ask business questions in natural language, refine your analysis through follow-up prompts, and generate visualizations and semantic models without leaving the conversation. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To explore data in Tableau: Tableau Unmetered Consumer or Tableau Next Consumer or Tableau Unmetered Self-Service Consumer or Tableau Next Self-Service Consumer permission set
To analyze and visualize data with Tableau Agent: 1. On the Tableau Next home page, select **Conversations**. Alternatively, open a workspace or visualization and click the Agentforce icon to open the side panel. Select the Tableau Agent you created using the Analytics Authoring (Beta) template. 2. In the conversation window or Agentforce panel, enter your business question or analytic goal in natural language. For example: "Show total sales by region for this quarter." If you aren't sure where to begin, ask what data is available or what data can answer your question. You can review the reasoning workflow while Tableau Agent prepares its response and after it returns the response. 3. Review the response in one of two ways: 1. Scroll through the conversation window to review the response inline. 2. Click the **Pencil** icon to edit a visualization in the Visualization Builder. ![Tableau Agent creating a bar chart](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_creation_analytics_conversation.png) 4. To return to a previous conversation, click the conversation in the **History** pane. 5. Optionally, reuse the visualization: 1. Save the visualization for later use. 2. Add the visualization to a dashboard. ## Tableau Agent—Analytics Authoring Template: Limitations (Beta) Review these limitations before using the Analytics Authoring template in Tableau Agent: - Duplicate tables or missing join key relationships can affect the generated assets and the agent's analysis. - Only bar charts and line charts are currently supported. # Analyzing Flow Across Stages with Sankey Charts in Tableau Next Review how data values move across stages in a process to understand how they split, combine, or drop off. Define the stages using levels, and show the flow between them with links, where the width reflects the relative value being transferred. Use Sankey charts to evaluate how inputs lead to outcomes and identify the most and least effective paths. The order of levels determines the direction of the flow and what you focus on in the analysis. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
These examples show how different business areas can analyze data with Sankey charts. | Business Area | Use Case | | --- | --- | | Sales | Track how deals move across pipeline stages by defining stages as levels and using links to show where opportunities progress, stall, or decline. | | Marketing | Analyze how leads move from campaigns through engagement stages by structuring stages as levels. Using links, identify which channels drive the most effective conversion paths. | | Service | Monitor how cases progress across statuses by defining statuses as levels. Spot where resolutions are delayed and which paths lead to faster case closure. | ## Create a Sankey Chart to Analyze Value Flow In Tableau Next, you can analyze how values change across stages using Sankey charts. For example, evaluate how traffic sources move through entry points to final outcomes. Compare patterns across paths or focus on specific journeys such as purchases or abandoned sessions. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To create a Sankey chart in Tableau Next: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. From the Show Me pane in your visualization, click the ![Sankey chart thumbnail in the Show Me pane](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_sankey_thumbnail.png) thumbnail. The layout changes to **Flow**. And, the Show Me pane shows you the minimum required fields for the chart type: two dimensions on Levels and one measure on Links. 2. For the chart in the example, from the Data pane in your visualization, double-click these fields to add them to **Levels**: **Traffic Source**, **Entry Point**, and **Final Outcome**. 3. To show how values move across stages, add **Order Value** to **Links**. 4. Optionally, color flows by outcome to make traffic patterns easier to spot. ![Sankey chart in Tableau Next](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_viz_sankey.png) # Annotate Data Points with Tooltips and Markers Create your own tooltips and markers in charts to show details about data points. Create a tooltip to specify which details appear when you hover over any data point. To annotate a specific data point, add a marker and, to draw more attention, make it blink. The tooltips and markers appear when you hover over the data point. ![The animated chart shows two tooltips and a marker.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_charts_tooltips_and_markers.gif) 1. Edit the dashboard and select the chart widget. 2. To make it easier for users to locate data points on the line, select **Show points** in the chart’s section of the widget properties. ![The "Show points" chart property appears in the Chart section.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_charts_Show_Points_widget_property.png) 3. To configure the tooltip text, data point details, and visualizations, expand the Tooltip section of the widget properties. ![The tooltip properties appear under the Tooltip section.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_charts_tooltip_properties.png) 4. Specify these tooltip details. | Property | Description | | --- | --- | | Add custom text | Specify your own text. To insert the value of a field in the text, click **Add field**. If manually entering a field, reference the field by its alias (not label) and enclose the alias in square brackets. | | Customize data point details | To show measures or dimensions in the tooltip, enable this option. | | Show dimensions | Show the values of all selected dimensions. | | Show measures | Show the values of all selected measures. | | Show percentage | If you show measures, enable this option to show each measure’s percentage of the total. When calculating the total, CRM Analytics uses the absolute value of each measure. Any negative value is added to the total as a positive value. | | Show null values | Show null values in the tooltips. | | Show title tooltip | Show or hide tooltip for the number widget. | | Add visualization | To add a chart, table, or a component that houses multiple widgets to the tooltip, enable this option. For a chart or table visualization, update its query to create the tooltip you want. Alternatively, to include a component visualization, select an existing dashboard component or create one, and then select it as your tooltip visualization. By default, for chart and table tooltip visualization types, the initial selections and filters on the visualization match the ones in the associated chart widget. And, when you hover over a chart’s grouping, that grouping is applied as a filter on the tooltip. | | Visualization size | Set the width and height of the tooltip visualization in pixels. | 5. To add a marker for a data point, expand the Chart Markers section in the widget properties, and then click **Edit Chart Markers**. 6. Select a data point in the chart where you want to add a marker. ![The marker properties appear under the Marker Properties section.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_charts_marker_properties.png) 7. Enter the following marker details. | Property | Description | | --- | --- | | Show dimensions | Show the values of all selected dimensions. | | Show measures | Show the values of all selected measures. | | Add custom text | Specify your own text. To insert the value of a field in the text, click **Add field**. If manually entering a field, reference the field by its alias (not label) and enclose the alias in square brackets. | | Open by default | Opens the marker and shows its text, by default. Otherwise, the dashboard viewer must click the marker to view the text. | | Blink when closed | Makes the marker blink when it’s closed. | | Background | Background color of the marker. | | Border | Border color of the marker. | 8. Preview the changes. 9. Save the dashboard. - **[Highlight Focus in Custom Tooltips](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_chart_tooltips_visualization.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When using custom tooltips that incorporate charts, it can be difficult to identify which element has focus. Implementing a clear visual indicator for focus within these chart-inclusive tooltips is essential to improve user experience, ensure accessibility, and facilitate seamless data exploration. #### See Also - [Highlight Focus in Custom Tooltips](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_chart_tooltips_visualization.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When using custom tooltips that incorporate charts, it can be difficult to identify which element has focus. Implementing a clear visual indicator for focus within these chart-inclusive tooltips is essential to improve user experience, ensure accessibility, and facilitate seamless data exploration.") # Answer Ad Hoc Questions with CRM Analytics Lenses Dashboards are great for answering common questions, but sometimes you don’t have a question in mind. You want to poke around your data and ask questions as you notice things. To explore your data, open a dataset and create ad hoc queries. To revisit the query later, save it as a lens. The lens includes the query and the visualization—how the results appear. Like dashboards, lenses can be shared. When you open a dataset, the lens shows the number of dataset rows as a bar chart, by default. ![The explorer represents the number of dataset rows as a bar chart.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_query_lens_activities_example.png) To change the query, add measures, groupings, and filters to the Measures, Group by, and Filter by boxes. To represent the results as a different chart type, click ![Chart Mode button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_chart_mode_button.png). To represent the results as a table or to create calculated fields based on existing fields, click ![Table Mode button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_table_mode_button.png). If you’re more advanced and want a more robust way to create SAQL queries, click ![SAQL Mode button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_saql_mode_button.png) to manually enter the query. ![The explorer](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_saql_mode.png) To add a query to a dashboard, click ![Clip to Designer button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_icon_clip_lens.png) to clip it. #### See Also - [Explore and Visualize Your Data in CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_explorer.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "When sifting through an overwhelming amount of business data, sometimes you know exactly what you’re looking for. Other times you don’t, but you recognize it when you see it. Salesforce CRM Analytics gives you a fast, fluid way to discover the compelling stories within your data and to create the right visuals to tell your story.") # App-Level Sharing CRM Analytics apps are like folders, allowing users to organize their own data projects—both private and shared—and control sharing of dataset, lenses, and dashboard. All CRM Analytics users start off with Viewer access to the default Shared App that’s available out of the box; administrators can change this default setting to restrict or extend access. Each user also has access to a default app out of the box, called My Private App, intended for personal projects in progress. The contents of each user’s My Private App aren’t visible to administrators, but dashboards and lenses in My Private App can be shared. All other apps created by individual users are private, by default; the app owner and administrators have Manager access and can extend access to other users, groups, or roles. Here’s a summary of what users can do with Viewer, Editor, and Manager access.
Action Viewer Editor Manager

View dashboard, lenses, and dataset in the app.

If the underlying dataset is in a different app than a lens or dashboard, the user must have access to both apps to view the lens or dashboard.

X X X
See who has access to the app X X X
Explore datasets that the user has Viewer access to and save lenses to an app that the user has Editor or Manager access to X X X
Save contents of the app to another app that the user has Editor or Manager access to X X X
Save changes to existing dashboard, lenses, and dataset in the app (saving dashboard requires the appropriate permission set license and permission)   X X
Change the app's sharing settings     X
Rename the app     X
Update asset visibility in an app   X X
Delete the app     X
![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important When users are deactivated, they lose share and delete access to all apps they manage. To avoid "stranding" an app, be sure that manager access is assigned to at least one active user BEFORE deactivating the user who's the manager of the app. # Append Node: Stack Rows from Different Sets of Data Use an Append node in a Data Prep recipe in CRM Analytics to stack rows from multiple sets of input data into one dataset. For example, use this node to combine sales records from two different Salesforce orgs, each containing sales transactions from a specific region.
User Permissions Needed
To manage and create a recipe: Edit CRM Analytics Dataflows OR Edit Dataset Recipes
Let’s look at an example of how you can use append in a recipe. Imagine you’re a company that uses separate Salesforce orgs for your APAC and Africa sales, but you want to report on worldwide sales. You sync the APAC opportunities to CRM Analytics, add the data to a recipe, then use an Append node to combine it with the Africa sales data. After you match the columns from both sets of input data, both sets of sales records are combined into the same worldwide opportunity dataset. ![The recipe appends data from two sources, Opportunities - APAC and Opportunities - Africa, and writes the results to a dataset.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_graph_append.png) ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip If a recipe column contains unique IDs that identify each row, you must ensure that the appended data doesn't duplicate the IDs. The Append node doesn't remove duplicate records or validate the uniqueness of columns. 1. In a Data Prep recipe that already has at least one Input node, select the Add Node button (![Add Node button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_button_add_node.png)) between two nodes or at the end of the recipe. To show the Add Node button between two nodes, hover the cursor on the connecting line. 2. In the Add Node box, select **Append**. ![The Add Node modal shows all possible nodes that you can add, including the Append node.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_node_append.png) 3. Select the data to append (1), and then choose which columns to include (2). ![Select the input data and then the corresponding columns to append.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_recipe_node_append_select_data.png) 4. Click **Next**. Data Prep automatically maps columns from both sets of input data based on matching column names. These mappings are based on API names. You can change the mappings, manually map unmapped columns, or leave columns unmapped. To continuously map all columns as your recipe updates, turn on **Map all columns** in the node details section. To map all columns that don't have corresponding API names, select **Allow schema merge**. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Map all columns is available for datasets only. It is not available for direct data, staged, or connected datasets. If a column is mapped for one source and not the other, the Append node inserts null values for all source rows to which the column doesn’t apply. For example, the Product ID and Region columns aren’t mapped to Legacy Sales Data source. As a result, the preview shows nulls for these columns for all rows coming from Legacy Sales Data (1). If the reverse is true, and Legacy Sales Data contains rows that aren’t mapped to the recipe columns Product ID and Region, then preview inserts null values in those columns for all rows coming from Legacy Sales Data. ![The Legacy Sales Data rows show null values for the Product ID and Region columns.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_append_disjointresults.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If a measure column isn’t mapped to a source and null measure handling isn’t enabled, the Append node inserts zeroes instead of nulls for those source rows. 5. To map two columns, enter the column name from the appended rows next to its corresponding recipe column. 6. To add a column from the appended rows that doesn’t exist in the recipe, click **+** (below the mapped columns) and select the column. Leave the recipe column blank. 7. Click **Apply** to add the node to the recipe. 8. Save the recipe. When you run the recipe, the Append node combines rows from both sets of input data into the same dataset. # append Parameters When you define an append transformation in the dataflow JSON, you set the action attribute to `append` and specify the parameters. This table describes the settings for the append node in the dataflow editor. | Setting | Required? | Value | | --- | --- | --- | | Sources | Yes | Nodes in the dataflow that identify the dataset that you want to merge. | | Allow disjoint schema | No | Select to allow appending of datasets with different schema. If this setting isn’t selected, appending datasets with different schemas causes the dataflow to fail. | This table describes the input parameters for the append transformation in the dataflow JSON.
Parameter Required? Value
sources Yes Nodes in the dataflow definition file that identify the dataset that you want to merge.
enableDisjointedSchemaMerge No

Indicates whether appending datasets with different schema is allowed.

  • To allow appending of disjoint schema, set to true.
  • To prevent appending of disjoint schema, set to false. The default is false.

Example:

"enableDisjointedSchemaMerge": true

If this parameter is set to false, appending datasets with different schemas causes the dataflow to fail.

#### See Also - [append Transformation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_append_transformation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The append transformation combines rows from multiple datasets into a single dataset.") # append Transformation The append transformation combines rows from multiple datasets into a single dataset. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To append rows in a Data Prep recipe, see [Append Node: Stack Rows from Different Sets of Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_append_rows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an Append node in a Data Prep recipe in CRM Analytics to stack rows from multiple sets of input data into one dataset. For example, use this node to combine sales records from two different Salesforce orgs, each containing sales transactions from a specific region."). To do it in a Data Prep Classic recipe, see [Add Rows in a Recipe with Append](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_append_rows.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use append to add rows to the data in your recipe from another dataset or connected object. Fields are mapped automatically, or you can map them manually."). Consider the following rules when using this transformation. - This transformation does not remove duplicate records. - All input dataset must have the same structure—the corresponding columns must be in the same order and have the same name and field type. ![Example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_example.png) Example Let’s look at an example. Each month, you create a dataset that contains the month’s sales targets. Now, you want a holistic view of sales targets for all months. To do that, you create the following dataflow to merge the existing dataset into a single dataset. | Dataflow | Append Node in Dataflow | | --- | --- | | ![Example dataflow in dataflow editor with Append node highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataflow_editor_append_example.png) | ![Append node dialog in dataflow editor](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataflow_editor_append_node.png) | Here’s the JSON dataflow. ``` { "Extract SalesTargets_Month3": { "action": "edgemart", "parameters": { "alias": "SalesTargets_Month3" } }, "Extract SalesTargets_Month2": { "action": "edgemart", "parameters": { "alias": "SalesTargets_Month2" } }, "Extract SalesTargets_Month1": { "action": "edgemart", "parameters": { "alias": "SalesTargets_Month1" } }, "Append SalesTargets_Quarter1": { "action": "append", "parameters": { "enableDisjointedSchemaMerge": false, "sources": [ "Extract SalesTargets_Month1", "Extract SalesTargets_Month2", "Extract SalesTargets_Month3" ] } }, "Register AllSalesTargets": { "action": "sfdcRegister", "parameters": { "name": "All Sales Targets", "alias": "AllSalesTargets", "source": "Append SalesTargets_Quarter1" } } } ``` After you create the single dataset, you can use date filters to analyze the sales targets by month, quarter, or year. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The append transformation doesn’t remove duplicate rows. ## Append Datasets with Different Schema By default, the input dataset must have the same structure—the corresponding columns must have the same name and field type. For example, let's say you want to append your Canada opportunities to your U.S. opportunities. | US Sales | Canada Sales | | --- | --- | | ![Table showing 4 US opportunities](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataflow_append_US_Sales.png) | ![Table showing 4 Canada opportunities](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataflow_append_CA_Sales.png) | Here, the column names are different, and the Canada data has a Currency column. For the dataflow not to fail, select **Allow disjoint schema** in the append node in the dataflow editor. If you're working in the dataflow JSON, add the `enableDisjointedSchemaMerge` parameter and set its value to `true`.
Append Node in Dataflow Editor Append Node in Dataflow JSON
Append node in dataflow editor with Allow disjoint schema checkbox highlighted
  "Append US & CA Sales": {
    "action": "append",
    "parameters": {
      "enableDisjointedSchemaMerge": true,
      "sources": [
        "Extract US Sales",
        "Extract CA Sales"
      ]
    }
  },
When you run the dataflow, the data is merged without the dataflow failing. ![Table of combined US and Canada opportunities](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataflow_append_all_rows.png) The append transformation adds all columns to the dataset and merges values in columns with the same name, such as Name. It also adds null values in a column for rows that didn’t previously have that column, such as in the Currency column. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If null measure handling in datasets isn’t enabled for your org, append adds zeros in a column for rows that didn’t previously have that column. - **[append Parameters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_append_operation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you define an append transformation in the dataflow JSON, you set the action attribute to `append` and specify the parameters. # Application Connectors Use these connectors to sync data from your external applications to CRM Analytics. - **[Google Analytics 4 Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_ga4_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create a remote connection using the Google Analytics 4 connector to sync Google Analytics data to CRM Analytics. - **[Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_msdynamics_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create a remote connection using the Microsoft Dynamics 365 Sales connector to sync sales data from your Microsoft Dynamics 365 account to CRM Analytics. - **[NetSuite Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_netsuite.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create a remote connection using the NetSuite connector to sync data from NetSuite to CRM Analytics. - **[Oracle Eloqua Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_connectors_oracle_eloqua.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Create a remote connection using the Oracle Eloqua connector to sync data from Oracle Eloqua to CRM Analytics. # Apply a Dashboard Filter Filter a dashboard to analyze the information interactively. After you filter a dashboard, the filtered view is preserved so that the next time you see the dashboard, data is filtered in the same view. ### Required Editions
Available in: both Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group (View Only), Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To view, refresh, and apply filters to dashboards that you created: Run Reports
To view, refresh, and apply filters to dashboards in public folders: Run Reports AND View Dashboards in Public Folders
In Salesforce Classic, widgets are called components. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/images/icon_note.png) Note All widgets on the dashboard aren’t necessarily filtered on the same field. The person who creates or edits the dashboard specifies which field to use. 1. Open a dashboard. 2. Select a dashboard filter from the dropdown list in Lightning Experience. Each filter has one or more options that you can choose to narrow your selection. ![Selecting a dashboard filter in Lightning Experience](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/rd_dashboards_select_filter_lex.png) ![Selecting a dashboard filter from the Filter By dropdown list in Salesforce Classic](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/rd/dashboard_select_filter.png) 3. To see data unfiltered, from the filter dropdown, select **Clear Filter** or **All**. # Apply a Filter to a Related Metric Use submetrics to provide additional granularity and track more detailed performance indicators. A submetric breaks down the main metric into more specific, actionable data points. ### Required Editions
Available in: All editions supported by Data 360. See Data 360 edition availability.
User Permissions Needed
To apply a filter to a related metric:

Permission set:

  • Data Cloud Architect

AND

Semantic Models object

For example, Revenue is the main metric. You can add submetrics like “Revenue, Year to date, EMEA region” to see year-to-date revenue in EMEA, or “Revenue, Year to date, US-East region” for the US-East region. You can also track “Revenue, Month to date” to view revenue for the current month across all regions. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note You can only create and edit submetrics via the Metrics tab in the Semantic Layer tab. 1. In Data Cloud, on the Semantic Layer tab, select the Metrics tab. 2. Search for the metric that you want to add a submetric to. 3. From the options menu, select **Add Sub-Metric**. ![Adding sub-metric](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_Submetric_Add.png) 4. In the Sub-Metric Setup pane, enter a unique name and API name. 5. Add filters to the metric for greater granularity and better insights. For example, if you’re working with a sales performance metric, you can create a submetric with filters for specific regions or product categories to analyze how each region or product contributes to overall sales. 6. Click **Save**. # Apply Cardinality Recommendations to Your Semantic Model Set a relationship's cardinality so queries skip extra deduplication. Review each suggestion, and then apply or dismiss it for this session. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit a semantic model: Data Cloud Architect permission set AND Semantic Models object
See [Scan a Semantic Model for Performance Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_sl_scan_model_perf_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Open Optimize Model to scan join settings on a semantic model. The scan returns a Model Health rating and a card for each recommendation type.") to start scanning your semantic model. After a scan, cardinality recommends flag relationships that add deduplication to every query. Cardinality is how rows in two objects match: one-to-one, one-to-many, or many-to-many. Many-to-many adds deduplication and slows every query. Set one-to-one or many-to-one when the data matches so the engine skips that work. The right cardinality can speed queries by up to 50%. Apply, review, or dismiss each cardinality recommendation for the current session. The suggested cardinality lets the query engine skip deduplication on that relationship. 1. On the Cardinality card, click **Review**. 2. In **Review Cardinality**, review the recommendations. Each row shows the two objects in the relationship, the fields that join them, the row counts, and the current and suggested cardinality. ![Review and apply cardinality recommendations](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/SL_Perf_Reco_Cardinality_Review_Options.png) 3. Expand the row to see the recommendation details. The suggested change is highlighted and shows the recommended cardinality, such as **One to One**. When the relationship joins on more than one field, select **Show More Fields** and review every join field before you apply the change. 4. Select an action for the recommendation. - **Apply**: Sets the relationship to the suggested cardinality. A confirmation message appears, and the relationship line updates on the model canvas. - **Review**: Opens the relationship detail view. The view shows the joined fields, the **Cardinality Type** setting, and a data preview of the joined objects. Confirm the relationship, set **Cardinality Type**, and click **Apply**. - ![Review and apply cardinality recommendations](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/sl_perf_reco_review_apply_cardinality_reco.png) - **Dismiss**: Removes the recommendation for this session. 5. Repeat for the other recommendations in the list. 6. Click **Done**. If the Match Case Insensitivity card lists joins, [Apply Match Case Insensitivity Recommendations to a Semantic Model](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_sl_perf_reco_apply_match_case_insensitivity_rec.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Case-sensitive text joins slow queries when the values share one capitalization. Review each suggestion, and then apply or dismiss it for this session."). To undo an applied cardinality change, set **Cardinality Type** on the relationship. # Apply Conditional Formatting to Visualize Dashboard Data Performance Improve your data visualization by adding conditional formatting to Tableau Next dashboards. Create custom rules to automatically highlight important data, making it easier to analyze and interpret key performance metrics. By applying custom text formatting, you can quickly identify areas of success or those needing attention, which helps you make more informed decisions. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit Tableau Next dashboards: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. Add a text widget to the dashboard, or edit one that already exists. 2. Click **Insert Data** and select a measure on the next screen to add to the widget. ![Insert Data button for a Text widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_conditional_format.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Dimensions don't currently support conditional formatting. 3. Choose how you want to combine your data with the Aggregation Type dropdown menu. If no values are calculated, enter an optional static value in the No Result Text field. Click **Done**. ![Adding a sum aggregation.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_conditional_format_2.png) 4. Click the Design tab and then **Create Rule**. ![Creating a conditional formatting rule.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_conditional_format_3.png) 5. Select the measure for the rule. Then, build a condition and desired format. ![Adding a condition and format if the measure is less than 500,000 to show the value in bold red.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_create_dashboard_conditional_format_4.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note The measure’s format is determined by the measure itself and can’t be derived from a different measure. 6. To add another condition for the rule, click **Add Condition**. 7. Click **Done** when finished. Considerations for Conditional Format Rules: - When you set multiple conditions within a single rule, they’re all applied at the same time. - When conditions overlap, their formats will combine. - When rules conflict, the most recently created rule is applied. # Apply Extended Metadata to Change the Formatting of a Dataset A dataset’s extended metadata (XMD) file allows you to customize the formatting of dashboards associated with the dataset. You can update the XMD file through the dataset’s edit page. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To update a dataset’s extended metadata: Use CRM Analytics AND Editor access to the dataset’s app
![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important An XMD file must use XMD 2.0 syntax and be no greater than 5 MB. Refer to Extended Metadata (XMD) Developer Guide for information about extended metadata files and XMD 2.0 syntax. 1. On the CRM Analytics page, click the **Datasets** tab. If you’re in the data manager, click the **Datasets** tab there. 2. Hover over the dataset that you want to update, click ![Action button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_replication_actions_button.png), and then click **Edit**. If you’re in the data manager, click **Edit Dataset**. The dataset edit page opens. 3. Under Extended Metadata File, click ![Action button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_replication_actions_button.png), and then select **Download**. Download the current XMD file as a backup. 4. Under Extended Metadata File, click ![Action button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/resources-global/analytics/images/bi_integrate_replication_actions_button.png), and then select **Replace**. Select your new XMD file and click **Open**. If the XMD file is not valid, you see an error message. Correct the syntax of the file and upload it again. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If the XMD file displays an error message when you open the dataset edit page, the current file is not valid. ![XMD error](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataset_edit_xmd_error.png) Perform step 3 to download the file, then convert it to XMD 2.0. Then perform step 4 to reupload the converted file and update the dataset. Refer to Extended Metadata (XMD) Developer Guide for information about converting extended metadata files to XMD 2.0 syntax. # Apply Fuzzy Matching for Smarter Categorizations Fuzzy matching adds uniformity to spelling variations in variables, resulting in smarter categorizations and better predictions. Einstein Discovery transforms the data at prediction time, enabling you to skip cleansing during data prep. ### Required Editions ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Einstein Discovery stories are now models. We wish we could snap our fingers to update the name everywhere, but you can expect to see the previous name in a few places until we replace it.
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To configure text fields in a model: Create and Update Einstein Discovery Models
1. In Model Setup, select a variable that contains spelling variations, click the **Settings** tab in the right panel, and preview variable contents. ![Variable values listed under Settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_edd_story_fuzzy_matching.png) 2. Click **Fuzzy Matching** in the **Transform** dropdown menu. 3. Einstein Discovery applies the Levenshtein distance algorithm for **Distance Threshold**, which is set to 1 by default. Use the lever to specify how values are to be clustered. ![Variable values listed under Settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_edd_story_fuzzy_matching_2.png) 4. Specify if fuzzy matching can ignore case in the variable by clicking **Ignore letter case differences**. 5. Click **Edit Buckets** to review results. Adjust a bucket name by selecting it then clicking the **pencil**. 6. Click **Done**. # Apply Match Case Insensitivity Recommendations to a Semantic Model Case-sensitive text joins slow queries when the values share one capitalization. Review each suggestion, and then apply or dismiss it for this session. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To edit a semantic model: Data Cloud Architect permission set AND Semantic Models object
See [Scan a Semantic Model for Performance Recommendations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_sl_scan_model_perf_recommendations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Open Optimize Model to scan join settings on a semantic model. The scan returns a Model Health rating and a card for each recommendation type.") to start scanning your semantic model. Turn on **Match Case Insensitivity** only when the joined values use the same capitalization. If you later add values that differ only by capitalization, a case-insensitive join can return incorrect results. Turn off **Match Case Insensitivity** on the relationship. Tableau Next doesn't recommend that change. 1. On the Match Case Insensitivity card, click **Review**. 2. In **Review Match Case Insensitivity**, review the relationships. Each row shows the joined objects and fields. ![Match Case Insensitivity recommendations for a model](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/sl_perf_reco_match_insensitivity_recs.png) 3. Expand a row to see the details. The highlighted section shows the recommendations that resolve the performance issues. 4. Select an action for the recommendation. - **Apply**: Turns on **Match Case Insensitivity** for the join. A confirmation message appears. - **Review**: Opens the relationship's field-matching view. Review the matched fields, select **Match Case Insensitivity**, and click **Add**. - ![Review and apply match case insensitivity](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/semantics/images/semanticlayer/sl_perf_reco_match_insensitivity_apply.png) - **Dismiss**: Removes the recommendation for this session. 5. Repeat for the other recommendations in the list. 6. Click **Done**. To undo an applied change, turn off **Match Case Insensitivity** on the relationship. # Apply the Action to the Object’s Page Layout Add the action to the page layout for the object. Users whose profiles are assigned to that layout can see the action in Salesforce. Page layouts control the layout and organization of content, including custom actions, on record detail pages. Each record detail page can have multiple page layouts to give different users a unique experience. ### Required Editions
Available in Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience.
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition.
User Permissions Needed
To view visualizations: Use CRM Analytics
To create actions: Customize Application
In this example, you add the Update Opportunity action to the opportunity page layout that’s assigned to the Standard User profile. You can use these same techniques to add actions to any Salesforce page layout and user profile. 1. Go to Setup in Salesforce, and enter the name of the object in the Quick Find box. For the example, enter Opportunities. Then select **Page Layouts** to see what’s available. 2. If multiple page layouts are defined for the object, click **Page Layout Assignment** to see which page layout is assigned to each user profile. ![The Page Layout Assignment page for opportunities shows that the Opportunity Layout is assigned to all users with the Standard User profile.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/wave_dashboards_opportunityLayout_forStandardUser.png) 3. Edit the page layout assigned to the profile for the users for whom you want to access the action. For this example, edit the Opportunity Layout, which is assigned to the Standard User profile. Users who are assigned the other opportunity page layouts can’t see this custom action, unless you apply the action to those page layouts. 4. To open the layout, click the **Opportunity Layout** link next to a profile. It doesn’t matter which profile. 5. In the palette, click **Quick Actions** to select the actions to add to the layout. The available actions appear to the right. 6. Drag the **Update Opportunity** custom action to the existing actions in the Quick Actions in the Salesforce Classic Publisher section. ![Drag the Update Opportunity action to the Salesforce Classic section.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/wave_dashboards_opportunityLayout_addCustomAction.png) 7. If the predefined actions are overridden in the Salesforce app and Lightning Experience Actions section, you must also drag the action to that section. If the predefined actions are overridden, Analytics shows only the actions that appear in both the Quick Actions in the Salesforce Classic Publisher and Mobile & Lightning Actions sections. 8. Click **Save**. This action is now available on the Opportunity details page for all users assigned the Opportunity Layout. ![The Update Opportunity custom action appears under the More option on the opportunity detail page.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/wave_dashboards_opportunityLayout_showCustomAction.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If a page layout is based on a record type that certain users can’t access, actions for that type aren’t available to them. # Applying Reference Lines to Tableau Next Visualizations Use reference lines in Tableau Next to evaluate performance against benchmarks, such as customer satisfaction (CSAT) scores or monthly sales targets. You can base the reference line on the same measure, calculated field, or date field as the axis it’s on. You can also choose a different source field to compare against another business metric. Define the reference line as a constant for fixed targets or a computed measure value, such as average monthly revenue, to compare performance within context. Personalize it with labels and colors to interpret data easily. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
This table includes a description of the settings available with reference lines in Tableau Next.
Setting Description
Apply To

Choose where to apply the reference line based on the level of detail that you want to compare:

  • Table: Across the entire visualization
  • Pane: To each segment of the visualizaton created by its dimensions
  • Cell: To each grouping at the most granular level of the visualization
Add Line To Choose the field to draw the reference line on. The line appears horizontally or vertically based on the axis for that field.
Value Set the position for the reference line. Enter a constant, or select a source field and the calculation to compute the line’s position.
Label Choose the annotation for the reference line. Show its value, add custom text, or leave it blank.
Line Color

Apply a color to the reference line. Choose a color from the Default, Custom, or Data palette. Data palettes provide context-aware options to match the type of data you’re working with, such as:

  • Categorical to distinguish between distinct groups
  • Sequential to highlight increasing or decreasing values across a low-to-high range
  • Diverging to contrast values around a meaningful midpoint, such as zero or an average
  • Semantic to help users interpret data more quickly using colors with standard, widely understood meanings, such as red for negative values and green for positive
## Add Reference Lines to Compare Data Points In Tableau Next, you can add reference lines to highlight key thresholds in your visualizations. Add lines at constant values, computed values, or values from other fields to compare performance against business goals. For example, evaluate monthly sales against a median sales reference line and a reference line based on another field, such as profit ratio. Also, highlight an important date with a constant reference line, such as the start of a quarter. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To add reference lines in a Tableau Next visualization: Tableau Unmetered Platform Analyst or Tableau Next Platform Analyst permission set
1. Select a chart visualization that supports reference lines. For the chart visualization in this example, select a **vertical bar graph**. 2. From the Data pane, drag **Category** and **Order Date** onto **Columns**. 3. From the Order Date context menu, click **Date Part** and choose **Fiscal Year**. 4. From the Data pane, drag **Sales** onto **Rows**. 5. Add a computed value as a reference line, such as median sales for each product category. 1. From the Data pane or **Rows**, drag **Sales** onto **Line** in the **Analytics** section. By default, Tableau Next bases the reference line on a measure field’s average and a date/time field’s maximum value. 2. For **Apply To**, select **Pane**. 3. From the reference line’s context menu, select **Measure** > **Median**. ![Reference line’s context menu.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_reference_line_contextmenu.png) 4. Optionally, from the **Label** dropdown menu, select a label for the reference line. 5. Optionally, choose a color for the reference line from **Line Color**. 6. Add a reference line at the cell level, such as average sales for each product category and fiscal year. 1. From the Data pane or **Rows**, drag **Sales** onto **Line** in the **Analytics** section. 2. For **Apply To**, select **Cell**. 3. Optionally, set a label and choose a color for the reference line. 7. Add a reference line based on another field, such as average sales target, across all the data in the visualization. 1. From the Data pane, drag **Sales Target** onto **Line** in the **Analytics** section. 2. For **Apply To**, ensure that **Table** is selected. 3. In the **Value** dropdown menu, verify that **Sales Target** is selected. 4. In the **Computation** field, verify that **Average** is selected. 5. Optionally, set a label and choose a color for the reference line. ![Bar graph showing table, category pane, and category-by-year cell reference lines with Order Date as Date Part.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_referenceline_datepart.png) 8. Add a constant reference line on the **Order Date** field, such as the rollout date of a new sales initiative. 1. From the Order Date context menu on **Columns**, select **Date Value**, and then select **Fiscal Year**. 2. From the Data pane or **Columns**, drag **Order Date** onto **Line** in the **Analytics** section. 3. From the **Value** dropdown menu, select **Constant**. 4. In the **Constant Value** field, set the date for the reference line. 5. Optionally, set a label and choose a color for the reference line. ![Bar graph showing table, category pane, and vertical constant reference lines with Order Date as Date Value](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_referenceline_datevalue.png) ## Tableau Next Reference Line: Limitations Reference lines aren’t supported on visualizations that include forecasting. # Area Under the Curve (AUC) Quality Alert Indicates that this binary classification model's AUC metric is so high or low that it warrants further examination. ## Actions to Consider - A low AUC indicates that the model doesn’t perform much better than random guessing. Consider improving the model before deploying it. - A high AUC indicates that the model performs so well that data leakage can be a factor. Investigate and remove any variables that are implicated in data leakage. ## Detection Methodology Einstein Discovery automatically alerts you when it detects an AUC with a value of: - Below 0.6 (low) - Above 0.95 (high) #### See Also - [Handle Quality Alerts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_quality_alert.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Einstein Discovery displays quality alerts when it detects issues in your training data, your model’s quality metrics, or during cross-validation.") # Arrange Items in a Collection Organize items in your collection to your liking. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Enterprise, Professional, Unlimited, and Developer Editions.
Also available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Performance, Enterprise, Unlimited, and Developer Editions.
User Permissions Needed
To manage a collection:
Enhanced Folder Sharing
Run Reports AND Create and Customize Dashboards
To manage a collection with CRM Analytics items: Use CRM Analytics
1. Open a collection. 2. Click and hold the item to move. 3. Drag the item to its new location and release. ![Arranging item in a collection.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_home_collection_arrange.png) # Ask Questions About Shared Metrics and Dashboards in Slack Using Tableau Agent When an agent based on the Analytics and Visualization template is installed and enabled in Slack, you can use Tableau Agent to ask questions and dive deeper into your shared Tableau Next metric and dashboard data. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To explore metrics and insights, and ask questions in the agent: Tableau Unmetered Consumer or Tableau Next Consumer or Tableau Unmetered Self-Service Consumer or Tableau Next Self-Service Consumer permission set
To use the agent in Slack: Agent user permission from Salesforce for the relevant agent
To use Tableau Agent in Slack: - Salesforce and Slack must be connected. - Tableau Next and Slack integration must be enabled. - Tableau Agent needs to be set up in Salesforce and Slack. - A Tableau Next metric or dashboard has been shared to Slack. There are two ways to engage the agent: - Click **Ask Agentforce for Analytics** in a metrics card or dashboard that has been shared in Slack. - Mention the agent name in a thread about a shared metric or dashboard in Slack. To ask questions in Slack: 1. In Slack, open a metric or dashboard shared from Tableau Next. 2. In the metrics card or dashboard menu, click **Ask Agentforce for Analytics**. 1. Enter a question in the Agentforce panel. For example, "Break down total sales this quarter by product family." 3. Or, in a Slack thread that includes a shared metric or dashboard, enter the @ symbol and the agent name, for example @Analytics and Visualization. Enter a question after the mentioned agent, for example: "@Analytics and Visualization Break down total sales by product family for this year." If the named agent isn't in the channel, click **Add Them**. 1. The agent responds with a preview of the response to let you decide if you want to share it. Click **Share in Thread** to reveal the response in the thread. Note that the thread needs to include the metric or dashboard you are asking about to have context for the data it is analyzing. Your user permissions determine the data and agents that you can access. Tableau Agent analyzes your question based on the data for the metric and other data in the semantic model that the metric or dashboard is built on. For more examples of the types of questions you can ask the analytics agent, see [Supported Questions and Surfaces for Tableau Agent with Data Analysis](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_surfaces_questions.htm&language=en_US). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Agentforce for Analytics in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_conciergeqa_slack.htm&language=en_US) # Ask Questions with Tableau Agent in Tableau Next When Tableau Agent with Data Analysis is enabled in Tableau Next, you can ask questions to explore your data. When Tableau Agent is enabled in Slack, you can use it to ask questions about shared Tableau Next metric and dashboard data in that context. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To explore metrics and insights, and ask questions in the agent: Tableau Unmetered Consumer or Tableau Next Consumer or Tableau Unmetered Self-Service Consumer or Tableau Next Self-Service Consumer permission set
Tableau Agent requires that any semantic model it queries is enabled for use in Tableau Next. A Tableau Next user who has Semantic Model editing permission must enable the semantic model in the Analytics Agent Readiness dialog box. For more information, see [Enable Analytics Agent Readiness](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.c360_a_sl_agent_readiness_enable.htm&language=en_US) in Data 360 help. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Admins can create fallback lists of models per agent for scenarios where the semantic context isn't clear. For more information, see [Set Up Agent Scoping for Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_agent_scoping.htm&language=en_US). 1. If you are opening the Agentforce panel for the first time, select **Got It** to acknowledge the disclaimer and continue. 2. In the Agentforce panel, make sure the agent you want to use is selected. Select the arrow next to the Agentforce panel title, and then select the agent. The default name for the Tableau Agent template is "Analytics and Visualization". Your agent name may be different because Tableau Next admins can customize the name when creating a new agent from the template. 3. In the prompt box, type and enter your question. For examples of the types of questions you can ask Tableau Agent, see [Supported Questions and Surfaces for Tableau Agent](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_surfaces_questions.htm&language=en_US). 4. Have a conversation with the agent by asking more questions. Sometimes the agent will ask you to clarify what you are asking for. If a visualization is available, it is displayed with the text answer. 5. Select **Sources** for details on how the agent analyzed your request, and the data sources and metrics used for analysis. #### See Also - [Plan Your Tableau Agent Implementation for Conversational Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_ai_concierge_plan.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "As an analyst implementing Tableau Agent in Tableau Next, you play an integral role in getting the agent to work well for your organization. Successfully enabling conversational analytics in Tableau Next includes five major phases.") - [_Salesforce Help_: Set Up Agentforce for Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_agentforce_templates.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Enable Agentforce for Analytics in Slack](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_enable_conciergeqa_slack.htm&language=en_US) - [_Salesforce Help_: Ask Questions About Shared Metrics and Dashboards in Slack Using Agentforce for Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_metric_analytics_qa_slack.htm&language=en_US) # Assign a User a Tableau Next Admin Permission Set To access the Tableau Next Administration page, and to enable Tableau Next in your org, users require the Tableau Unmetered Admin or Tableau Next Admin permission set. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To assign the Tableau Unmetered Admin or Tableau Next Admin permission set: System Administrator
1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter and select **Users**. 2. Select a user. 3. Under Permission Set Assignments, click **Edit Assignments**. 4. Under Available Permission Sets, select **Tableau Unmetered Admin or Tableau Next Admin**, and then click **Add**. 5. Click **Save**. # Assign a User a Tableau Next Permission Set Assign permissions to users based on their level of interaction with Tableau Next capabilities. Users must already be created in Salesforce. You can’t add users in the Tableau Next app. Each Tableau Next permission set that you assign to a user consumes a license. You can view your license status as you assign permission sets. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To assign Tableau Next permission sets: Tableau Unmetered Admin or Tableau Next Admin permission set, Assign Permission Sets permission
For more information about licensing and capabilities, see [Tableau Permission Sets and Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_permsets_licenses.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Each user that interacts with Tableau Next requires a license and a permission set. Each Tableau Next license maps to one or more standard permission sets that allow different levels of interaction with Tableau Next capabilities."). 1. In Tableau Next, click **Administration**, and then click **Settings**. 2. Under Manage Users, click **Users**. 3. In the Users pane, click **Add**. You can view the permissions included in each permission set on the User Management page of Tableau Next Administration. 4. On the Add Users page, click **Provision Existing Users**. The users who aren’t assigned Tableau Next permission sets are listed. 5. Select the users that you want to assign Tableau Next licenses to, and click **Next**. 6. Select the user that you want to assign permission sets to. You can select multiple users if you want to bulk assign the same permission set to a set of users. 1. Click **Assign Permission Set** to specify a Tableau Next permission set to the user(s) you selected. You can view your license status as you assign permission sets. 2. Review the assignments, and click **Next**. 7. Review your changes, and then click **Add Users**. - **[Assign Unmetered Tableau Next Licenses and Permission Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_unmetered.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** To enable unmetered Tableau Next usage, assign an unmetered Tableau Next license to your users. You can assign permission sets and licenses within Tableau Next or create custom permission sets and assign them within Setup. - **[Tableau Next Permission Sets and Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_permsets_licenses.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Each user that interacts with Tableau Next requires a license and a permission set. Each Tableau Next license maps to one or more standard permission sets that allow different levels of interaction with Tableau Next capabilities. #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View and Manage Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.admin_users.htm&language=en_US) # Assign Analytics for Communications - Consumer Administrator Permissions Allow admins to create and manage the Analytics for Communications - Consumer app by assigning admin permissions. ### Required Editions
Available in: Developer edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of a user with the System Administrator profile. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments**, and then click **Edit Assignments**. 4. Select both the **CRM Analytics Plus Admin** and **TCRM for Comms Admin** permission sets. 5. Click **Add**, then save your changes. 6. Repeat Steps 2–5 for all users who create and manage the Analytics for Communications - Consumer app. # Assign Analytics for Communications - Consumer User Permissions Allow your users to view the Analytics for Communications - Consumer app by assigning the relevant permissions. ### Required Editions
Available in: Developer edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of a user who requires access to the Analytics for Communications - Consumer app. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments**, and then click **Edit Assignments**. 4. Select both the **CRM Analytics Plus User** and **TCRM for Comms User** permission sets. 5. Click **Add**, then save your changes. 6. Repeat Steps 2–5 for all users who create and manage the Analytics for Communications - Consumer app. # Assign Analytics for Communications-Business Permissions Assign relevant permissions to admin and users to manage the Analytics for Communications - Business app. ### Required Editions
Available in: Developer edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
Follow the given steps to assign relevant admin or user permissions: - From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select Users. - Click the name of the user. - Click **Permission Set Assignments**, and then click **Edit Assignments**. - To assign the user necessary admin permission, select both the **CRM Analytics Plus Admin** and **CRM for Comms Admin** permission sets. - To assign the user necessary user permissions, select both the **CRM Analytics Plus User** and **CRM for Comms User**  permission sets. - Add the permission sets, and then save your changes. # Assign Bulk Action to Table Widget Configure the table widget properties to expose the bulk action defined in the Visualforce page. 1. Open the CRM Analytics dashboard that contains the table widget. 2. Edit the dashboard. 3. Select the table widget. 4. In the widget properties, select **Show custom action**. 5. Enter the following widget properties. | Property | Description | | --- | --- | | Custom Action Label | Label for the action in the action menu. | | Visualforce Page Name | API name of the Visualforce page. | | Visualforce Namespace Prefix | Optional. Namespace prefix specified for the Visualforce page. | ![Set the action properties in the table widget.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_bulk_action_config_table_widget_properties.png) 6. Save the dashboard. # Assign CRM Analytics Permission Sets to Users Assign custom permission sets to one or more users—either one at a time, or in bulk—to give them access to CRM Analytics functionality. ### Required Editions
User Permissions Needed
To assign a permission set to users: Assign Permission Sets
1. In the Setup menu, click **Users | Permission Sets** and then click **New**. 2. Click the permission set you want to assign to users. If you’ve followed the instructions in [Enable CRM Analytics and Create Service Analytics Permission Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_setup_enable_create_permset.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "After identifying user types, create your permission sets then enable CRM Analytics in your org."), select either the Manage CRM Analytics or View CRM Analytics permission sets. 3. Click **Manage Assignments** and click **Add Assignments**. 4. Select the users who need access to CRM Analytics, and click **Done**. When you assign the permission set to users, Salesforce _auto-assigns_ the CRM Analytics Cloud - CRM Analytics Platform _permission set license_ to those users. Assign the Manage CRM Analytics permission set sparingly, since it provides access to all CRM Analytics features. Assign it only to users who administer or manage the CRM Analytics platform. # Assign Customer Insights Permissions Assign permissions to let users administer and view the Customer Insights app. ### Required Editions
Available with CRM Analytics, which is available for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions. Also available in Developer Edition. Requires a CRM Analytics Growth or CRM Analytics Plus license.
Permission Sets Needed
To create and manage the app: Manage CRM Analytics Templated Apps
To use CRM Analytics templated apps: Use CRM Analytics Templated Apps
## Assign Permissions to Admins 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of the user. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments**, and then click **Edit Assignments**. 4. Select the CRM Analytics Plus Admin permission set. 5. Click **Add**, and save your changes. 6. Repeat these steps for each user who administers the Customer Insights app. ## Assign Permissions to Users 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of the user. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments**, and then click **Edit Assignments**. 4. Select the CRM Analytics Plus User permission set. 5. Click **Add**, and save your changes. 6. Repeat these steps for each user who views the Customer Insights app. # Assign Einstein Discovery Permission Sets to Users After you have defined permission sets for Einstein Discovery users, you can assign the appropriate permission sets to individual users or groups of users. You can assign multiple permission sets to an individual user account. ### Required Editions
User Permissions Needed
To assign a permission set to users: Assign Permission Sets
1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Permission Sets, and select **Permission Sets**. 2. Click the permission set you want to assign to users. Assign the Manage Einstein Discovery permission set only to users who administer Einstein Discovery. 3. Click **Manage Assignments**, and click **Add Assignments**. 4. Select one or more users, and click **Assign**. 5. Click **Done**. Any selected users now have access to the applicable features in Einstein Discovery. #### See Also - [Permission Sets and Permissions for Einstein Discovery](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_setup_user_permissions.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To provide user access to Einstein Discovery functionality, the CRM Analytics Plus license and Einstein Predictions license provide standard permission sets and permissions that you can assign to user accounts.") - [License and Permissions Requirements for Einstein Discovery](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_about_license.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To use Einstein Discovery, your org must be provisioned with an applicable license, and user accounts must be assigned the appropriate permissions.") # Assign Permissions to Administrator and User Assign relevant permissions to admin and users to manage the Analytics for Communications - Order Tracking app.
Available in: Developer, Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions where B2B Communications Cloud is enabled
Assign relevant permissions to admin and users to manage the Analytics for Communications - Order Tracking app. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of the user to whom you want to assign permissions. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments** | **Edit Assignments** 4. To assign the user necessary admin permissions, select both the **CRM Analytics Plus Admin** and the **CRM Analytics for Comms Admin** permission sets. 5. To assign the user necessary user permissions, select both the **CRM Analytics Plus User** and **CRM Analytics for Comms User** permission sets. 6. Add the permission sets, and then save your changes. Assign a CME package license to the Integration user to provide access to the dashboards and datasets. # Assign Permissions to Administrator and User Assign appropriate permissions to users to work with the Revenue Management for Financial Services Cloud app.
Available in: Developer Edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited Editions.
Assign permissions to users to work with the Revenue Management for Financial Services Cloud app. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of the user to whom you want to assign permissions. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments** | **Edit Assignments** 4. To assign the user necessary admin permissions, select both the **CRM Analytics Plus Admin** and the **RI for Fins Admin** permission sets. 5. To assign the user necessary user permissions, select both the **CRM Analytics Plus User** and **RI for Fins User** permission sets. 6. Add the permission sets, and then save your changes. # Assign Permissions to Admins and Users Assign relevant permissions to admins and users to manage the Analytics for Subscriber Lifecycle Management app. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select **Users**. 2. Click the name of the user to whom you want to assign permissions. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments** | **Edit Assignments**. 4. Assign the user admin or user permissions: - To assign admin permissions, select the **Revenue Intelligence Media Analytics Admin** permission set. - To assign the user user permissions, select the **Revenue Intelligence Media Analytics User** permission set. 5. Add the permission set, and then save your changes. # Assign Permissions to Analytics Integration User Assign permissions to the Integration user. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Users, and then select **Users**. 2. Select **Analytics Integration User**. 3. Click **Permission Set Assignments** | **Edit Assignments**. 4. Select **CRM Analytics for Media SLM**. 5. Add the permission set, and then save your changes. # Assign Unmetered Tableau Next Licenses and Permission Sets To enable unmetered Tableau Next usage, assign an unmetered Tableau Next license to your users. You can assign permission sets and licenses within Tableau Next or create custom permission sets and assign them within Setup. ### Required Editions
View supported editions.
User Permissions Needed
To assign Tableau Next permission sets: Tableau Unmetered Admin or Tableau Next Admin permission set, Assign Permission Sets permission
To edit user permissions: Manage Profiles and Permissions Sets
Licenses that provide for unmetered usage are the unmetered Creator, Consumer, Limited Consumer, and Included App licenses, and the Unmetered User Based Access Tableau Next license. For more information about licensing and capabilities, see [Tableau Next Permission Sets and Licenses](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_admin_permsets_licenses.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Each user that interacts with Tableau Next requires a license and a permission set. Each Tableau Next license maps to one or more standard permission sets that allow different levels of interaction with Tableau Next capabilities."). ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Are you a Tableau user new to Salesforce setup? Review [_Tableau Help_: Tableau Next Setup Guide](https://help.tableau.com/current/tableau-next/en-us/tableau_next_setup_guide_activate_salesforce.htm). #### See Also - [_Salesforce Help_: View and Manage Users](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=platform.admin_users.htm&language=en_US) ## Assign an unmetered Tableau Next license and permission set to a user After users are created in Salesforce, you can assign permission sets to them within the Tableau Next app. Each Tableau Next permission set that you assign to a user consumes a license. You can view your license status as you assign permission sets. 1. For users that have an old Tableau Next permission set, go to Setup > Users > Permission Set Assignments. Click **Edit Assignments**, select the old permission set, click **Remove**, and click **Save**. 2. In Tableau Next, click **Administration**, and then click **Settings**. 3. Under Manage Users, click **Users**. 4. In the Users pane, click **Add**. You can view the permissions included in each permission set on the User Management page of Tableau Next Administration. 5. On the Add Users page, click **Provision Existing Users**. The users who aren’t assigned Tableau Next permission sets are listed. 6. Select the users that you want to assign Tableau Next licenses to, and click **Next**. 7. Select the user that you want to assign permission sets to. You can select multiple users if you want to bulk assign the same permission set to a set of users. Click **Assign Permission Set** to specify a Tableau Next permission set to the user(s) you selected. You can view your license status as you assign permission sets. 8. Review the assignments, and click **Next**. 9. Review your changes, and then click **Add Users**. ## (Optional) Create and assign a custom permission set With Tableau Next Creator and Consumer licenses, you can provide users with unmetered access via a custom permission set. Create your custom permission set with the **Access includes unmetered Analytics Insights and Agentic Analytics workloads** permission, and then assign the permission set to the users. 1. Create a custom permission set. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter permission sets, and then select **Permission Sets**. 2. Click **New**. 3. Enter a name for the label and click **Save**. 4. From the new permission set you created, on the System tab, click **System Permissions**. 5. Click **Edit** to edit the System Permissions. Select **Access includes unmetered Analytics Insights and Agentic Analytics workloads** from the list and save. 2. Add a custom permission set to a user. 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter users, and then select **Users**. 2. Select the user. 3. On the Permission Set Assignments section, click **Edit Assignments**. 4. For users that have an old Tableau Next permission set, select the old permission set, click **Remove**, and click **Save**. Then go back to the Permission Set Assignments section, and click **Edit Assignments** again. 5. Select your custom permission set that has the **Access includes unmetered Analytics Insights and Agentic Analytics workloads** permission, and click **Add**. 6. Click **Save**. # Attach Files to Report Subscriptions When subscribing to a report, choose to receive report results as a formatted spreadsheet (.XLSX) or a comma-separated (.CSV) file attached to the subscription email. ### Required Editions
Available in: Lightning Experience
Available in: Essentials, Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
User Permissions Needed
To subscribe to reports: Subscribe to Reports
To subscribe other people to reports: Subscribe to Reports: Add Recipients
To subscribe other people to reports by groups or roles: Subscribe to Reports: Send to Groups and Roles
To specify who runs the report in a report subscription: Subscribe to Reports: Set Running User
To attach files to report subscriptions Export Reports
1. From the Reports tab or from the report run page, click **![the more action icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/resources-global/_corporate/images/dropdown.png)** | **Subscribe**. 2. Click **Attach File**. 3. Choose to attach a **Formatted Report** (.XLSX) or a **Details Only** (.CSV) file. 4. If attaching a details only (.CSV) file, optionally choose an encoding. 5. Click **Save**. The Edit Subscription menu shows that report results are included as an attachment. 6. Click **Save**. The subscription email arrives with an attached file containing report results. Limits, Limitations, and Allocations The attached report can include up to 15,000 rows, 30 columns, and 3-MB file size. Extra data is clipped or not sent. To view the entire report in Salesforce, click the report title in the formatted report email or sign in to Salesforce and search for the report. #### See Also - [Let Users Attach Files to Report Subscriptions](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=xcloud.reports_subscribe_attachment_setup.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # augment Parameters When you define an augment transformation, you set the action attribute to `augment` and specify the parameters. The following table describes the input parameters.
Parameter Required? Value
operation No

Indicates what the transformation does if it matches multiple rows in the right dataset with a row in the left. Valid values:

  • LookupSingleValue. Returns values from one of the matched rows. If you don’t specify the operation parameter, the transformation uses this operation.
  • LookupMultiValue. Returns values from all matched rows.

For more information about each operation, see Special Cases for Matching Records with the augment Transformation.

left Yes Node in the dataflow definition file that identifies the left dataset. This is one of two input sources for this transformation.
left_key Yes

Key column in the left dataset used to augment the dataset. If you use a composite key, the left and right keys must have the same number of columns in the same order. For a composite key, use the following syntax:

[ "Key Column1", "Key Column2", …, "Key ColumnN" ]

The left or right key can’t be a multivalue field. A key must be a dimension.

right Yes Node in the dataflow definition file that identifies the right dataset. This is one of two input sources for this transformation.
relationship Yes Relationship between the left and right dataset. The dataflow adds the relationship to the beginning of the right column names in the output dataset to make the column names unique and descriptive. Can contain only letters, numbers, dots, underscores, and dashes.
right_select Yes An array of column names from the right dataset that you want to include in the output dataset. The dataflow adds the relationship as a prefix to the column name to determine the name of the right column in the output dataset.
right_key Yes

Key column in the right dataset used to augment the dataset. If you use a composite key, the left and right keys must have the same number of columns in the same order.

The left or right key can’t be a multivalue field. A key must be a dimension.

#### See Also - [augment Transformation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_augment_transformation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The augment transformation adds columns to a dataset from another related dataset. The resulting, augmented dataset enables queries across both related input dataset. For example, you can augment the Account dataset with the User dataset to enable a query to return account records and the full names of the account owners.") # augment Transformation The augment transformation adds columns to a dataset from another related dataset. The resulting, augmented dataset enables queries across both related input dataset. For example, you can augment the Account dataset with the User dataset to enable a query to return account records and the full names of the account owners. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note To add columns from a related object in a Data Prep recipe, see [Join Node: Add Related Columns of Data to the Recipe](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_recipe_join_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use a join node in CRM Analytics to add columns of data from related objects to existing data in a recipe. When working with CRM Analytics datasets and external objects, add a join node on the recipe canvas. When working with Salesforce objects, you can either create a join on the recipe canvas or join the data when you first create your dataset on the Add Input Data screen."). To do it in a Data Prep Classic recipe, see [Add More Data in a Recipe](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_data_prep_recipe_add_data.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "You can add columns of data from related objects to existing data in a recipe. Depending on how you want to combine the new data, use one of the following methods: lookup, left join, right join, inner join, or full outer join."). When you create the transformation, you identify each input dataset as the left or right dataset and specify the relationship between them. CRM Analytics combines all the columns of the left dataset with only the specified columns from the right dataset. (Keep in mind that each dataset can’t have more than 5,000 (including up to 1,000 date fields) columns.) CRM Analytics adds the relationship to column names from the right dataset, which is useful when the left and right dataset have columns with the same names. For each record in the left dataset, the augment Transformation transformation performs a lookup to find a matching record in the right dataset. To match related records, the augment Transformation transformation uses a match condition. You specify the match condition based on a key from each dataset. A key must be a dimension. A key can be a single-column key or a composite key. For a match condition based on a composite key, the keys for both dataset must have the same number of columns, specified in the same order. ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip To augment three or more dataset, augment two dataset at a time. For example, to augment three dataset, augment the first two dataset, and then augment the resulting dataset with the third dataset. ![Example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_example.png) Example Let’s look at an example of the augment Transformation transformation. In this example, you want to extract data from the Opportunity and Accounts objects, and then match the data based on the account ID field. ![The Opportunity and Account EdgeMarts are related based on Opportunity.Account ID and Account.ID columns.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_augment_inputs.png) | Dataflow | Augment Node in Dataflow | | --- | --- | | ![Example dataflow in dataflow editor with augment node highlighted](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataflow_editor_augment_example.png) | ![Augment node dialog in dataflow editor](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_dataflow_editor_augment_node.png) | Here’s the dataflow JSON. ``` { "sfdcDigest_Account": { "action": "sfdcDigest", "parameters": { "fields": [ {"name": "Id"}, {"name": "Name"} ], "object": "Account" } }, "sfdcDigest_Opportunity": { "action": "sfdcDigest", "parameters": { "fields": [ {"name": "Id"}, {"name": "Name"}, {"name": "Amount"}, {"name": "StageName"}, {”name": "CloseDate"}, {"name": "AccountId"}, {"name": "OwnerId"} ], "object": "Opportunity" } }, "augment_Oppt_Acct": { "action": "augment", "parameters": { "operation": "LookupSingleValue", "left": "sfdcDigest_Opportunity", "left_key": [ "AccountId" ], "relationship": "OpptyAcct", "right": "sfdcDigest_Account", "right_key": [ "Id" ], "right_select": [ "Name" ] } }, "Create OpptsAccts": { "action": "sfdcRegister", "parameters": { "alias": "Opportunity_Account", "source": "augment_Oppt_Acct", "name": "Opportunity_Account" } } } ``` After you run the dataflow, CRM Analytics creates and registers the Opportunity\_Account dataset. It also adds the relationship as a prefix to all columns from the right dataset. ![The Opportunity-Account EdgeMart contains the following columns: ID, Opportunity Name, Amount, Stage, Closed Date, Account ID, Acct\_Account Name, Acct\_Annual Revenue, and Acct\_Billing Address.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_integrate_opportunity-account_dataset.png) - **[Special Cases for Matching Records with the augment Transformation](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_augment_match_operations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** For each record in the left dataset, the augment transformation performs a lookup to find a matching record in the right dataset. However, it’s critical that you understand how the augment transformation handles special cases when matching records. - **[augment Parameters](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_integrate_augment_operation.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When you define an augment transformation, you set the action attribute to `augment` and specify the parameters. # Authorize Your Org The extension uses Salesforce CLI for authentication. You must authorize an org before using extension features. 1. If you haven't installed the Salesforce CLI, run this command to install it: ``` npm install -g @salesforce/cli ``` Alternatively, see [Install the Salesforce CLI](https://developer.salesforce.com/tools/salesforcecli) for other installation options. 2. Create a Salesforce DX project. 1. In VS Code, open the **View** menu and choose **Command Palette**. (Type Cmd+Shift+P (Mac) or Ctrl+Shift+P (Windows/Linux) to quickly open the Command Palette.) 2. Type **SFDX: Create Project** in the palette and select it from the list. 3. Choose a directory on your computer to store the files for the project, and click **Create Project**. VS Code refreshes and your project appears in the Explorer panel. For more information on creating a Salesforce DX project, see [Create a Salesforce DX Project](https://developer.salesforce.com/tools/vscode/en/user-guide/development-models). 3. Authorize your org. 1. In VS Code, open the command palette. 2. Type **SFDX: Authorize an Org** and select it from the list. 3. Choose **Custom** (Custom org) as the org type. 4. Enter your org's login URL. For production: [https://login.salesforce.com](https://login.salesforce.com). For sandbox: [https://test.salesforce.com](https://test.salesforce.com). For My Domain: https://your-domain.my.salesforce.com 5. Log in with your Salesforce credentials and allow access when prompted. 6. (Optional) Set an alias for your org, especially if you work with multiple orgs. 7. Complete the OAuth flow in your browser. Use your org's login page URL, not a URL from an already logged-in session 4. Verify the connection. Open a terminal in VS Code and run `sf org display`. You should see your org's Instance URL, Username, and Access Token. After it is authorized, the extension automatically uses Salesforce CLI credentials for all operations. # Auto-Install Requests Monitor and interact with auto-install requests on the Requests tab. ![The Apps tab with 2 installed apps visible](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_requests_tab.png) Each auto-install request includes this information. | Attribute Name | Description | | --- | --- | | **Name** | The name of the auto-install request. | | **Type** | The type of auto-install request. The values are: App Create, App Update, App Delete, and Start Dataflow. | | **Status** | The status of the auto-install request. The values include: Success, Failed, In Progress, Not Started, and Canceled | | **Reason** | The failed reason of the auto-install request. For successful requests, the value is N/A. For failed requests, the failure reason is displayed. | | **Created By** | The user who created the auto-install request. | | **Created On** | The date and time the auto-install request was created. | | **App** | The name of the auto-installed app. | ## Request Actions Each auto-install request has an action menu accessible from the dropdown list icon ![Down arrow to open the Requests action menu](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_auto_install_dropdown_icon.png). The request actions include: - Open—Opens the associated installed app details. These details include all auto-install requests for the installed app, the most recent app logs for the installed app, and the details of the auto-install request described [here](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_auto_install_requests.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5). - Delete App—Deletes the installed app. associated with the auto-install request. - View Log—Displays the auto-install request log. - Try Again—Runs the auto-install request for this installed app again. - Cancel—Appears only when the auto-install request status is In Progress. Use this action to cancel long-running requests or when you don’t want app creation or upgrade to complete. ## Clean Stale Requests To clean the list of auto-install requests of stale requests, click **Clean Stale Requests**. A stale auto-install request is a request that doesn’t have an installed app. Stale requests occur when app creation fails or when the installed app is deleted, either manually or by another auto-install request ## Search Requests Use the search bar to search auto-install requests by app name. ## Filter Requests Use the filter dropdown list ![Filter with arrow to open the Request filter menu](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_filter_icon.png) to filter the auto-install request list by request status. ## Refresh Page To update the statuses of the auto-install requests, click the Refresh icon ![Refresh arrow to reload the page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_auto_install_refresh_icon.png). ## View Auto Request Details After opening the auto-install request details from the **Open** action, you see the **Details** view. ![The auto-install request details screen](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_request_details.png) This view includes the auto-install request name, the request creation date and user, the user and date of the last modification, and the request status. The auto-install request details describe the configuration settings and the variable values used for app creation and the request log. These details provide information necessary for troubleshooting requests and installed apps. To see the requests for an individual app, on the home page, click the app name, and then select the **Requests** tab. ![The Requests tab for an individual auto-installed app.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_individual_request_details.png) # Auto-Install Usage Track the average API calls per hour and the number of dataset rows used per day for all auto-installed apps and for each individual app. ![The Auto-Installed Apps page with Usage information](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_main_usage.png) The Usage section on the main page has two charts. The first chart shows you the hourly average of API calls made by auto-installed apps each day. The second chart shows you how many dataset rows the auto-installed apps use per day. Both charts show usage numbers up to the past 7 days. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note The API statistics are updated hourly, while the dataset row statistics are updated at midnight UTC. ![The Auto-Installed Apps page with Usage information](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_main_app_usage_details.png) On the Apps tab, in the tile view, each auto-installed app tile shows the usage numbers for that specific app. These numbers include the number of API requests made per hour averaged over 7 days and the number of dataset rows used per day. ![The Auto-Installed Apps page with Usage information](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_individual_usage_details.png) To see the individual app usage numbers in charts, click the app name, and then select the **Usage** tab. These charts show you the usage statistics specific to this auto-installed app. # Auto-Installed Apps Monitor and interact with installed apps on the Apps tab. ![The Apps tab with 2 installed apps visible](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_apps_tab.png) ## Apps The default view of your installed apps is the tile view. You can also view the installed apps in a list view. Each installed app includes this information: | Attribute Name | Description | | --- | --- | | **Name** | The name of the installed app. | | **Type** | The type of auto-install request last processed for this app. The values are: App Create, App Update, App Delete, and Start Dataflow. This value is only visible in the apps list view. | | **Status** | The status of the most recent auto-install request for the installed app. The values include: Success, Failed, In Progress, Not Started, and Canceled | | **Reason** | The failed reason of the installed app. For successful requests, the value is N/A. For failed requests, the failure reason is displayed. | | **Created By** | The user who installed the app. | | **Created On** | The date and time the installed app was created. | | **Last Modified** | The date and time the installed app was last modified. | | **Requests/Hour** | The 7-day average of API requests made for the installed app per hour. | | **Rows Used** | The number of dataset rows used by the installed app. | ## Open App This link is only visible to users with access to CRM Analytics Studio and only in the apps tile view. To open the installed app in CRM Analytics Studio, click the **Open App** link on the app tile. ## App Actions Each app has an action menu accessible from the dropdown list icon ![Down arrow to open the Apps action menu](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_auto_install_dropdown_icon.png). The app actions include: - Open— Opens the installed app details. These details include all auto-install requests for the installed app, the most recent app logs, and the request details as described [here](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_auto_install_requests.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5). - Delete App — Deletes the installed app. - View Log— Displays the auto-install request log. - Try Again— Runs the last auto-install request for this installed app again. - Cancel— Appears only when the auto-install request status is In Progress. Use this action to cancel long-running requests or when you don’t want app creation or upgrade to complete. ## Search Apps Use the search bar to search installed apps by app name. ## Refresh Page To update the statuses of the installed apps, click the Refresh icon ![Refresh arrow to reload the page](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_auto_install_refresh_icon.png). ## App Details To see the details for an individual app, on the home page, click the app name. On the details page, you can view the app information, see the app requests, the app usage data, the log results, app settings, and open and update the app. ![The detail page for an individual auto-installed app.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_individual_app_details.png) The app has an action menu accessible from the dropdown list icon ![Down arrow to open the Apps action menu](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi_auto_install_dropdown_icon.png). The app actions include: - Update App— Updates the app using the current version of the template. - Open App— This action is only visible to users with access to CRM Analytics Studio. Opens the app in CRM Analytics Studio. - Install History— Opens the App Install History install details for the app. To view and manage settings for an installed app, click App Settings. ![The app settings tab for an individual auto-installed app.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_auto_install_individual_app_settings.png) Some installed apps have auto-upgrade enabled, which upgrades the app automatically when the template is updated. Auto-upgrade keeps installed apps up to date with current features. It’s a best practice to allow installed apps to auto-upgrade unless you’re customizing these apps. # Automated Prediction Writeback Use a special prediction field to save prediction scores directly on records. - **[Display Einstein Predictions Using Automated Prediction Writeback](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_prediction_automated.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** When automated prediction writeback fields are configured for a prediction definition that outputs a numerical prediction (regression) or score (binary classification), Einstein Discovery can save predictions directly to Salesforce records for use in reports and list views. Configure automated prediction writeback in Model Manager. After deployment, Einstein scores newly created or updated records in the Salesforce object and writes the score to the prediction field. Only the prediction is written, not the reasons for the prediction or the suggested ways in which to improve the prediction. - **[Get Predictions With Bulk Scoring](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_edd_model_manager_score.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can score predictions on multiple records at a time. For example, use bulk scoring to refresh all prediction scores after you deploy an updated model. You can also run bulk scoring on historical data to see how well your model performs. With bulk scoring, you can score all records, a segment of the records, or records that have not reached the completed state. # Automatically Highlight Data with Conditional Formatting Don’t delay important decisions because you miss critical changes in your data. With clicks, not code, add rules to automatically format results to quickly catch changes and take immediate action. For example, highlight accounts in red in a bar chart when their CSAT score drops below 80% so that you can get on the phone with those customers. Use rules to automatically highlight charts and tables in a lens or dashboard as well as number widgets in your dashboard. Stay on top of each KPI by highlighting the highs and lows based on ranges and colors that you specify. Or, distinguish each measure or dimension value (group) by color-coding them. For example, you can apply conditional formatting to accomplish the following goals. - Determine how well you’re doing on a KPI by coloring the number widget based on its value. ![The number widget has a green background based on its value and the conditional formatting.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_condFormat_number_widget.png) - Distinguish each measure in a chart with a unique color. ![The chart shows a differnet color for each measure based on conditional formatting settings.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_condFormat_measures.png) - Similarly, distinguish each dimension value. ![The horizontal bar chart shows the selected color for each dimension value.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_condFormat_dimensionValues.png) - Determine your top and bottom performers by categorizing numeric values into colored bins. You can add up to 10 bins. ![The chart shows a differnet color for each bine defined for the Avg of Discount measure.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_condFormat_measureValues.png) - Focus on key table records by color-coding the text or background of a column’s cells. In the following example, the Customer Name column is colored based on the value of the Sales field. ![The Customer Name field is color coded based on the value of the Sales field, where green is more than 1,000, yellow is more than 200, and below that is red.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_condFormat_tableColumn_basedOnOtherColumn.png) Set up conditional formatting in the widget properties panel. Although you set it up at the widget level, the formatting applies to the underlying query. Conditional formatting affects all widgets that use the query. If you change the widget or chart type, the formatting is retained. A message appears if the formatting can’t be retained, like when changing between a table and chart widget. Conditional formatting overrides colors set on dimension values in the dataset XMD. For charts and number widgets, set up conditional formatting in the widget properties. Select **Measures** to apply a format to each measure. Or select one measure or dimension to apply a format to each of its values. ![For charts and number widgets, you can apply conditional formatting on measures or a measure's or dimension's values.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_condFormat_imageOrChartOptions.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note Each chart or number widget can have one conditional formatting rule. For tables, in the Column tab of the widget properties, select the column that you want to format and then set the rule used to format it. Each table can have multiple conditional formatting rules. You can apply only one rule for each style, like background color or text color in a table. ![The Conditional Formatting section for this table shows that three bins are defined based on the Sales field with thresholds at 200 and 1,000.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboards_condFormat_tables_config.png) For calculated dimensions, select the dimension and click Pick Values. For Select Values, you can choose previously defined values or enter custom values. ![Conditional formatting pick values](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_explorer_cf_pick_values2.png) If you enter a custom value, then click to add it to the Select Values list.
The Pick Values list showing the defaultsAdding a string for conditional formattingSelect Values for conditional formatting with custom string added to the list
- **[Conditional Formatting Considerations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_chart_conditional_formatting_considerations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Keep these considerations in mind when setting up conditional formatting. - **[Set Up Complex Conditional Formatting](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboards_condformat_complex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** You can set up conditions based on a single reference column in the widget properties. However, sometimes, you have to create more complex conditions. To set up rules based on multiple reference columns for number and table widgets, use SAQL. #### See Also - [Column Properties](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_explorer_column_properties.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "The Column Properties panel lets you jazz up the columns you want in compare, values, and pivot tables. To highlight data that meets specific criteria, set conditional formatting rules on a column. Or, highlight data based on conditions set on a reference column. To make a column stand out without applying any conditions, you can use text alignment and text styles. In addition to displaying data in the text format, you can set a measure column’s data type as a bar.") # Available Data Templates Data templates provide simple data editing and calculations, advanced data manipulation, and rigorous analysis out of the box. To get started, see the instructions and specific details for each template by following these links. - **[Sentiment Analysis Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_sentiment_analysis.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use the Sentiment Analysis data template to categorize selected text into sentiments quickly. # Azure Data Lake Output Connection Create a remote connection using the Azure Data Lake output connector to write .csv data from CRM Analytics to Microsoft Azure Data Lake Storage Gen2 when using Data Prep. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note If you want to sync data from Microsoft Azure Synapse Analytics or dedicated SQL pool to CRM Analytics, use an [Azure Synapse Analytics Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=bi_integrate_connectors_microsoft_azure_sql_dw_settings.htm&language=en_US) instead. Or, to sync data from Microsoft Azure SQL Database to CRM Analytics, use an [Azure SQL Database Connection](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=bi_integrate_connectors_microsoft_azure_sql_db_settings.htm&language=en_US). ## How Azure Data Lake Output Connection Works With CRM Analytics connectors, you can write the outcome of a recipe to an external system for further analysis, business automation, and storage. After you configure an output connector to the data source and folder path using the steps in this guide, create a recipe using Data Prep. Add an Output node to the recipe and select to write to the output connection. Select the Azure Data Lake connection you configured, and choose which object will contain the output data. When the recipe runs, CRM Analytics writes data to the specified object in the folder path within the directory. For example, if you specified the folder path support/servicedata and chose the object APAC we write to the folder `APAC` at the path ...support/servicedata/APAC. The folder contains these files: - The output dataset .csv file, with the naming standard `folderpath`\_0.csv. In our example, the output is `APAC_0.csv`. For larger datasets, CRM Analytics automatically partitions the data into multiple .csv files with increasing numbers appended to the name. In our example, there could be a `APAC_1.csv`, a `APAC_2.csv`, and more until all data is written. This file doesn’t have a header row. - The metadata file schema.json, with information on each column including the name, data type, and precision. - The \_SUCCESS file, generated when the .csv is completely written. When you run the recipe again, the files previously generated are deleted and the new version of the files are written. ## Enable and Add the Azure Data Lake Output Connector 1. From Setup, in the Quick Find box, enter Analytics, select **Analytics**, and then **Settings**. 2. Select **Enable Azure Data Lake output connection** and then save your changes. 3. In the Data Manager, click the **Connections** tab. 4. Click **New Connection**. 5. Click **Output**. 6. Click the connector’s icon and enter its settings, as described in the Connection Settings section. 7. Click **Save & Test**. Save & Test validates your settings by attempting to connect to the source. If the connection fails, CRM Analytics shows possible reasons. All settings require a value, unless otherwise indicated. | Connection Setting | Description | | --- | --- | | Connection Name | Identifies the connection. Use a convention that lets you easily distinguish between different connections. | | Developer Name | API name for the connection. The developer name can’t include spaces, and you can’t change it after you create the connection. | | Description | Description of the connection for internal use. | | Access Key | Your Azure Data Lake access key. To learn more, see Microsoft’s [Manage storage account access keys](https://learn.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-account-keys-manage?tabs=azure-portal). | | Account | Your Azure Data Lake account name. | | Container | The name of the Azure Data Lake container that the connector will write to. | | Folder Path | Path to the folder that you want to connect. There must be a subfolder within the specified folder. For example, to write to `support/servicedata`, specify `support` for the folder path property in the connection then choose **servicedata** when configuring the recipe output node. | Keep these behaviors in mind when working with the Azure data lake output connector. - You can use an output connection more than once per recipe, but each output node must use a different object. Each output node can use up to the connector's per-run limit independently, but is still subject to the rolling 24 hour limit. - Output connections are only available for recipes built with Data Prep. - Each output connection only supports one folder path. To output to another folder path, create another output connection. - When the prior run’s files are deleted in preparation for the current run, the earlier version of an output dataset is inaccessible. Set up a process to copy or use the output after each run, and use the \_SUCCESS file as an indication that the write is complete. # B2B Marketing Analytics App Explore your marketing and sales data in one place with B2B Marketing Analytics. Dashboards consolidate Account Engagement and Sales Cloud data so that you can monitor the impact of marketing on revenue and take instant action to drive marketing results. For help with B2B Marketing Analytics, see Salesforce Help. To get started, go to the [B2B Marketing Analytics overview page](http://help.pardot.com/customer/portal/articles/2579933-wave-for-b2b-marketing-overview-and-faq). # Bar Charts CRM Analytics provides the following types of bar charts: Bar, Column, Stacked Bar, and Stacked Column. Use the Bar or Column chart to provide a quick visual comparison of related values. Use the Stacked Bar or Stacked Column chart to show groups within each bar. ![CRM Analytics stacked bar chart](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_charts_stacked_bar.png) ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note When visualizing large datasets in chart widgets, such as stacked charts that have narrow individual stacks, consider increasing the overall chart size. Expanding the chart can make it easier for users to select items. This also makes it easier for them to interact with and understand the detailed information in the chart. Larger charts reduce visual clutter and improve the precision of mouse-overs and clicks, ultimately leading to ‌more intuitive and satisfying interactions. ## Create a Horizontal Bar Chart Use a horizontal bar chart to compare values across one or more categories. Using the auto-fit feature, you can fit a bar chart into a crowded dashboard without the necessity of long scroll bars or loss of information. For example, create a bar chart that analyzes the average opportunity amount by opportunity owner. 1. In the lens, click ![Charts button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_chart_mode_button.png) and then select the **Bar** chart type. 2. In the Bar Length field, add one or more measures. 3. In the Bars field, add one or more dimensions to analyze the measures by. 4. To rank the records and see the highest or lowest values, click the down arrow next to the measure and sort the results. ![Analytics bar chart sorted in descending order](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/wave_charts_bar_sorted.png) 5. To change the chart display, click ![Formatting button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_button_formatting.png) and set the chart properties in the Formatting panel. For example, to show all bars without scrolling, select **Fit** in the Auto Fit field. ![bar chart with auto fit selected in dashboard designer](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/chart_bar_fit.png) ![Tip](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_tip.png) Tip If you resize the bar chart while arranging a dashboard and lose the labels, choose **Preserve labels** in the Auto Fit field to restore them. ## Create a Stacked Column Chart Use a stacked column or bar chart to compare parts of a whole and show values across one or more categories. For example, create a stacked column chart that analyzes the total opportunity amount by opportunity owner and breaks down total opportunity amount by opportunity type within each bar. 1. In the lens, click ![Charts button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_chart_mode_button.png) and then select the **Stacked Column** chart type. 2. In the Bar Length field, add the Sum of Amount measure. 3. In the Bars field, add one or more dimensions to analyze the measures by. 4. To rank the records and see the highest or lowest values, click the down arrow next to the measure and sort the results. ![Analytics stacked column chart sort options.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_chart_stackedColumn_sort_order.png) 5. In the Bar Segments field, select **Stage**. Each chart bar breaks up the total amount to show the value contributed by each opportunity stage. 6. To change the chart display, click ![Formatting button](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_button_formatting.png) and set the chart properties in the Formatting panel. For example, to show the total for each bar, select a value in the Show Total field. To subtract negative values from the total, select **Net**. To ignore the negative signs and add the absolute values, select **Absolute**. ![The animation shows the absolute and net totals in a stacked column chart.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_stacked_bar_show_totals.gif) # Bar Charts A bar chart shows values as horizontal lengths, so this format can be good for comparing distance or time. Use a bar chart when you have a summary report with a single grouping, or you only want to display one grouping. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
![Horizontal bar chart icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/chart_bar_sml.png) For example, to see the amount in each sales stage in a report, select Sum of Amount as the X-axis and Stage as the Y-axis. The chart displays one bar for each stage, with the length proportional to the total opportunity amount. The advantage of the horizontal bar charts is that the chart can be extended vertically to show numerous groupings, though the width is fixed. Depending on chart settings, you can also display Chatter photos. 1. **[Grouped Bar Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.chart_bar_grouped.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use a grouped bar chart when you have multiple groupings, and you want to compare values within a secondary grouping, but not the totals. 2. **[Stacked Bar Charts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.chart_bar_stacked.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use a stacked bar chart when you have multiple groupings and are interested in the proportions between values in each grouping, as well as each grouping's total. 3. **[Bar Charts Stacked to 100%](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.chart_bar_stacked_100.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5)** Use a bar chart stacked to 100 percent when you have multiple groupings and are interested in the proportions between values in each grouping, as well as each grouping's total. #### See Also - [Data Settings for Dashboard Bar and Column Chart Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboards_component_bar_chart_data_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Horizontal bar and vertical column charts are useful for comparing the values of one or more report groupings. Use the Component Data tab to select the groupings and summaries you want your bar or column chart to display.") - [Formatting Settings for Dashboard Bar Chart Components](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.dashboards_component_bar_chart_format_settings.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Horizontal bar and vertical column charts are useful for comparing the values of one or more report groupings. Set the scale and sorting to help you make sense of the data you are displaying.") # Bar Charts Stacked to 100% Use a bar chart stacked to 100 percent when you have multiple groupings and are interested in the proportions between values in each grouping, as well as each grouping's total. ### Required Editions
Available in: Salesforce Classic and Lightning Experience
Available in: Group, Professional, Enterprise, Performance, Unlimited, and Developer Editions
![Horizontal bar chart, stacked icon](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-analytics-264-0-0-production-enus/295fead5-b71d-4e1c-9886-4af4d53400b6/analytics/images/chart_barstk_sml.png) For example, to compare the status of leads by campaign in a report, and also to compare the totals for each status, set record count as the X-axis, status as the Y-axis, and campaign as the Groupings value. The chart displays a single bar for each status, broken down by campaign, with each campaign shown in a different color. The proportion of each campaign in each status is easy to compare, as are the totals for each status, but comparing a single campaign’s contribution to different statuses, or to the total, may be difficult. # Basic CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data 360 Setup Using CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data 360 requires the appropriate licenses, org and user account setup, and permissions assigned to user accounts. ## License Requirements To access CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data 360 functionality in CRM Analytics, the following licenses must be provisioned in the same Salesforce org. - CRM Analytics Plus license or CRM Analytics Growth license - Data 360 license For more information about CRM Analytics licenses, see [Learn About CRM Analytics Platform Licenses and Permission Sets](https://help.salesforce.com/articleView?id=bi_help_setup_general.htm&language=en_US). ## Enable CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data 360 - [Set up Data 360 in your Salesforce org](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.c360a_api.meta/c360a_api/sf.c360_a_set_up.htm). - [Assign Users Data 360 Permission sets](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.c360a_api.meta/c360a_api/sf.c360_a_userpermissions.htm). - Assign Users CRM Analytics Permissions. - Select the **CRM Analytics Plus User** or **CRM Analytics Growth User** permission sets for users to view data insights in CRM Analytics Direct Data. - Enable the Create and Edit CRM Analytics Dashboards permission for users to build dashboards and create insights in CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data 360. ## Direct Data for Data 360 Limits ## Query Limits
Limit Value
Maximum concurrent queries per tenant See Data 360 API Limits for Profile, Query, and Calculated Insights.
Maximum number of API queries and SQL queries
![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_note.png) Note CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data 360 uses the Connect REST API under the hood. Review the [Connect REST API Limits](https://developer.salesforce.com/docs/atlas.en-us.chatterapi.meta/chatterapi/intro_rate_limits.htm). #### See Also - [Enable CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_comms_consumer_enable_tcrm.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Before you create an app from the Analytics for Communications - Consumer template, enable CRM Analytics in your Salesforce org.") - [CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data 360 Tips and Limitations](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_direct_data_cdp_tips_considerations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "It helps to be familiar with these tips and limitations when working with Direct Data for Data 360.") - [Build Queries with Direct Data for Data 360](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_direct_data_cdp_calculatedinsight_eg.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "After you complete setup, CRM Analytics Direct Data for Data 360 lets you create and run queries on Data 360 records in real time. You can also build dashboard charts and tables based on these queries.") - [Data 360 Usage Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_data_usage_types.htm&type=5&language=en_US) # Basic CRM Analytics Platform Setup Follow these few steps to give users in your organization access to CRM Analytics platform, templates, and apps quickly. Basic setup uses permission sets included with the CRM Analytics Plus or CRM Analytics Growth licenses, which cover most organizations’ analytics needs. ## Set Up the CRM Analytics Admin 1. In Salesforce Setup, select **Users**. Select **Permission Sets**. 2. Select one of the following prebuilt permission sets that is on your org. | Permission Set | Description | | --- | --- | | CRM Analytics Growth Admin | Enables all permissions required to administer the CRM Analytics platform, including permissions to create and manage CRM Analytics templated apps and Apps. | | CRM Analytics Plus Admin | Enables all permissions required to administer the CRM Analytics platform and Einstein Discovery, including permissions to create and manage CRM Analytics templated apps and Apps. | 3. Select **Manage Assignments**. 4. Select **Add Assignments**. 5. Select the CRM Analytics admin user by checking the box next to their name in the left-hand column. 6. Select **Assign**. You see a page that tells you if the permission set has been assigned. If permission set assignment didn’t succeed for one or more users, Salesforce tells you why. You can fix the problem and try again. ## Enable CRM Analytics 1. Go to Salesforce Setup and enter Analytics in the **Quick Find / Search** field. 2. Select **Getting Started**. 3. Select **Enable CRM Analytics**. ## Select and Assign User Permission Sets 1. In Salesforce Setup, select **Users**. Select **Permission Sets**. 2. Select one of the following prebuilt permission sets that is on your org. | Permission Set | Description | | --- | --- | | CRM Analytics Growth User | Enables all permissions required to use the CRM Analytics platform and CRM Analytics templated apps and Apps. | | CRM Analytics Plus User | Enables all permissions required to use the CRM Analytics platform, Einstein Discovery, and CRM Analytics templated apps and Apps. | 3. Select **Manage Assignments**. 4. Select **Add Assignments**. 5. Select one or more users by checking the box next to their name in the left-hand column. 6. Select **Assign**. You see a page that tells you if the permission set has been assigned. If permission set assignment didn't succeed for one or more users, Salesforce tells you why. You can fix the problem and try again. # Batch Data Transforms in Tableau Next A batch data transform is a repeatable series of operations that you can run when data updates. The first time that you run a batch data transform, it pulls in data and transforms it according to your definition. You can also run a transform manually or set it up to run at scheduled intervals. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note In Salesforce Help: Batch Data Transforms, “field” and “column” are used interchangeably. A batch data transform provides a high-level view of your data flow by displaying nodes on a canvas. All your data objects are available on the canvas, where you can add more data, manipulate it, and write it to a data object. ![Batch Data Transform Example](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_batch_transform_example.png) The canvas shows the full sequence of operations. In this example, append, aggregate, filter, transform, and join nodes modify the data object input, and the results are written to a data object target. A transform node contains a group of transformations, or formulas that you can combine in sequence. Built-in transformations include concatenation and column type conversions. You can also use a custom formula to combine date, string, numeric operations, window functions, and case statements. Although the canvas doesn't show individual transformations, you can select a transform node (1) to see its details (2). ![Transformation details for the selected transform node](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/tua/images/tua_data_batch_transform_clean_callouts.png) You can select a transformation step in the left panel to preview the results of that transformation in the Preview tab. Similarly, select any node in the canvas to preview the results of that node. When you run a batch data transform, it applies the function of each node to the input data and then outputs the results to the specified data object. You can then use that data object as input to other batch data transforms or in downstream processes. When you save a data transform, specify a transform name and a definition name. You use the definition name to identify specific transform definitions and to combine multiple definitions into a single transform. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Tableau Next batch data transforms provide the same functionalities and core capabilities as Data 360, but with select entry points and UI elements tailored to Tableau Next. While accessing and creating batch data transforms differs in Tableau Next, the transformation capabilities, node functionality, and data processing logic are identical to Data 360. Use the custom Tableau Next pages to navigate the interface, and apply the shared core capabilities to configure your nodes. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-tua-264-0-0-production-enus/d794334f-d174-49d3-a4d2-a615bd2e54aa/images/icon_note.png) Note Data Transform Builder uses the same governed engine as Data Cloud, providing an additional interface for analysts to create or extend data transforms. Also, data transforms created from Tableau Next for analytical use cases are unmetered and free of charge. | Batch DATA transform Features | Custom/shared | Description | | --- | --- | --- | | [Access Batch Data Transforms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_transforms_access.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Access the existing batch data transforms from your Tableau workspaces.") | Custom | Navigate through the Tableau workspace to view and access existing transforms. | | [Add a Batch Data Transform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_transforms_create.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create a batch data transform with data objects by using the in-app builder.") | Custom | Create transforms through **Add** menu and workspace selection. | | [Work with Nodes in Batch Data Transforms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_transform_nodes_overview.htm&language=en_US) | Shared | Overview of Input, Output, Append, Join, Aggregate, Filter, Transform, Update node types. | | [Add Input Data to a Batch Data Transform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_transform_add_input_node.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Create an input node for each dataset that you want to add to the batch data transform. The batch data transform creates an input node when you create a transform by using a data object, but to add more data, you add another node.") | Custom | Add nodes to existing batch data transforms. | | [Combine Rows from Different Data Sources Using the Append Node](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_transform_append.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Use an append node to combine rows from multiple input data sources into a single result.") | Custom | Append nodes to combine rows. | | [Best Practices for Building Batch Data Transforms](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?language=en_US&id=data.c360_a_batch_transform_best_practices.htm) | Shared | Best practices and recommendations for building efficient transforms. | | [Keep DMO Mappings When Deploying Data Transforms via Data Kits](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_transform_deploy_dlo_dmo_mappings.htm&language=en_US) | Shared | Preserve field-level mappings for data model objects. | | [Preview Results in a Batch Data Transform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_transform_preview_results.htm&language=en_US) | Shared | View data results at each node and transformation step in the canvas. | | [Edit a Batch Data Transform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_transform_edit.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Make changes to your batch data transforms and save the results.") | Custom | Edit the batch data transforms by using **Actions**. | | [Delete a Batch Data Transform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_tranform_delete.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Delete any batch data transforms that you no longer need. Deleting a batch data transform doesn't delete its target data.") | Custom | Delete the batch data transforms by using **Remove**. | | [Batch Data Transforms Limitations in Tableau Next](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_transform_builder_limitations.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Batch data transforms have these limitations.") | Custom | Multi-definition merge is not supported. | | [Set a Currency for a Batch Data Transform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_transform_set_currency.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To use currency values in a data transform, set a currency. This setting converts data with multiple currencies to a single value. For example, if your data includes GBP and USD and you set the currency to USD, the GBP values convert to USD. If you don't set a currency, the data remains unchanged.") | Custom | Convert data with multiple currencies to a single value. | | [Run a Batch Data Transform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_batch_transform_run.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Run a batch data transform for the first time to populate the data in the output objects. Run it again to update it with the latest data.") | Custom | Run the batch data transforms by using **Run**. | | [Schedule a Batch Data Transform](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.tua_data_transform_schedule.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "To make sure that the most up-to-date data is available by a particular time or to run a job during non-business hours, schedule a batch data transform.") | Custom | Schedule the batch data transforms by using **Schedule Run**. | | [Batch Data Transform Run Types](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_transform_run_types.htm&language=en_US) | Shared | Understand full and incremental run types and how each processes data differently. | | [Check Batch Data Transform Status](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_transform_status.htm&language=en_US) | Shared | View transform execution status and run history. | | [Keyboard Shortcuts](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=data.c360_a_batch_transform_keyboard.htm&language=en_US) | Shared | Keyboard shortcuts for canvas navigation. | # Batch Data Transforms Limitations in Tableau Next Batch data transforms have these limitations. - You can't use the same data object for both input and output nodes. - You can't write multiple transforms to the same object, but definitions within the same transform can write to the same object. - Multi-Definition Transforms (Merge Records) aren't currently supported in Tableau Next, so a batch transform is limited to a single definition. # Before You Begin Before you create an app from the Analytics for Communications - Business template note these requirements ### Required Editions
Available in: Developer edition and for an extra cost in Enterprise, Performance, and Unlimited editions.
![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important For general app creation procedures for all CRM Analytics templated apps, see [Create Apps from CRM Analytics Templates: Start Here](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_app_prebuilt_getting_started.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Follow these general procedures when you create Apps from any CRM Analytics Template. Before you create an app, see the help for the CRM Analytics Template you want to use for requirements and instructions specific to that template."). Note these requirements to create an app from CRM Analytics for Communications-Business app template: - Make sure that you and all app users have the CRM for Comms App license and the CRM Analytics Plus license. - Your org must have at least one record in each of the following objects: count, Opportunity, OpportunityLineItem, Order, Product2, Quote, and User. - Set Salesforce field-level security to enable the User to see all fields used in the app. See [Set Field Level Security to Enable Creation of an CRM Analytics Template](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_templates_field_level_security.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Before creating an app from a template, you may have to give the Analytics Integration User access to all fields used in the app."). ![Important](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/images/icon_important.png) Important Currently, the Analytics for Communications-Business app is only supported in orgs with Data Sync on. # Best Practices for Adding Business Preferences Follow these guidelines to write effective Business Preferences that helps Concierge: Analytics Q&A work better with your business context and logic. ![Note](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-semantics-264-0-0-production-enus/f7c99ab1-3439-4722-b925-34cb47455d89/images/icon_note.png) Note Agentforce for Analytics is an agent customized for use in Tableau Next, with pre-built capabilities such as Concierge: Analytics Q&A. In this help topic, we refer to Agentforce for Analytics as the "analytics agent" and the Concierge: Analytics Q&A capability as "Analytics Q&A". ## Formatting and Structure Here's how to format your business preferences to ensure the Analytics Q&A can process them correctly. - **Clearly separate each preference.** Start each business preference on a new line that starts with a '#' symbol. This helps the system understand and process each preference individually. Example: \# This is the first preference \# This is the second preference - **Keep it short.** Write concise, simple instructions to avoid confusing the agent. ## Content and Purpose To help Analytics Q&A perform effectively, follow these best practices when writing your business-specific preferences. - **Add business-specific knowledge.** Use preferences to guide Analytics Q&A with information about your business, such as: - Domain-specific guidelines. - Unique terminology for your organization. - Information not included in the semantic model schema. - **Be explicit and specific.** Describe the unique logic or concepts of your domain clearly and concisely. Guide Analytics Q&A with specific fields from your semantic model instead of assuming it understands the data model. - **Avoid ambiguity and conflicts.** Ensure that you don't have multiple preferences that conflict with and confuse the agent. The more clarity you provide, the better the results. - **Break down complex instructions.** Separate complex instructions into simpler, distinct preferences to improve the agent's performance. - **Follow examples.** Review the provided examples for guidance on format and content. Adapt these examples to fit your needs. Consider these common patterns. - **For interpretation** \# ‘Largest’ or ‘smallest’ accounts refer to the accounts with the highest or lowest total\_amount, respectively \# When a user asks about new leads, return leads created in the last week \# When referring to opportunities, TPS is short for total product sales - **For output** \# When asking about sales data, always sort by account name \# When asking about leads, always return the lead's name and status \# When analyzing deals, always compare to the previous quarter ## Considerations and Limitations When adding business preferences, keep these limitations and behaviors in mind. - **Limited instruction size.** You can add up to 50 instructions, with each instruction limited to 300 characters. Keep in mind that adding more instructions increases the size of the agent's prompt, which can result in slower response times. - **Limited scope of impact.** Business Preferences currently only affect Analytics Q&A conversations in the analytics agent, not other Tableau Next experiences. - **Preferences are guidance, not commands.** Analytics Q&A uses business preferences as guidance, but it's not guaranteed to follow them in every response. - **User input has priority.** Analytics Q&A prioritizes a user's direct input over a business preference setting. User input includes: - Specific preferences in the user's input. - Context from recent conversation history. - Filters applied on the page. - **No feature control.** You can't use business preferences to turn off, modify, or prioritize specific Analytics Q&A features in the analytics agent. ## Testing and Iteration Optimizing business preferences is an iterative process. Experiment with different instructions and observe the agent's responses to learn what works best for your model and your users. - **Start small:** Begin with simple business preferences before adding more complex logic. - **Test your agent:** After adding a business preference, test the agent’s response. - **Iterate gradually:** Add more business preferences one by one, testing the agent’s response after each addition. ## Permissions and System Behavior Understand how business preferences behave in different systems and environments. - **Preference inheritance:** Base semantic models or extended applications don't automatically pass down business preferences. Define them specifically for each semantic model you're working with. - **How preferences move between systems:** - **Packaging and syncing:** When a semantic model is packaged in a data kit, its business preferences are included and shared with other connected organizations. - **Promotion to production:** Business preferences move to the production environment along with the semantic model. - **Resolving conflicts:** If a conflict between preferences occurs during a promotion, an admin must select which version to keep. ## When to Use a Business Preference Business preferences are the specific rules, jargon, and logic that a particular team or business unit applies to the data. They add a layer of business context, telling Analytics Q&A and the analytics agent in Tableau Next how to interpret and use the data to answer domain-specific questions. Key elements of a business preference include: - **Unique jargon:** They define company-specific terms (for example, "A 'hot lead' is any lead with a score over 90"). - **Business logic:** They explain how different data fields relate to each other based on business rules. - **Usage guidelines:** They provide instructions on how data should be applied in specific reports or analyses. ## When Not to Use Business Preferences Business preferences provide semantic guidance to the agent, but they don't perform calculations or control an agent’s core behavior. For more complex needs, use the recommended tools instead. The following table lists business preferences that are unsupported or should be handled differently. The examples provided show what **not to do**.
USE CASE Recommendation Explanation Example to Avoid
Definitions that require formulas or expressions Create a calculated field. Improves consistency and maintains the integrity of your semantic model. Sales per Customer are the Sales divided by the Customer Count
Manipulate results on the fly (for example, perform addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, or calculate percentages or ratios) Create a calculated field. This use case is not supported.

Multiply percentages by 100

Always round scores

General business context Write direct, actionable guidance. Analytics Q&A and the analytics agent need specific instructions on how to interpret or display data, not general background information. Tenant is a specific Salesforce product instance. An Account can have many Tenants, even of the same type
Blocking topics or questions Manage permissions at the data source level. This use case is not supported. Don't answer any questions about opportunities
Adjust role-specific outputs Create separate semantic models or views for each role. This use case is not supported. When a sales rep asks about financial performance, always aggregate by quarter and show the average deal size trend
Alter answer structure.   This use case is not supported. Analytics Q&A determines the best response structure. When responding, don't show a visualization. On every response, first tell the user 'Thank you,' then show the answer, and then end with 'Goodbye.'
Visual formatting.   This use case is not supported. When displaying sales metrics over time, use a line chart
## Business Preferences vs Descriptions Business preferences are different than descriptions. Descriptions explain what data is, and business preferences explain how a specific business uses that data. **Descriptions: The Factual Foundation** Descriptions are the official, universal documentation for a piece of data. They provide a concise, factual explanation that anyone in the organization can understand, regardless of their specific role. Think of a description as the label on a container that tells you exactly what's inside. Key elements of a good description include: - **Objective explanation:** A description makes a clear statement about the data's content. - **Data origin:** A description explains where information comes from. - **System purpose:** A description explains what the data is used for (for example, ., "Stores customer shipping addresses"). - **Technical details:** A description provides any necessary constraints, such as units of measurement (e.g., "Weight in kilograms"). **Example: A Sales Data Table** Here’s how these concepts apply to a sales table: - **Table:** sales\_transactions - **Description:** Records all completed sales, including product ID, sale amount in USD, and date of transaction - **Business preference:** When users ask about 'top-performing regions' they mean the regions with the highest gross sales, excluding any returns or discounts By using both descriptions and business preferences, you create a data model that is technically accurate and contextually smart. This allows the analytics agent to give more relevant and helpful answers. ## Business Preferences vs Calculated Fields A calculated field lets you create a new, reusable metric or dimension by applying formulas and logic to your existing data. Use a calculated field to: - **Perform custom calculations:** Define a precise expression with a formula, such as Profit=Revenue−Cost. - **Apply conditional logic:** Apply logic to segment data into categories, like IF\[Sales\]>1000THEN"High"ELSE"Low". - **Manipulate data:** Perform numeric operations or manipulate text on existing data fields. - **Transform data:** Create custom ratios, flags, or date-based groupings to prepare data for visualizations. **When to Use Each Field Type** Deciding between a calculated field and a business preference depends on your goal. This guide outlines the best choices for common scenarios.
ScenarioUse Calculated FieldUse Business Preference
Arithmetic or logic on fieldsUseDon't use
Custom groupings or flagsUseDon't use
Adjusting how the analytics agent interprets terminologyDon't useUse
Influencing agentic interpretation or displayDon't useUse
Need for precise and reusable formulaUseDon't use
Expressing a subjective or context-specific rule that is not an expressionDon't useUse
# Best Practices for Building Your Own CRM Analytics Dashboard Follow best practices to design and build useful, effective CRM Analytics dashboards, while minimizing rework and addressing potential gaps. Design a dashboard as a focused, task-oriented app. Work from purpose to structure to surface. Decide who it's for and what they need to do, map how they move through the data, and choose the look and feel last. - Before you build the dashboard, take into account the following design best practices: - Sketch your dashboard on paper or a whiteboard before you start building. - Know your audience. Identify who uses the dashboard and what decisions they make with it, and then design for that path of inquiry. See [Design for Your Audience: Personas and the Path of Inquiry](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_design_audience.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Before you choose charts or layout, understand who uses the dashboard, what they need to do with it, and whether to structure your app around personas or tasks. Designing for a specific audience keeps a dashboard focused and prevents it from becoming a catch-all."). - Prioritize elements, top left to bottom right. With languages that are read left to right, people start by looking at the top left corner and work their way down. Consider the audience's language and design for it. If your audience has limited time or attention, place important elements where they are noticed. - Place high-level, easy-to-read, actionable widgets near the top left, and place widgets with supporting information lower. For example, place numbers that display a single measure, such as revenue for the current quarter, high and to the left. Highlight facts that the audience wants to know at a glance. ![Example: summary measures at the top of a dashboard.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_summary_measures.png) - Group filters together at the top or left so that they're quickly noticeable. Use a container widget to section them off in the dashboard. - A chart in CRM Analytics is primarily a way to ask questions, not a way to illustrate a conclusion. A good dashboard invites the audience to drill down and seek ever more focused and useful information. - Choose chart types based on the characteristics of the data, not for appearance or variety. For example, if most of your charts display value changes over time, they can all be line charts. See [Choose the Right Chart for Your Data](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_chart_types.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "First decide what insight matters most, then choose a chart type that delivers it."). - If a chart seems to need a lengthy caption or title, reconsider whether the chart is doing its job. Well-chosen data often speaks for itself. - Use container widgets to frame and organize related elements in the dashboard. ![This dashboard has separate containers for closed-won deals, expected-to-close deals, forecasts, and quota.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_applyContainers.png) - While you build the dashboard: - Apply labels to sections and charts to annotate the dashboard. ![Each chart in the dashboard contains a label.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_applyLabels.png) - Use colors to define sections. ![The dashboard uses colors to separate key performance metrics and filters.](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_applyColors.png) - Don't clutter the dashboard. Leave some empty space. If needed, break a dashboard into a series of dashboards. Use link widgets to help the user navigate them. To show more detail without adding clutter, use progressive disclosure. See [Reduce Clutter with Progressive Disclosure](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_progressive_disclosure.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Progressive disclosure shows users the essentials first and reveals detail only when they ask for it."). - Design for accessibility. Turn on high-contrast colors and follow color and contrast guidance so that everyone can use your dashboard. See [Design Accessible CRM Analytics Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_accessibility.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Design dashboards that everyone can use, including people who rely on high contrast or who have color-vision differences."). ![Toggling high contrast to on](https://sf-zdocs-cdn-prod.zoominsoftware.com/tdta-analytics-bi-264-0-0-production-enus/ec791473-f5b4-4f64-a656-9104f455d966/bi/images/bi/bi_dashboard_high_contrast.png) - Make insights actionable. Let users act on what they see, update a record, start a flow, or open a related record, without leaving the dashboard. See [Make CRM Analytics Dashboards Actionable](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_actionable.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Design each dashboard so that the audience can act on what they see without leaving Salesforce."). - Build for performance as you go. Keep queries and widget counts lean so that dashboards load fast. See [Best Practices for CRM Analytics Dashboard Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_performance.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Design dashboards that load quickly. Fast dashboards keep users engaged and reduce load on your org."). - After you build the dashboard: - Have users review the dashboard before making it final. Post a dashboard to Chatter to get feedback. Users can annotate the widgets in the dashboard to have conversations about the content. - Review the dashboard against a final checklist: every widget maps to a question and an action, key metrics are top-left, chart types match the data, color is used consistently and works in high contrast, the default page loads quickly, and the dashboard renders well wherever it's used. #### See Also - [Build CRM Analytics Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_build_flex.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Build a CRM Analytics dashboard to continuously monitor key metrics of your business, analyzing the results by key dimensions, like region, products, and time period. Add interactive charts that synthesize information into an easy-to-read format. To complement the charts, add tables that show record-level details. Add filters to allow dashboard viewers to change the focus of the results. Create customized layouts to optimize the display of a dashboard on different types of devices, like mobile phones, tablets, and desktops.") # Best Practices for CRM Analytics Dashboard Performance Design dashboards that load quickly. Fast dashboards keep users engaged and reduce load on your org. ## Best practices - Limit the number of widgets and queries on a page. Every query adds load time. Keep each page to six or fewer queries where you can. - Split content across pages so that only the default page's queries run on load. - Show summary data first, and let users drill down for details instead of loading all data initially. - Filter early. Reduce the rows a query returns by applying filters and using selection-driven results. Filter and group before projection, and remove redundant filters. - Combine simple KPI queries that share a dataset into one query with multiple measures. - Use global filters instead of selection-based filters to apply one filter across queries in a single pass. - Reuse results across widgets with faceting and bindings instead of running duplicate queries. - Query only the fields and groupings that you need, and avoid high-cardinality groupings where you can. Reference multi-value fields only in filters, not in groupings. - Precompute derived fields in your recipe rather than at query time, and reuse datasets instead of creating a new one for each dashboard. - Split very large dashboards into a series of linked dashboards. - Keep row-level security efficient. Design security predicates and sharing inheritance to filter data without adding heavy overhead. - Build and test in a sandbox before you deploy to production. ## Measure and tune Use the [Dashboard Inspector](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboards_inspector.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Before you finalize the dashboard, run a performance check on the dashboard and its queries to ensure that everything is running optimally. The dashboard inspector identifies different types of bottlenecks, such as slow queries and networks, and provides recommendations to improve performance. Because dashboard layouts can contain different widgets (and queries), run the inspector on each layout. If a dashboard contains multiple pages, you can run the inspector for all pages. The inspector initially provides results only for the current page.") to see how long queries take and to find the widgets that slow a dashboard down. Optimize the slowest queries first, and then re-measure. #### See Also - [Optimize a Query](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_step_optimize.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Queries can slow down your dashboard. Run a performance check on the queries to ensure that they’re running optimally. CRM Analytics identifies query bottlenecks and provides recommendations to improve query performance.") - [Optimize Dashboard Performance](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboards_inspector.htm&release=264.0.0&type=5 "Before you finalize the dashboard, run a performance check on the dashboard and its queries to ensure that everything is running optimally. The dashboard inspector identifies different types of bottlenecks, such as slow queries and networks, and provides recommendations to improve performance. Because dashboard layouts can contain different widgets (and queries), run the inspector on each layout. If a dashboard contains multiple pages, you can run the inspector for all pages. The inspector initially provides results only for the current page.") # Best Practices for CRM Analytics for Experience Cloud Before setting up an Experience Cloud site with CRM Analytics, keep these best practices in mind for optimal performance and data security. ## Set Up Data Security for Row-Level Datasets To restrict a user’s access to only the records that they need to see, implement a security predicate. A security predicate is a filter that designates dataset row access. Security predicates work only with the user object. In scenarios where you want to set data security based on the details of an account, transfer the account details to the User object in Setup. Putting proper security predicates in place can also help improve query load time. See [Add Row-Level Security with a Security Predicate](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_security_datasets_predicate_considerations.htm&type=5&language=en_US) for more recommendations. ## Enable Dashboard Viewing with Permission Sets and Shared Apps To ensure that a dashboard is properly shared, create permission sets for users to view the dashboards. Then make sure that all assets related to the embedded dashboard, including the datasets, are in a shared app. Share this app with external partners or customer community users, and select **Enable sharing with Communities**. See [Share CRM Analytics in Experience Cloud Sites](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_app_communities.htm&type=5&language=en_US) for more information. ## Secure Data Downloading and Image Sharing To protect sensitive data from being downloaded to .xls or .csv files, disable **Download CRM Analytics Data** in System Permissions. For more information, see [Enable Downloading Data from CRM Analytics](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_setup_download_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US). Regarding images, all users can share .png images of lenses, dashboard widgets, and whole dashboards by default. To control downloading and sharing of images with your data, select **Secure Image Sharing and Downloading** in Setup Settings. For more information, see [Secure Image Sharing and Downloading](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_setup_secure_images_enable.htm&type=5&language=en_US). ## Prepare Your Datasets for Optimal Performance in Dashboards To lay the foundation for better dashboard performance, optimize the design of datasets that feed into the dashboard. Make sure that your calculations are completed at the dataset level instead of the dashboard builder level. Leverage capabilities of CRM Analytics by performing operations such as data table joining. For more information, see [Best Practices for a Faster Dashboard](https://www.salesforceblogger.com/2021/11/22/tableau-crm-best-practices-for-a-faster-dashboard/). ## Design Your Dashboard for Optimal Performance Conduct a performance check on the dashboard and its queries to confirm that everything is running smoothly. Identify and remove bottlenecks, such as redundant queries, using the dashboard inspector. Because a dashboard layout can contain different widgets and queries, run the inspector on each layout. Split your content up by using pages and components to modularize your dashboard. See [Best Practices for Building Your Own CRM Analytics Dashboard](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_dashboard_build_tips.htm&type=5&language=en_US) for more recommendations. ## Design Your Dashboard for Optimal Usability Make sure that your dashboard is intuitive and easy to use for Experience Cloud site users who don’t have prior CRM Analytics training. For example, to avoid common new-user confusion, replace any date selectors with static steps and predefined date filters. To ensure that your dashboard tells a clear story about the data, split it into several pages or dashboards instead of one with multiple graphs. ## Design Your Dashboard for Optimal Appeal Consider using dashboard colors and branding visuals to match the general styling of your Experience Cloud site. Enable layouts for different devices so that the dashboard looks good when viewed on a mobile device or tablet. Also consider using the Analytics Design Toolkit to deploy ready-made dashboard, chart, and widget templates within your apps. See [Analytics Design Toolkit](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_template_design.htm&type=5&language=en_US) for more information. ## Set Up Filters When Embedding Dashboards When embedding dashboards via Experience Builder or Visualforce, set up filters and selection so that users see data relevant to them. These filters and selections apply to the dashboard when it appears on the page at runtime. You can filter dataset fields by variables or specified values. For more information, see [Filter and Selection Syntax for Embedded Dashboards](https://help.salesforce.com/s/articleView?id=analytics.bi_embed_filters.htm&type=5&language=en_US). # Best Practices for Rollout Apply best practices throughout your Tableau Pulse journey. Follow these best practice procedures and resources. - Validate your Metric configuration - Test the configuration by validating that the metrics are accurately calculated, displayed correctly, and accessible to the intended users. - Add users as followers to Metrics - Use the Pulse UI and [manually add individuals.](https://help.tableau.com/current/online/en-us/pulse_explore_metrics.htm#:~:text=or%20apply%20filters-,Follow%20metrics,-Customize%20your%20home) - [Set up User Groups](https://help.tableau.com/current/online/en-us/to_add_users_groups.htm) - After your metric definitions are built and related metrics are set up, you’ll need to identify which users need to be added to each metric. Depending on how users are managed in your Tableau Cloud environment, it might help to create User Groups since Pulse allows you to add a group as a follower to a metric. - Use the [REST API](https://help.tableau.com/current/api/rest_api/en-us/REST/TAG/index.html#tag/Pulse-Methods/operation/PulseSubscriptionService_BatchCreateSubscriptions) to add a batch of users to a metric. - Host an Enablement Session for End Users - Deliver an overview of Pulse and train your end users on the use case and share best practices for effectively integrating the tool into their flow of work. End users can learn more by taking Pulse [Trailhead](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1AOiuf-1YJ0frrsKUEXNHY1I_LTfm1zAY44q8onzvA5c/edit?pli=1&tab=t.0#heading=h.1coh3zl8tdro) courses. - Encourage users to explore Pulse - [Explore metrics in detail](https://help.tableau.com/current/online/en-us/pulse_explore_metrics.htm#explore-metrics-in-detail-adjust-the-time-range-or-apply-filters), adjust the time range, apply filters, and follow. - Set up [Metric Digests](https://help.tableau.com/current/online/en-us/pulse_explore_metrics.htm#manage-your-tableau-pulse-digest) for Email and Slack. - Set Pulse as their start page in [Tableau Mobile.](https://help.tableau.com/current/mobile/mobile-user/en-us/tableau_mobile_get_started.htm?_gl=1*1f7m1tb*_ga*MjAzNDI4ODgzNy4xNzI2NDkzNzI2*_ga_8YLN0SNXVS*MTcyNzM2ODE1Ni4yNy4xLjE3MjczNjgxNzIuMC4wLjA.) - [Certify your Pulse Metrics with a Pulse HQ](https://public.tableau.com/app/profile/tableausalesstrategy/viz/CertifiedPulseMetricLaunchPad/TemplatePulseHQ) - Help new Pulse users know what metrics to get started with, preventing the need for an analyst to set up folks individually or what can't be done with user groups. - Ensures consistency and accuracy by displaying only verified metrics for specific departments or user groups - feel free to copy and make multiple versions for each of your departments: Sales, Marketing, Operations or more! - This ensures data stays relevant and up-to-date as business needs evolve, easily add new metrics, explore adding additional messaging, links to documentation, or information as you see fit for the audience. - [Pulse Rollout Template](https://docs.google.com/document/u/0/d/1lOmrsC_Lwxc6NM3DQdrJmJJcuf7-b_e2EogKEGntTOI/edit) - Make a copy of this template to outline a holistic Pulse rollout plan. # Best Practices When Writing Formulas The formula syntax affects the way the formula is queried. When writing a formula, use these syntax rules. - Use the correct functions as described in Adding Functions. - Surround fields in the formula by brackets. - Use the correct operator syntax - +, —, \*, /, %, ==, =, >, <, >=, <=, !=, <>, ^, AND, OR, NOT, ( ). - Tableau Semantics uses Tableau operator syntax. See [Tableau Operator syntax documentation.](https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/functions_operators.htm#Operators) - Use the correct literal expression syntax - Numeric literal expressions are written as numbers. For example, 1.3567. - String literal expressions are written with quotation marks. For example, “Unprofitable”. - Date literal expressions are written with the # symbol. For example: #August 22, 2024#. - Null literal expressions are written as “null”. - Tableau Semantics uses Tableau literal expressions. Learn more about literal expressions in the [Tableau Literal expression syntax documentation](https://help.tableau.com/current/pro/desktop/en-us/functions_operators.htm#literals). - Use the correct date function syntax: - Date functions are hardcoded in ISO format: - Date: "yyyy—MM—dd" or "yyyymmdd" or "yyyy—MM" OR “yyyy” - Time: - Hh:mm:ss - Hh:mm:ss.sss - HH:mm:ss.SSSSSS - Hh:mm:ssZZZZ - Hh:mm:ssSS.ZZZZZ - "T\[hh\]\[mm\]\[ss\]" - "T\[hh\]:\[mm\]:\[ss\] " - “T\[hh\]:\[mm\]:\[ss\]ZZZZZ” - Datetime: "T